Sea Ray 2004 550 SUNDANCER Owners Manual
The Sea Ray 2004 550 SUNDANCER is a luxurious yacht designed for both recreational and professional use. This manual provides essential information for safe and efficient operation, maintenance, and service. Learn about the features, controls, systems, and safety guidelines to maximize your boating experience. The comprehensive manual covers everything from basic operation to advanced features and troubleshooting.
PDF
Download
Document
Advertisement
Advertisement
WELCOME Congratulations on becoming the new owner of the world’s most prestigious yacht. We at Sea Ray® Boats, Inc. welcome you into our worldwide and ever-expanding family of boating enthusiasts. The Owner’s Manual Packet, to be kept on board your Sea Ray, gives you important information on all the features of your Sea Ray, for years of trouble- free boating take the time to carefully review the information in your Owners Manual Packet and really get to know your boat. Have everyone who will operate your yacht read this manual. The Owner’s Manual Packet contains the following: e Owner’s Manual The Owner's Manual gives you important operating and safety information, as well as reminding you about your responsibilities as a boat owner/operator. * Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) Information This section of your Owner's Manual Packet contains information from the manufacturers of equipment installed on your boat. Examples include the engine, engine control and steering system. Throughout the Owner's Manual you Will be referred to information provided by manufacturers of specific systems. Because your purchase represents a substantial Investment, we know you will want to take the necessary measures to protect its value. We have outlined a program for proper operation, periodic maintenance and safety inspections. We urge you to follow these recommendations. If you have questions which are not fully covered by the Owner’s Manual Packet, please consult your authorized dealer for assistance. Thank You For Selecting A Sea Ray"! Bon Voyage 550 Sundancer® THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK 550 Sundancer® INTRODUCTION 1. THis MANUAL The material here and in the rest of the Owner’s Manual Packet: * (Gives you basic safety information; e Describes the features of your boat; e Describes the equipment on your boat; e Describes the fundamentals of boat use; and * (Contains service and maintenance information. You must learn to operate this boat as well as read, understand and use this manual. What this manual does not give you is a course in boating safety, or how to navigate, anchor or dock you boat. Operating a power boat safely requires more skills, knowledge and awareness than is necessary for a car or truck. 2. YOUR RESPONSIBILITIES For your safety, the safety of your passengers, other boaters and people in the water, you must: Take a boating safety course; e (et instruction in the safe and proper handling of your boat; * Understand and follow the “rules of the road”; Learn how to navigate. 3. SOURCE OF INFORMATION In North America, contact one of the following for boating courses: о U.S. Coast Guard Auxiliary * U.S. Power Squadron о Canadian Power and Sail Squadrons о Red cross e State Boating Offices Yacht Club Contact your dealer or the Boat/U.S. Foundation at 1- 800-336-2628 Outside of North America, contact your boat dealer and/or your governmental boating agency for assistance. A book that provides a comprehensive background in boating is Chapman - Piloting, Seamanship and small Boat handling, by Elbert S. Maloney, published by Hearst Marine. 4. DEALER RESPONSIBILITIES In addition to a pre-delivery check and service of the boat, your dealer is to give you: e A description and demonstration of the safety systems, features, instruments and controls on your boat; e An orientation in the general operation of your boat; An “In Service Form” completed by you and the dealer after your inspection of the boat; * Areview of all warranty information and how to obtain warranty service; * The complete Owners Manual Packet. If you do not receive all of these materials, or have any questions, contact your dealer or call 1-800- SRBOATS (International 1-314-216-3333). 5. WARRANTIES Your boat comes with several warranties. Each component and/or system on your boat has its own warranty that will be found with the specific information and manual for that component. These are included with your Owner’s Manual Packet. Locate and read the individual warranties; then put them together for easy future reference. The Sea RayS warranty is on the warranty information card in your packet and is repeated on the next page. 550 Sundancer® 6. HuLL IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (HIN) The “Hull Identification Number” located on the starboard side of the transom, is the most important identifying factor and must be included in all correspondence and orders. Failure to include it creates delays. Also of vital importance are the engine serial numbers and part numbers when writing about or ordering parts for your engine. H.1I.N LOCATIONS (Fic. 1.rv.1) HT ee LL > are a > Refer to the Engine Operators Manual for locations of engine serial numbers and record them for future reference. 7. MANUFACTURER” S CERTIFICATION A CE mark means that your Sea Ray” Boat has been certified to meet the applicable International Organization for Standardization directives. NMMA certification means that your Sea Ray® Boat has been judged by the National Marine Manufacturers Association to be in compliance with applicable federal regulations and American Boat and Yacht Council standards. The following information is furnished in compliance with ISO directives and RSG guidelines in effect as of Boat Model: Design Category: [Ocean [Offshore LlInshore LI Sheltered Waters Hull Identification Number: Maximum Recommended Load: Recommended Number of Passengers: Maximum Rated Engine Power: Engine Installed Manufacturer: Model and Number: Weight of Craft W/Engine & Permanently Attached Items: Without Engine: the date of publication of this manual. Sea Ray® will provide additional information as standards are amended. The following information, required for export of the vessel, must be filled out by the dealer. 8. SERVICE, PARTS AND REPAIR FOR Y OUR BOAT When your boat needs service, parts or repair, take it to an authorized Sea Ray® dealer. To find a dealer in your area call: 1-800-SRBOATS Fax: 1-314-213-7878 Domestic/International To find repair and parts facilities for the equipment installed on your boat, refer to the manual for that component. If a problem is not handled to your satisfaction: 1. Discuss any warranty-related problems directly with the service manager of the dealership or your sales person. Give the dealer an opportunity to help the service department resolve the matter for you. 2. If a problem arises that has not been resolved to your satisfaction by your dealer, contact Sea Ray® Boats at 1-800-SRBOATS and the appropriate customer service department information will be provided to you. 550 Sundancer® ABOUT YOUR LIMITED WARRANTY Sea Ray offers an express Limited Warranty on each new Sea Ray purchased through an authorized Sea Ray dealer. A copy of the Limited Warranty was included in your owner’s packet. If for any reason, you did not receive a copy of the Limited Warranty, please contact your local dealer or call 1-800 SR BOATS for a replacement copy. Under the Limited Warranty, Sea Ray covers structural fiberglass deck or hull defects which occur with five (5) years of the date of delivery and parts founds to be defective in factory material or workmanship within one (1) year of the date of delivery. In addition, laminate blisters resulting from defects in factory material or workmanship are covered for five (5) years on a pro-rated basis. Sea Ray's obligation under the Limited Warranty is limited to repair or replacement of parts that are judged defective by Sea Ray and does not include transportation, haul out, or other expenses. The foregoing is the sole and exclusive remedy provided by Sea Ray. The Limited Warranty does not cover engines, stern drives, controls, propellers, batteries, trailers, or other equipment or accessories carrying their own individual warranties, nor does the Limited Warranty cover engines, parts or accessories not installed by Sea Ray. The Limited Warranty does not cover cosmetic gel coat finish. Boats used for commercial purpose are excluded from coverage. See the Sea Ray Express Limited Transferable Warranty for other exclusions. SEA RAY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. NEITHER SEA RAY NOR THE SELLING DEALER SHALL HAVE ANY RESPONSIBILITY FOR LOSS OF USE OF THE BOAT, LOSS OF TIME, INCONVENIENCE, COMMERCIAL LOSS OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. The unexpired term of the Limited Warranty may be transferred to a subsequent owner upon the new owner’s written request to Sea Ray Division of Brunswick Corporation, 2600 Sea Ray Blvd., Knoxville, Tennessee, 37914 and payment to Sea Ray of Fifty Dollars ($50.00). Thank you for your decision to buy a Sea Ray. The Sea Ray Express Limited Transferable Warranty 1s subject to change at any time at Sea Ray's discretion. The information contained herein is general information about the Limited Warranty for the owner’s general knowledge, but does not alter or amend the terms of the Limited Warranty. 550 Sundancer® 550 DA OWNER’S MANUAL * TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTION SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT 1. This Manual eae, Il 1. Docking/Lifting/Storage A 21 2. Your responsibilities ...................——.. e... || A. Supporting the Boat ........................ 2d 3. Source of Information ......................——.——...—....ei lil 2 Passenger Location o.oo ere 29 4. Dealer Responsibilities Er ll 3. FlOOr PIAN eereeeer eee eee 24 5. Warranties .................—........irieiiiirerirre eres lil 4. Function and Location of Through Hull Fittings 6. Hull Identification Number (HIN) ..............-...——......— iv and CUtOUtS ur... a nos 25 7. Manufacturer’s Certificate er IV 5. Basic Boat Dimensions and Clearances ................ 27 8. Service, Parts and repair for Your Boat .................... IV 6.Propulsion System ....................... 0000 2.7 9. Express Limited Transferable Warranty .................... V A. Engine Gauge Package ‚ee 28 7. Propeller S een en RR RAR K AKA R RK RK RK EKEKEG 2.8 8. Description of major Controls 2.8 A. Gear Shifts and Throttle Controls ................... 2.8 SECTION 1 * SAFETY B. Engine Synchronizers ....................eeeeececccccces 2.9 1. Safety Labels........................reeiiiiiccereececcee e. 1.1 C. Hydraulic Trim Tabs EASA TA 2.11 2. Legally Mandated Minimum Reguired Equipment .. 1.2 9. Helm Gauge and Switch Layout ........................... 2.13 3. Fire Extinguishing Equipment 1.2 10. Important Gauges tte eee te et ts 2.16 4. Carbon Monoxide ……….….........………...sserrrrenecssssners 1.2 À. Engine Monitoring System es 2.16 A. Carbon Monoxide Monitors ........................ 1.3 B. Hourmeter ..........................eeen na 2.16 5. Life Saving Equipment .................................... 1.3 C. Tachometer ...... es 2.16 A. PFD Classifications ............................——— 1.4 D. Quad Gauge Unit... 2.17 6. Additional recommended Equipment for E. Magnetic Compass Cheeses 2.17 Safe Operation ........................ 1.5 F. Rudder Position Indicator .....................———.. 2.18 7. Impaired Operation .......................... 0 1.5 G. Systems Monitor ................—.——.———..—.———— 2.18 8. Load Capacity ...................e..eeseíiiceccirerer ee eee EEK EG 1.5 11. Navigation and Anchor Lights... 2.21 9. Power Capacity veces eee. 1.6 A. Console DImmer ..................——.—.m....———— 2.21 10. Stability voor 16 12.Switch 8 Receptacie Layout ....................—.——.. 2.22 11. Maintain Control ........................eee 17 13. Lighting Layout... ee 2.23 A. General ConsiderationS a... 1.7 12. Weather .…….…........…...….ressercserenserensre ner esse came 1.7 BOO 17 SECTION 3 + UsiNG Your Boat C. Inshore …....…..…..…..……crsssssssssessarraeasass sas encres 1.8 1. Preparing to Depart ………………….….s 34 D. Sheltered Waters... 18 2, While Underway ..............e... ce. 3.1 13. Chart Your Course .................——.——.————.——— 18 3.Retumingto Port ............ eee 3.2 14. Water Sports ................e.eee2ee K EEE ass 0000000 1.9 4. Securing The Boat .......................eee 32 A. SWIMMING o.oo, 1.9 5. Fueling The Boat ………….…………………rereneeens 3.2 SN E EEE 1.9 A. General ................eieiieienene reee nene 3.3 C.DIVING coer 1.10 B. Filling The TANK «eevee. 33 15. Emergency Situations ............................e..——— 1.10 C. After Filling ...........—.......eneniene eee eee 3.3 A. Medical Emergency .....................——..———. 1.10 6.Boarding..............—..—...eiee eee een 3.3 B. Water Rescue ....................evveviiirriereereeceee.. 1.10 7. Personal Flotation Devices (PFD) ......................... 3.4 C. Fire …..….….........…..…rssrensrensre ana anna nana ana san nan an ane 1.11 8. Passenger Instruction and Location ....................... 34 D. Flooding ........................eeeeeeeeerieeer ie ee ene 00e 1.11 9. Starting The ENGINES are 3.4 E. Collisions and Leaking .................—..———————. 1.11 10. Shifting to Drive The Boat ....................ee.evemee 3.6 F. Grounding .................=.eeeeeeeeireeeenenrre ne neeece 1.12 A. Gear Shifts and Throttle Controls ................... 36 G. Propulsion, Control or Steering Failure ........ 1.12 B. Operation .....................eeereiicicirrererec cree e_s 3.6 16. Safety Hotlines ....................e......e.ieeeeereee 1.12 11. Stopping The Engine ............................. e. 37 17.International Requirements 1.12 12. Emergency Stop Switch 37 18. Nautical terms ….................….…rrerssssecsens scene 0000 1.13 13. Starting The Generator …………………………….….….……….……….…… 37 19. Warning Labels .….…..…...............….….….……rrrrrrssee annee 1.14 14. Connecting and Tuming On Shore Power ............ 38 vi 550 Sundancer® 550 DA OWNER’S MANUAL * TABLE OF CONTENTS 15. Shifting From Shore Power to Generator Power .. 3.9 15. Seacocks & Strainers .…….….....….....…..……ersrcreneee 4.11 16. Stopping The Generator... 3.9 16. Hydraulic Power Steering Control ...................... 4.12 17. ANCNOKING een 3.10 17. Bilge Layout... eee 4.13 A. Anchoring Arrangement ...................... e... 3.10 18. Accessory Room ...................e.2.ee22ieeeeieereeeeeeeee 4.15 DB. Anchoring ....coevniiiiii 3.10 C. Lowering Anchor eee 3.11 D. Setting Anchor …….…...….......…ecereseerceneseene 3.11 E. Weighing Anchor ................. e... 3.11 SECTION 5 * FUEL SYSTEM F. Clearing A Fouled Anchor................. e... 3.11 G.AFinal Word .............................iie eee eeeeeee. 3.11 1. Fuel System .......ccoooeiii R KR ER KK EEEEG 5.1 18. Windlass .................eeeeeieeiee se eee, 3.12 А. Рие! ТапК.........енннненененненнененееннненннннненннее: 5.1 A. To Operate From The Helm ......................... 3.12 2. Crossover Fuel System ...................ereerveiiicricceceos 5.3 B. To Operate From The Bow ..................e=...... 3.12 A. Fuel Recommendations ...................e eee... 5.3 C. To Operate Manually .....................ee.e...... 3.12 B. Recommended Fuel... 5.3 D. Maintenance .....................eeo.o moverme e 3.12 3. Fuel Filters (Diesel) ………..…..…..……..…..….….………ecrrereecnreure 5.3 19. Steering System .....................creveerevereen ens 3.13 A. Primary Fuel Filter Selection Valve ................ 5.4 20. AUTOPILOT oe eee eee eee eee 3.14 4.Fuel Filter Maintenance.....................—.....——_—— 5.4 21. Bow Thruster ....................eeeeee EEE 3.14 A. To Drain Water .….….….…..….…...uiscesensenscascencess 54 В. То Replace The Filter .................. e... 5.5 5. Fueling Precautions .......................e...e eee en, 5.5 A. General EEE 5.5 . B. Before & During Fueling 5.5 SECTION 4 + BILGE AND UNDERWATER GEAR C. After Fueling - Checklist ……….….……....….………...…….……… 5.6 1. BÎlgE .….…....................ccccssrcenesrra serres creer resserre 4.1 A. Fuel & Oil Spillage eee 4.1 2. Bilge PUMPS... K EEK R RK ERKKEE 4.1 3. Bilge BIOWETS are RR K RK EEN 42 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 4. Bilge Heat Detector... 4.3 5. Engines ......................ee nen 43 1 DC System ................——..——nmeeneeneenne nens 6.1 6. Engine Gauge Package ..........................—...... 4.3 2. Batteries RES tetes eee 6.1 7. Engine Mounts .................. eee 4.4 A. Main Battery Equalizers .....................—.—..———.. 6.2 8. Marine gears ……….…………….………rrerrererrersenerecne revue 4.4 B. To Remove The Battery Cables ...................... 6.2 A. Reduction Gears ……………………………………s 4.4 C. Battery Maintenance ................................... 6.2 B. Reverse Gears rs 44 3. Main DC Breaker Panel ...................eeeeveeeeeneee 6.2 9. Engine Exhaust system... 44 4 Main Battery Switches and Solenoids ……………… 6.2 10. Vibrations 8: Causes ................e.e.eieeeeeeie Ds 4.5 A. Windlass Solenoid ...................—..—..——.————————— 6.5 A. Foreign Object Interferring With B. Bow Thruster Solenoid and Charger ................ 6.5 Propeller Action... 45 5. Control Station Breaker Panels 6.6 B. Bent Propeller and/or Shaft ........................... 45 © Electrical System Fuse Blocks and Breaker .......... 6.6 C. Engine and Shaft Out of Alignment 4.5 7.12 Volt System a auaananenaa nen an enana a anda an RRE a en NR AEREA VENDA 6.7 D. Coupling Out of true 4.5 A. 12 Volt Accessory Receptacie ....................... 6.7 Е. Engine Part Hitting Boat Structure ................. 4.5 8. Emergency Start System rere rere rarer 6.7 F Other Possible Causes 45 9. Xelogen Lighting ee eee eee eae ENS 6.7 11. Fresh Water Cooling System ............................... 4.5 A. Changing A Blown Bulb ....................——.———.——. 0.8 A. Coolant Recommendations ......................... 4.5 B. AC Low Voltage Lighting... 6.8 12. Oil Change System... 4.6 10. Electronics Circuit .................. ee... 6.8 A. Operating Instructions .........................—........ 4.6 11. AC Зуя! ет ........нененнненнннннннннннннннеые 6.8 13. Underwater Gear 47 12. Shore Power TT 6.9 A. Propeller eevee meme 4.7 À. Isolation Transformers sens 6.9 B. SRAÎtS ……………….….…rreccerccrrrrecercecrrrrecrrrscnne 4.9 B. Isoboost Transformer (Optional) ...................... 6.9 C. Carrier Seal Kit 4.10 C. Glendenning Cablemasters ..................—. 6.10 D. StrUt …...….......……cccrsrrececaresere cena rence rares 4.11 D. Main Shore Power Breaker Box .................... 6.11 14. Rudder & Rudder Stuffing Box .......................... 4.11 E. Shore Power Hookup ...................==.eeeemee.. 6.11 550 Sundancer® vii 550 DA OWNER’S MANUAL * TABLE OF CONTENTS 13. Servicing The Main Distribution Panel ................. 6.11 A. To Replace A Faulty Component On The Main Distribution Panel .....................oo nl 6.11 14. DC Distribution Panel 24/12V ......................e—.. 6.11 15. Battery Charger ee ee, 6.14 A. Bow Thruster Battery Charger ...................... 6.14 B. Generator Battery Charger ...................—————... 6.15 16. Ground fault Interrupter Receptacle (GF) ........... 6.15 A. International Receptacle ......................._.... 6.15 17.Generator .....................eeeeieiiierrricer reee. 6.16 A. Starting The Generator... 6.16 18. Electrolysis K Zinc Anodes .....................e.eee....—. 6.17 19. AC & DC Electrical Schematics & Wiring Harnesses EEE 6.17 SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS 1. Layout and Accessories ...................ee.eeeeveeerceeeeeee 7.1 2. Air Conditioning & Heating 7.1 A. To Start System .......cooooiiiiiii ee, 7.2 3. Water System .......ccoooviiiiiii e. 7.3 A. Water tank ee i, 7.3 Filling The Water Tank ve 7.3 To Begin Initial Operation 7.4 Sanitizing The SyStEM are 7.4 B. Water Distribution Manifold ............................. 7.4 C. Water Pumps € Filters 7.5 To Service The Filter ess 7.5 D. Water System Pressurization 7.6 E.Waterheater …….…...…..….…..……..….crrcsrreseeneasncene 7.6 Initial Start-Up or After Winterization ............ 7.6 F. Fresh Water Washdown ................. eee... 7.7 С. Dockside Water Inlet........................__..__...... 7.7 To Use The System .................eeeeenvereieecence 7.7 H. Cockpit Shower ......................eeveriiieeiieeee 7.7 |. Washer/Dryer Water Valve 7.8 J. Gray Water SUMmp ..............eeeeereeeeeircrrenec 7.9 K. Gray Water Drain Lines 7.9 L. Smart Water System (Optional) ...................... 7.9 Cleaning the System ..............cccceee einen. 7.10 4. Head System ...................eeeeeseececreccreceneenec ere EE 7.11 A. requirements for Vessel Operators ................ 7.11 B. Vacu-Flush9 Head ....................eeeevrccccreceece.. 7.12 C. Holding tank Operation ......................==.—....... 7.12 D. Vent Filter ….…..……...…...….……rcreerseceseeneec nsc nas 7.12 5. Macerator Discharge Pump with Seacock Interlock System ................—e..2eeeeeveieecenenree e. 7.13 To Operate the Macerator ......................... 7.13 6. Communication System .................e.exeereeveeeeceneees 7.13 A. Dockside Telephone Hookup ....................... 7.14 7. Entertainment Centers ces A. Salon Entertainment Center B. Digital Satellite System (Optional) ................ 7.14 C. Master and Guest Stateroom Entertainment Center …….…..…...…....….eresrressennsnerr nas 7.14 D. Cockpit Entertainment Center ...................... 7.14 E. TV Signal Selector eee 7.15 E. Dockside Television HOokup....................——.... 7.15 To Connect Cable television .................... 7.15 8. Automatic Fire Extinquisher System .................... 7.15 A. Manual Fire Extinguishing System ............... 7.16 9. Bow Thruster …….…..…...…..…..crreerrcsre see rares nca 7.17 10. Cablemaster with remote einer 7.17 To Operate Cablemaster ……….….…..…..….……….…….… 7.17 11. Hydraulic Swim Platform (Optional) .................... 7.18 To Operate Swim Platform Remote .............. 7.19 12. Electric Sunpad ..................eeeeeeeeeerreeieeeeree eee 7.19 13. Refrigerator/FreeZel 7.19 A. Cockpit Refrigerator and Ice maker .............. 7.19 14. Power Ventilation System eek 7.19 15. Electric Sofa ........ccoooviiii E RER RAR KR ER EEE EGG 7.20 16. Central Vacuum System .................eeeeveeeereieeecees 7.20 17.Coffee maker .....................eerecrcccercrcreece e e EEEE 7.20 Toremove Coffee maker ....................e...e.... 7.20 18. Stove 6 Microwave ....................evreevricrreercecneeens 7.21 A. Electric Stove ...................eerrecicciriercceerece_. 7.21 B. Microwave/Convection Oven ....................... 7.21 19. Washer/Dryer (Optional) 7.21 20. Carbon Monoxide Monitors .................... eee... 7.21 A. Testing The CO Monitor ..................... e... 7.21 21.Canvas ..............e.ereceescicrcccereceeeceoeseceneecesec ene 7.22 A. Care & Maintenance 7.22 B. Storage cocoon, 7.22 C. Installation Tips …….….…..…....…………crrerccsecccuee 7.22 22. Floor Plan .....................eereeiiicrerreerreree reee 7.23 23. Hardtop Accessories ..................e.eexeeeveereereeee. 7.205 SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION 1. Useful Service Information ….….…..…..….…….…………….………………………… 8.1 2. Draining The Boat... 8.4 3. Winterization Checklist for Boats Stored on Land .... 8. A. Boat Storage eK KK 8.4 В. Ice Maker.….…..…..….…...…..….....srsrsrenes naar are rene n anna nes 8.4 C. Engines….….….….….....…..…....…ecceserrerceneeser rec n nn ee 8.4 D. Generator .…….….…..…..….…..…..…..….srsrenresean anna 8.4 E. Air Conditioner ............................_ 8.4 F. Head System ..................eeerecrecccererecenereeeneece. 8.5 G. Water System …....…........…....srrerccrssrenccnnnre 8.5 H. Fuel System are EEK ares 8.5 |. Security Considerations ee 8.5 J. Batteries ….….…..….….….…….…….….…..rrrrsrerenenen na anne nanas 8.5 viii 550 Sundancer® 550 DA OWNER’S MANUAL * TABLE OF CONTENTS 4. Fitting Out After Storage ee 8.6 A. Fuel System... EEE KR KR KERN 8.6 B. Exhaust System ................eee2eeseerercieeeeeeeeen_s 8.6 (OM =7=11(-)1[-.- E a, 8.6 D. Miscellaneous ee en, 8.6 5. Seacock Lubrication ...............——.e..=. eee. KR E 8.6 6. Quick Reference Checklist .....................e.eeeem...——.. 8.7 A. Boarding the Boat .........................2 ee... 8.7 General e. 8.7 Boat Systems .........ccoooiiiiii EEK K EEK 8.7 ENGINE ooo R KR ER KR EEGG 8.7 B. Preparing to Depart and After Launching ........ 8.8 €) -[- E rennes 8.8 ENGINE ooo R KR ER KR EEGG 8.8 Starting the ENGINE a 8.8 C. While Underway ……….....….....………ecrserrerccnneure 8.9 CE rennes 8.9 Boat Systems .........ccoooiiiiii EEK K EEK 8.9 ENGINE ooo R KR ER KR EEGG 8.9 D. Returning to Port eee 8.9 CE rennes 8.9 Boat Systems .........ccoooiiiiii EEK K EEK 8.9 Engine ….…..…....….….............ccsrecsrrenser esse een ressens 8.9 E. Securing the Boat.................. eee. 8.10 General ..................eiieirecceceereeeeooereeee ere. 8.10 Boat Systems ..................eereveeeereeceneeeeeeeeees 8.10 ENGINE o.oo, 8.10 F. If the Engine Does Not Start ........................ 8.10 No Motor Response ...................ee=eeeeeeeeecces 8.10 Starter Motor Responds, But No Ignition ...... 8.10 G. Operating the Generator ..................—.—.—_......... 8.11 Starting the Generator ...................——...._...ee... 8.11 Stopping the generator ...................——............ 8.11 7. After market Equipment Checklist ........................ 8.12 8. Maintenance LOG ... en 8.13 SECTION 9 * CARE & REFINISHING 1. Maintenance & ReconditioniNG 9.1 2. Fiberglass & gelcOaAt eK 9.1 3. Stains € Scratches .................—ee.eeeeeereeerreeeeeeeneenee. 9.1 4. Special Care for Boats that are Moored ................. 9.1 5. Care for Bottom Paint .............ccccoooiii iin 9.1 6. Bilge/Engine Compartment ………….…....….…..….………………..… 9.2 7. Topside Areas ….……..……...…..……..….rrcrrrcreecnere ser sseenseenn re 9.2 8. Acrylic Plastic Sheeting (Plastic Glass) .................. 9.2 9. Upholsteries ........ccooeviii nene. 9.3 10. Lignapal Cabinets ...................—.ree.=xeeeeeeeeree 9.3 11. Cleaning recommendations for marine Headliner & fabric... RK 9.3 Information in this publication is based upon the latest product specifications available at printing. Sea Ray® Boats, Inc. reserves the right to make changes at any time, without notice, in the colors, equipment, specifications, materials and prices of all models, or to discontinue models. Should changes in production models be made, Sea Ray® is not obligated to make similar changes or modifications to models sold prior to the date of such changes. 550 Sundancer® Owner’s Manual Printed in the U.S.A January, 2002 Revised: September 2002, October 2002 © Sea Ray Boats, Inc. * A Brunswick Company MRP #1688197 The following are registered trademarks of the Brunswick Corporation: Sea Ray® & The SR Wave Logo 550 Sundancer® THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK 550 Sundancer® SECTION 1 * SAFETY SAFE boating means: Knowing the limitations of your boat; Following the rules of the road; Keeping a sharp lookout for people and objects in the water; Not boating in water or weather conditions that are beyond the boat's and the operator's capability; о Never boating when the operator is under the influence of drugs or alchohol; Being aware of your passenger’s safety at all times; and Reducing speed when there is limited visibility, rough water, nearby people in the water, boats, or structures. Boating in beautiful weather and calm water conditions can be a wonderful experience. Pleasurable boating, however, requires considerably greater skills than operating a land vehicle. To obtain these skills, you must: e Take a Coast Guard, U.S. Power Squadron or equivalent boating safety course. Call the Boat/ U.S. Foundation at 1-800-336-2628 for information on available courses. Get hands-on training on how to operate your boat properly. In addition: e Maintain your boat and its safety and other systems as recommended in this manual. Have the boat inspected by a qualified mechanic or dealer, at least annually. Ensure that the Coast Guard required safety equipment is on board and functions. (See page 1.3). 1. SAFETY LABELS Safety precautions are given throughout this manual and labels are mounted at key locations throughout the boat. This safety information advises the owner/ operator and passengers of imperative safety precautions to follow when operating and/or servicing equipment.engine serial numbers and part numbers when writing about or ordering parts for your engine. Refer to the Engine Operator’s Manual for locations of engine serial numbers and record them for future reference. Figure 1.14.1 thru 1.16.1 show the location of the safety labels on your boat. Do not remove or obstruct any safety label. * Replace any label which becomes illegible. Replacement safety labels can be obtained by calling your dealer or Sea Ray at 1-800- SRBOATS for information on how to contact the manufacturing facility for your boat. The meaning associated with each of the four basic types of label is: A DANGER DANGER - Immediate hazards which WILL result in severe personal injury or death if the warning is ignored. WARNING - Hazards or unsafe practices which COULD result in severe personal injury or death if the warning is ignored. CAUTION —- Hazards or unsafe practices which could result in minor injury or product or property damage if the warning is ignored. NOTICE ) Information which is important to proper operation or maintenance, but is not hazard-related. 550 Sundancer® 1.1 SECTION 1 * SAFETY 2. LEGALLY MANDATED MINIMUM REQUIRED EQUIPMENT Consult your national boating law enforcement agency. The following equipment is the minimum required by the U.S. Coast Guard for a boat from 40’ to less than 65° [12.2 meters to less than 19.8 meters] in length. Personal Flotation Devices (PFD’s): One Coast Guard approved Type |, ll or lll device is mandatory for each person aboard. One throwable Type IV device is also required to be on board. A Type V device is acceptable if worn for approved use. See Page 1.4 for a description of these PFD classifications. Always wear a PFD when boating. Fire Extinguisher - Portable: With a fixed fire extinguishing system installed in the engine and generator spaces, the American Boat and Yacht Council (ABYC) recommends that you have two (2) Type B-ll ABC fire extinguishers, one each located at the helm station and outside the engine compartment and Three (3) Туре В-1 АВС extinguishers located in the galley, the crew quarters and the cabin, near the cockpit door. Whistle, Horn: You must have on board some means of making a loud sound signal, for example, whistle or horn. Visual Distress Signals: If you operate your boat in coastal waters or on the Great Lakes, you must have visual distress signals for day and night use on board. At least three (3) U.S. Coast Guard approved pyrotechnic devices marked with date showing service life must be carried, be readily accessible, in serviceable condition and not expired. Store pyrotechnic signals in a well-marked waterproof container in a dry location. Other: Your Sea Ray is equipped with the required navigation lights, engine exhaust and ventilation systems. 3. FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM Your boat is equipped with an automatic fire extinguisher system. Located in the engine compartment. In the event of a fire, the heat sensitive automatic head in the engine compartment will release a fire-extinguishing vapor, totally flooding the area. The dashboard contains an indicator light for the automatic fire extinguishing system. The light will be ON when the ignition is on and indicates that the system is ready. If the light goes out while the ignition is on, the system has discharged. WHEN DISCHARGE OCCURS, IMMEDIATELY SHUT DOWN ALL ENGINES, POWERED VENTILATION, ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND EXTINGUISH ALL SMOKING MATERIALS. DO NOT IMMEDIATELY OPEN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT!! THIS FEEDS OXYGEN TO THE FIRE AND THE FIRE COULD RESTART. Wait at least fifteen (15) minutes before opening the engine compartment. This permits the fire- extinguishing vapor to “soak” the compartment long enough for hot metals and fuels to cool. Have portable extinguishers at hand and ready to use in case the fire reignites. Do not breathe fumes or vapors caused by the fire. 4. CARBON MONOXIDE Symptoms of carbon monoxide poisoning are dizziness, ears ringing, headaches, nausea and unconsciousness. A poisoning victim's skin often turns cherry red. Because carbon monoxide gas 4 DANGER Fumes from engine, generators, and other equipment and appliances using burning fuel contain carbon monxide. Carbon Monoxide can kill you. Open all doors, curtains, windows, and hatches to let fresh air circulate, when running engine, generator or burning any fuel when boat is anchored, moored or docked. Na J 1.2 550 Sundancer® SECTION 1 * SAFETY 4 DANGER Even in rainy cold weather ventilation must be maintained to avoid Carbon Monoxide poisoning. You will get wet and/or cold. A DANGER Sleeping on boat requires a operating Carbon Monoxide detection system in each sleeping location. (CO) is odorless, colorless and tasteless, it is unlikely to be noticed until a person is overcome. Dangerous concentrations of carbon monoxide will be present if: the engine and/or generator exhaust systems leak; e insufficient fresh air is circulating where people are present; and * fumes move from the rear of the boat into the cockpit and cabin area. Figure 1.4.1 gives examples of boat operating conditions that can lead to high concentrations of carbon monoxide gas. To minimize the danger of CO accumulation when the engine and/or generator are running, or using burning fuel applications. e Be sure to have sufficient ventilation when using canvas or window-type side curtains when underway, anchored, moored or docked. e |f the convertible top is installed, operate with the forward hatch open and leave cabin door open. Operate all burning fuel appliances, such as charcoal, propane, LPG, CNG or alcohol cooking devices in areas where fresh air can circulate. Do not use such devices where there IS no noticeable air movement, especially in the cabin, when anchored, moored or docked. Do notidle engine without moving boat for more than 15 minutes at a time. Inspect the exhaust system regularly. (See Section 8, Required Inspection, Service and Maintenance. If CO poisoning is suspected, have the victim breath fresh air deeply. If breathing stops, resuscitate. A victim often revives, then relapses because organs are damaged by lack of oxygen. Seek immediate medical attention. A. CARBON MONOXIDE MONITOR Your boat has carbon monoxide (CO) monitors mounted throughout the boat . The CO monitor is an electronic instrument that detects CO. When there is a buildup of CO, the monitor will alert the occupants by a flashing DANGER light and alarm. It is extremely important that you become totally familiar with your CO monitor and its functions. Read and understand the CO monitor information and operating instructions located in your Owner’s Manual Packet. S. LIFESAVING EQUIPMENT Even strong swimmers can tire quickly in the water and drown due to exhaustion, hypothermia, or both. The buoyancy provided by a personal flotation device (PFD) will allow the person who has fallen overboard to remain afloat with far less effort and heat loss, extending survival time necessary to find and retrieve them. Boat operators are required to carry one wearable personal flotation device (Type |,II,!I! or V) for every person on board. Boats must also have at least one throwable device (Type IV). The law requires that PFD’s must be readily accessible, if not worn. “Readily accessible” means removed from storage bags and unbuckled. But, children and nonswimmers must wear PFDs at all times when aboard. It is common sense to have everyone on board wearing PFDs. A throwable device must also be right at hand and ready to toss. 550 Sundancer® 1.3 SECTION 1 * SAFETY a“ A ExamprLES OF How HiGH LEVELS OF CARBON MONOXIDE MAY ACCUMULATE (F16. 1.4.1) ZE = == 7 7 7 7 Ea 22 = <> < eo > e = SZ a, > — BLOCKING HULL EXHAUSTS. OPERATING OPERATING ENGINE AND/OR AT SLOW SPEED OR DEAD IN THE WATER. ILLUSTRATION HA GENERATOR IN CONFINED SPACES. ILLUSTRATION HD 7 Z / ILLUSTRATION #B OPERATING WITH THE BOW HIGH. ILLUSTRATION #E С DO # - о А) — XY So > AL Z — © => 55 — SI < .Á< xE—.——— / 7 7 = = 0 A EE 7 MÆ S >= = © WINDS BLOWING EXHAUST TOWARD BOAT OCCUPANTS. ILLUSTRATION #C | GOOD VENTILATION WITH PROPERAIRFLOW. ILLUSTRATION HF | A. PFD CLASSIFICATIONS Off-Shore Life Jacket (Type |) — most buoyant, it is designed to turn an unconscious person face up; used in all types of waters where rescue may be slow, particulariy in cold or rough conditions. f A Near-Shore Life Vest (Type ||) — “keyhole” vest with flotation-filled head and neck support is also designed to turn a person face up, but the turning action is not as pronounced; used in calm, inland waters or where quick rescue is likely. Flotation Aid (Type Ill) — vest is designed so conscious wearers can turn face up; often designed for comfort while engaged in sports such as skiing. Throwable Devices (Type IV) — horseshoe buoys, ring buoys and buoyant cushions are designed to be grasped, not worn. Special-Use Devices (Type V) — sailboat harnesses, white-water vests, float coats, and hybrid vests which have minimum inherent buoyancy and an inflatable chamber. Before purchasing PFDs, ensure that there is an attached tag indicating they are approved by the U.S. Coast Guard or by your national boating law enforcement agency. Children and nonswimmers must wear PFDs at all times when aboard. All passengers and crew should wear them. A loose PFD is often useless in an emergency. 1.4 550 Sundancer® SECTION 1 * SAFETY The operator is responsible for instructing everyone aboard on the location and use of PFDs. Size PFDs for the wearer. Children require special attention in the use of PFDs. Test PFD buoyancy at least once a year. 6. ADDITIONAL RECOMMENDED EQUIPMENT FOR SAFE OPERATION In addition to legally mandated equipment, the following items are necessary for safe boating, especially if your boat is out of sight of land. e First aid kit Visual distress signals for day and night use (required in some areas; consult local regulations) Charts of your intended cruising area * Compass e GPS or Loran position locating devices * Marine VHF radio with weather channels * Emergency position-indicating radio beacon (EPIRB) Manual bilge pump Moisture repellant e Anchors, chain and line (The anchors must be properly sized for your boat. Ask your dealer or marine supply store for recommendations). e Mooring lines e Fenders Boat hook Waterproof flashlight(s) * Extra batteries for flashlights and portable electronic devices High power spotlight, if you intend to boat at night * Spare keys * Instruction manuals for engine and accessories e Lubricating oll Tool kit: - Assorted screwdrivers (Phillips and flat blade) - Pliers (regular, vise-grip, and tongue & groove) - Wrenches (box, open-end, allen, adjustable) - Socket set (metric or U.S. Standard as appropriate) - Electrical tape and duct tape - Hammer - Utility Knife * Spare parts kit (spark plugs, fuses, hose clamps and ask your dealer to recommend other parts) Extra propeller 7. IMPAIRED OPERATION Drugs and/or alcohol will prevent you from operating your boat safely. This single factor is involved in more marine accidents and deaths than any other. The detrimental effects of alcohol and drugs are Increased by the wind, waves and sun, quickly impairing your ability to react properly and promptly in an emergency. Drugs and/or alcohol impair the operator's ability to control the boat safely. Death or serious injury can result from improper boat operation. 8. LOAD CAPACITY The certification plate located near the helm indicates maximum weight and number of persons your boat can handle under calm sea conditions. Do not exceed the load capacities stated. The number of people on board must be reduced if you go out in poor weather and rough water. The information present on the certification plate does not relieve the operator from responsibility. Use common sense and sound judgement when placing equipment and/or passengers in your boat. Do not load to capacity in poor weather or rough water. 550 Sundancer* 1.5 SECTION 1 * SAFETY f NN BUILDER’S CERTIFICATION PLATE (INTERNATIONAL) (Fi. 1.6.1) MFR’S MODEL BOAT MANUFACTURER DESIGNATION \ / ( Sea R ay Bo ats 0809 MAXIMUM в [16+ = 2,270 кс UN MAXIMUMNUMBER ~~ MAXIMUMLOAD „и N. OF PASSENGERS CAPACITY A * The number of seats does not indicate how many people a boat can carry in poor weather and rough water. * Above idle speed, all passengers must be seated on the seats provided. 9% POWER CAPACITY Do not exceed the maximum engine power rating stated on the certification plate. Your boat will be difficult to handle and will be less stable. When engine is running, keep passengers away from areas not designed for riding, such as seat backs, bow, gunwales, transom platform, swim platform, front and rear decks and on sun pads. Passengers can fall overboard if not seated properly on the seats provided. a J A DANGER Never carry more weight or passengers than indicated on the certification plate, regardless of weather or water conditions. The boat can capsize, swamp or sink. Your Sea Ray® has been equipped with a propeller which our tests have shown to be the best suited for general use with our engine under normal conditions and laod. Do not change the pitch of your propeller without getting your dealer’s recommendations first. If you change to a different propeller pitch, under no circumstances use a propeller which allows the engine to operate at higher than recommended RPM. (your engine manual specifies the maximum recommeded (RPM). To maintain rated power, propellers should be free of nicks, excessive pitting and any distortions that alter them from their original design. Badly damaged propellers should be replaced, but those that are chipped, bent or merely out of shape can be reconditioned by your marine dealer. It is advisable to carry an extra propeller aboard in case you damage the one in use. 10. STABILITY Your boat was manufactured to specific stability and flotation standards for the capacity shown on the certification plate. Any increase from the recommended load capacities will put your boat in jeopardy of capsizing, swamping and/or sinking. IN ADDITION: e Stability may be substantially reduced if equipment is added above the deck. e Stability is substantially reduced by loose fluids or weight within the hull. Keep bilge area as dry as possible, and close all openings, hatches and windows in rough weather. Distribute passengers and gear as uniformly as possible from front to rear and left to right. The manufacturer’s load rating is the maximum allowed under calm conditions. Reduce boat loading if weather, water or other conditions are adverse. 1.6 550 Sundancer® SECTION 1 * SAFETY 11. MAINTAIN CONTROL On the water there are no marked traffic lanes, no traffic signs or lights, and boats have no turn signals. The boat operator must keeep her or his attention focused not only on what's ahead but what's on the left, right and behind the boat. The operator must always be alert to approaching boats (from the rear, right and left sides, as well as those ahead). There can be people in the water, partially submerged debris, and other navigational hazards such as rocks, sand bars, dangerous currents, to name a few. Your passengers are relying on you to operate and maneuver the boat safely so that they are not in danger of going overboard. If you turn to quickly, Increase or decrease speed abruptly, your passengers are at risk of being thrown overboard or thrown about the boat. When visibility becomes impaired because of weather, time of day or high bow angle you must slow down so that you have sufficient time to react if an emergency occurs. Nearby boats face similar risks in avoiding a collision with you. A. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS * Know how your boat handles under different conditions. Recognize your limitations and the boat's limitations. Modify speed in keeping with weather, sea and traffic conditions. Instruct passengers on location and use of safety equipment and procedures. Instruct passengers on the fundamentals of operating your boat in case you are unable to do so. You are responsible for passenger’s actions. If they place themselves or the boat in danger, Immediately correct them. Death or serious injury can result if you fail to observe these safety rules: * Anyone who controls the boat must have taken a boating safety course and have trained in the proper operation of the boat. Always operate the boat at speeds that will not put people or property in danger. * Be constantly aware of conditions in all directions when underway and before turning. * Reduce speed, use a lookout to identify possible hazards or difficulties, and turn on navigation lights when: - visibility is impaired; - in rough water; and - in congested waterways. * Watch your wake. It can capsize a small boat or damage moored boats or other property. You are responsible for damage caused by your wake. 12. WEATHER There are four design categories of boats based upon their ability to withstand wind and sea or water conditions: A. Ocean Wind speed: above 40 knots (46 mph) Wave height: above 4 meters (13 feet) Boat may be used for extended ocean voyages. B. Offshore Maximum wind speed: 40 knots (46 mph) Maximum wave height: 4 meters (13 feet) Boat can be used offshore, but not for extended ocean voyages. 550 Sundancer® 1.7 SECTION 1 * SAFETY C. Inshore Maximum wind speed: 27 knots (31 mph) Maximum wave height: 2 meters (6.5 feet) Boat use is limited to caostal waters, large bays, estuaries, lakes and rivers. D. Sheltered waters Maximum wind speed: 15 knots (18 mph) Maximum wave height: 0.5 meters (1.5 feet) Boat use is limited to small lakes, rivers and canals. Your 550 DA is Design Category B. The wind speed and wave height specified as the upper limit for your category of boat does not mean that you or your passengers can survive if your boat IS exposed to these conditions. It is only the most experienced operators and crew that may be able to operate a boat safely under these conditions. You must always be aware of weather conditions and head for port or protected waters in sufficient time to avoid being caught in high winds and rough water. Do not take chances! Getting caught in severe weather is hazardous. Bad weather and/or rough sea or water conditions can cause an unsafe situation. Consult local weather information, or listen to the NOAA weather reports ÆA DANGER DO NOT ATTEMPT TO BOAT IN SEVERE WEATHER CONDITIONS DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY CAN OCCUR GET TO SHORE BEFORE THE WEATHER TURNS BAD ” for the latest weather conditions or any impending deterioration of the weather before setting out and while underway. Following are a few basic weather- related rules: * Check the weather forecast and the water conditions before leaving and while underway. e A sudden change in wind direction or speed or an increase in wave height indicates deteriorating weather. e Have everyone wear a personal flotation device. * |fastorm approaches, immediately seek a safe harbor. e [fa storm hits, have everyone sit in the cabin or on the cockpit deck in the boat. head the bow into the wind with enough power to maintain slow headway. If you encounter fog, determine your position, set a safe course, slow down and alert other boats of your presence with a sound signal. e [falightning storm approaches, the safest action is to dock and disembark. If you cannot return to shore, have passengers go inside the cabin and remain there until the storm passes. Lightning seeks a ground when it strikes. The best protection is a properly grounded lightning rod placed high enough over the deck to provide a protective umbrella over the hull. Depending upon the likelyhood of your being in a lightning storm, consult your dealer for installation of a lightning rod. Stay clear of the lightning rod, all attached wiring and all metal parts of the boat. e Stay out of the water during a lightning storm. If caught swimming during a storm, get back into the boat and remain there until the storm passes. 13. CHART YOUR COURSE To avoid boating in unsafe areas where there are underwater obstructions, shallow water, unnavigable conditions such as dangerous currents, and others, you must chart a course. This means having and using the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) charts for coastal waters, observing and understanding all Hitting an object in or under the water or boating in dangerous currents can cause serious injury or death to boat occupants. You must know where the hazards are and avoid them. In uncharted waters, boat very slowly and post a | 1.8 550 Sundancer® SECTION 1 * SAFETY navigational aids, using the knowledge and guidance of experienced boaters, and being aware of the tide times where appropriate. If you are in an unfamiliar area without knowledge of the hazards, proceed very slowly and have someone watch for hazards. Shut engine off if an object is struck or if you run aground. Check for hull leaks and drive line damage, before restarting engines. Use hand pump if bilge pumps don't remove water. Boat very slowly, if you must proceed with a damaged drive line. Let others know where you are going. A float plan describes your intended cruising course and itinerary, boat description, and your expected time and date of return.Give the float plan to a friend or relative, so they can give the information to a national boat agency, like the U.S. Coast Guard, in the event you fail to return. 14. WATER SPORTS A. SWIMMING * Do not permit anyone to swim from a moving boat, or a boat with an engine running. Many localities prohibit swimming from boats except in designated areas. Make sure boat's engines are turned off before allowing people to swim anywhere near your boat. Shut the engine OFF and remove the key from the ignition switch so that nobody will accidentally start the engine while swimmers are nearby. * Turn off engines when taking swimmers or skiers aboard or when they are entering the water. Never permit use of the transom or swim platform while engines are running. Slow down and look for swimmers or skiers when cruising in an area where there might be persons in the water. B. SKIING While it is unlikely that anyone would ski behind your yacht, it is advised that you become familiar with water skiing safety and hand signals. You will, on occasion, find yourself in the vicinity of water skiing activity. Anyone who water skis must know how to swim. * Never drive the boat directly behind a water skier. At 22 knots (25 m.p.h.), it takes only 5 seconds to overtake a fallen skier who was 60 meters (200 feet) in front. * Keep a downed skier in sight and on the operator's side of the boat when approaching the skier. Never back up to anyone in the water. Learn the signals to communicate with a skier. The skier is to control the boat through hand signals. Turn — Arm raised, circle with index finger extended. Skier in Water — Extend one ski vertically out of water. f A SKIING SIGNALS (Fıc. 1.9.1) М {7 \ v Y / TURN TURN RIGHT TURN LEFT STOP va D. — Na > ie Some SKIER CUT BACK TO AFTER FALL IN WATER MOTOR DOCK = J 550 Sundancer® 1.9 SECTION 1 * SAFETY Back to Dock — Pat top of head. Cut Motor — Draw finger across throat. Slow Down — Thumb pointed down or palm down, move hand up and down. Faster — Thumb pointed up or palm up, move hand up and down. OK — Raise arm and form a circle with thumb and index finger. Stop — Raise arm with palm vertical and facing forward. Turn Right — Extend arm out from body to the right. Turn Left — Extend arm out from body to the left. OK After a Fall — Clasp hands together overhead. e If the skier suddenly releases the tow rope, it can backlash into cockpit. Spotters who are watching the skier must be aware of this fact and be prepared to deflect the rope by hand to avoid injury. C. DiIvING e Recognize and respect diving flags. Keep at least 30 meters (100 feet) away. Sport Divers Flag — Red flag with diagonal white stripe marks a diver in the water. Code Alpha Flag — Blue and white pennant designates boat being used in dive operations. | DIVERS FLAGS (FiG. 1.10.1) | SPORT DIVER'S CODE ALPHA | FLAG FLAG IN GENERAL When engaged in water sports, be safe and courteous to others sharing the water: Be considerate to fishermen. Do not water ski in congested areas. Keep the boat and skier away from navigation markers. e Stay well clear of other boats and skiers. 15. EMERGENCY SITUATIONS Prevention is the safest approach. We hope that you are never involved in an emergency situation. If you are involved in an emergency situation, it is imperative that you know how to react, in order to protect the lives in your care. ASSISTING OTHER BOATERS М. A All boaters have a legal obligation to help other boaters who are in distress, as long as rendering assistance does not endanger you, your passengers or your boat. \. J A. MEDICAL EMERGENCY You may be far from professional medical help when you are boating. At least two people on board your boat should be CPR certified, and should have taken a first aid course. Equip your boat with a first aid Kit. B. WATER RESCUE A person who has fallen overboard will die from hypothermia in water temperatures below 70°F if not rescued quickly. Water rescue consists of three steps: returning to the victim, making contact with the victim, and getting the victim back on board. RETURNING TO THE VICTIM * Immediately make everyone aware of the incident and keep the victim in sight. 550 Sundancer® SECTION 1 * SAFETY e Slow the boat and keep pointing toward the person overboard. At night, direct the best available light source at the person. * Throw a life preserver, even if the person is wearing a PFD. It will serve as another marker. MAKING CONTACT e Stop or slow the boat and circle toward the victim. Try to approach heading into the wind or into the waves. Keep the victim constantly in sight. When almost alongside, stop the engine in gear to prevent propeller “windmilling.” GETTING BACK ABOARD * Try toreachthe victim with a pole, or by throwing a life preserver. Do not swim to rescue the victim, except as a last resort. Assist the person in boarding the boat. The person should normally be brought in over the stern. e Ifthe person is injured or cannot get into the boat, a rescuer should put on a PFD with a safety line attached to the boat and enter the water to assist the victim. Handle the victim with care. Spinal injuries may have occurred. C. FIRE Fire is a serious boating hazard. Boats will burn quickly. Do not remain on board and fight a fire for more than a few minutes. If the fire cannot be extinguished within a few minutes, abandon the boat. See Section 7, page 7.14, for Automatic Fire Extinquisher System. Have fire extinguishers handy. A small fire can be extinguished quickly with the right size and type of fire extinguisher. e Extinguish smoking materials, shut off blowers, stoves, engines and generators. Throw burning materials overboard, if possible. e If the fire is accessible, empty the contents of fire extinguishers at the base of the fire. e [Ifthe fire is inthe engine compartment and you have an automatic extinguisher for the engine, wait 15 minutes before opening the compartment. Have a portable extinguisher ready in case the fire flares up. e Signal for help. (rab distress signals and survival gear. Put on PFDs. Prepare to abandon ship. D. FLOODING, SWAMPING AND CAPSIZING In the event of flooding, swamping or capsizing: Tryto shut off engines, generators and blowers, before leaving the boat. * Have everyone put on Personal Flotation Devices (PFD’s). * Account for all who were on board. e |fthe boat is floating stay with the boat. Hang on, or climb on the boat and signal for help. e Only asa last resort should you attempt to swim to shore - it is further away than it looks and you can tire and drown. E. CoLLISIONS AND LEAKING In the event of collision and leaking: * Slow down or stop to reduce water intake, unless maintaining speed will keep the hole above water. e Switch on bilge pumps. Operate the manual bilge pump if the powered bilge pumps can’t handle the water flow. Account for everyone on board and check for injurys. * Have everyone put on PFDs. e Stay with the boat. 550 Sundancer® SECTION 1 * SAFETY * Signal for help. e |faleak patch is attempted, it should be done from the outside. In the event of a collision, you are required to file an accident report. Contact a state enforcement agency or the nearest Coast Guard office. If you are boating outside of U.S. waters, consult the nation you are visiting for accident reporting requirements. F. GROUNDING In the event of running aground: Check for leaks. If water is coming in, stop the intake of water before attempting to get the boat free. e Inspect for damage to the hull, propulsion and steering systems. e Determine if the tide, wind and current will drive the boat harder aground or will help to free it. * Determine the water depth all around the boat, and the type of bottom (sand, mud, rocks, etc.). If it can be done without exposing persons to risk of injury, the boat should be moved away from hard obstructions and toward open water with soft ground. e Do not attempt to have your boat towed by other than a trained and competent service, such as the Coast Guard or a salvage company. Recreational craft are not designed to tow other recreational craft. G. PROPULSION, CONTROL OR STEERING FAILURE: If the drive train fails, or controls or steering do not respond properly at all: * Shut off engine. Put out the anchor to prevent drifting. e Determine whether or not you can repair the problem yourself. See the proper manuals for assistance in troubleshooting the engine, steering and engine controls. е If you are not sure you can fix the problem, or if conditions are adverse, signal for help. 16. SAFETY HOTLINES The safety information in the preceeding pages gives only the general areas of concern for boating safety. It is not intended to be, nor can it be, exhaustive. You must take a boating safety course, and get hands-on instruction in the proper and safe operation of your boat from experienced persons before cruising. The U.S Coast Guard offers many pamphlets on safety and other information not covered in this book. Contact your local Coast Guard unit or call the toll-free safety hotlines below for information. * U.S. Coast Guard 1-800-368-5647 * (Canadian Coast Guard 1-800-267-6687 In other countries, ask your marine dealer for information on how to contact the national boating law enforcement agency. 17. INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS This vessel and its systems have been constructed in accordance with standards and specifications in effect at the time of manufacture as published by the various regulatory authorities listed below. . Ministere De La Mer - France ‚ Registro Italiano Navale - Italy . Det Norske Veritas - Norway . Securite des Nauires - Canada . J.C.l. (Japan Craft Inspection) - Japan . N.K.K. (Nippon Kaiji Kyokai) - Japan . B.S.1. (British Standards Institute) - England . Ministerio Obras Publicas Y Transporters - Spain © 0 NO Or SS © N = . EC Recreational Craft Directive - European Community. Further information concerning these requirements may be obtained from Sea Ray® Customer Service: 1-800-SRBOATS (International 1-314-216-3333). 550 Sundancer® SECTION 1 * SAFETY 18. NAUTICAL TERMS Abeam — object 90 degrees to center line on either side of boat. Abaft — a point on a boat that is aft of another. Aft — toward the rear or stern of the boat. Beam — the width of a boat. Bow — the fore part of a boat.. Bow Eye — Bolt with looped head mounted on extreme forward part of bow. Bulkhead — vertical partition in a boat. Chine — meeting juncture of side and bottom of boat. Chock — deck fitting, used as guides for mooring or anchor lines. Also, a wedge to stop wheels from rolling. Cleat — deck fitting with arms or horns on which lines may be made fast. Cockpit — an open space from which a boat is operated. Deck — upper structure which covers the hull between gunwales. Draft — depth of water required to float boat and its propulsion system. Fathom — six feet. Fenders — rope or plastic pieces hung over the side to protect the hull from chafing. Freeboard — height of exposed hull from water line to deck. Ground tackle — general term referring to anchors, anchor lines, etc. Gunwale (pronounced gun’l) — meeting juncture of hull and deck. Hatch — an opening in deck to provide access below. Head — toilet or toilet area in a boat. Headroom — vertical distance between the deck and cabin or canopy top. Helm — steering console. Hull — the basic part of a boat that provides buoyancy to float the weight of the craft and its load. Keel — the major longitudinal member of a hull; the lowest external portion of a boat. Knot — unit of speed in nautical miles per hour. Lee — the side that is sheltered from the wind. PFD — Personal Flotation Device; life preserver. Port — term designating left side of the boat. Rudder — Movable fixture at the stern used for steering. Scupper — hole permitting water to drain overboard from deck or cockpit. Sheer — curve or sweep of the deck as viewed from the side. Snub — to check or tighten a line suddenly. Starboard — term designating right side of the boat Stern — the aft end of a boat. Stern drive — outboard unit of an inboard/outboard (1/0) engine installation. Stringer — longitudinal members fastened inside the hull for additional structural strength. Transom — transverse part of stern. Wake — disturbed water that a boat leaves behind as a result of forward motion. Windward — toward the direction from which the wind is blowing. 550 Sundancer® SECTION 1 * SAFETY 19. WARNING LABEL LOCATIONS SAVE OUR SEAS LABEL (F16. 1.14.1) Save Our Seas It is illegal to dump plastic trash anywhere into the ocean or navigable waters of the United States. Violation of these requirements may result in civil penalty up to $25,000, a fine of $50,000 and imprisonment for up to five years. PLASTIC - Includes but is not DUNNAGE- Material used to limited to: plastic bags, (and in U.S. Lakes, Rivers, block and brace cargo, and E styrofoam cups and lids, Bays and Sounds) considered a cargo associ- sixpack holders, stirrers, PLASTICS ated waste. straws, milk jugs, egg cartons, DUNNAGE, LINING AND PACKING synthetic fishing nets, ropes, MATERIALS THAT FLOAT DISHWATER- Means the lig- y d bio or photo de. PAIR AO AUN id residue from the manual nes, an p GRAYWATER/FRESH FISH PARTS or automatic washing of dishes and cooking utensils GARBAGE - Means paper which, have been pre- rags, glass, metal, crockery PLASTICS cleanedto the extent that any (generated in living spaces MATERIALS THAT FLOAT p © OO AN ANY CARBAGE NOT GROUND TO LESS normally call trash), and all THAN ONE SQUARE INCH kinds of food, maintenance and cargo-associated waste. “Garbage” does not include fresh fish or fish parts, dish- water, and gray water. gradable plastics. them would not normally in- terfere with the operation of automatic dishwashers. 12 TO 25 MILES GRAYWATER - Means drain- PLASTICS age from a dishwasher, DUNNAGE, LINING AND PACKING — shower, laundry, bath, and MATERIALS THAT FLOAT washbasin, and does not in- clude drainage from toilets, urinals, hospitals, and cargo PLASTICS spaces. BEHIND CABINET DOOR N J 550 Sundancer® 19. 550 DA Warning Label Locations 7 WARNING LABEL LOCATIONS (Fic. 1.15.1) SHORE POWER WARNING DO NOT STAND OR WALK ON To minimize shock hazard, connect and disconnect cable as TH | S AR EA S E RIO U S INJ U RY follows; COULD RESULT. 1. Turn off boat's shore power switch. MRP # 113562 SR-216 2. Connect cable at boat first. 3. If equipped with polarity indicator which activates, disconnect and connect polarity. 4. Disconnect at shore outlet first. 5. Close inlet cover tightly. DO NOT ALTER SHORE POWER CABLE CONNECTORS TO AVOID RISK OF SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH SHUT OFF ENGINE WHEN NEAR SWIMMERS OR PRIOR TO USING SWIM PLATFORM AND BOARDING LADDER. MRP 1112879 SR-214 0 PLATFORM MAXIMUM CAPACITY 800 Ib./363kG SR-202 J MRP# 1087485 2 ENGINE IS RUNNING MRP 811000 SR TRANSOM DOOR MUST BE CLOSED AND SECURE WHEN 102 STAY CLEAR OF MOVING PARTS MRP # 921759 SR - 162 PRIOR TO TOWING VESSEL: * LOCK PROPELLOR SHAFT(S) TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO SHAFT SEAL AND TRANSMISSION BEARINGS. * CLOSE SEACOCKS ON NON-OPERATING ENGINES TO PREVENT SEA WATER INGESTION. MRP 7 1089242 DISCHARGE OF OIL PROHIBITED THE FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT PROHIBITS THE DISCHARGE OF OIL OR OILY WASTE INTO OR UPON THE NAVIGABLE WATERS OF THE UNITED STATES OR THE WATERS OF THE CONTIGUOUS ZONE IF SUCH DISCHARGE CAUSES A FILM OR SHEEN UPON OR A DISCOLORATION OF THE SURFACE OF THE WATER OR CAUSES A SLUDGE OR EMULSION BENEATH THE SURFACE OF THE WATER. VIOLATORS ARE SUBJECT TO A PENALTY OF $5,000. MRP # 258509 THIS BOAT IS EQUIPPED WITH AN OPTIONAL DIRECT OVERBOARD DISCHARGE VALVE. DISCHARGING OF SEWAGE DIRECTLY OVERBOARD IS FOR USE WHERE APPROVED ONLY MRP 955278 SR-118 CHECK BATTERY CELL FUEL LEVEL APPROXIMATELY EVERY 4 WEEKS AND MORE OFTEN IN SUMMER AND HOT MRP # 914341 ZONES. SR-139 MRP # 324756 SR-47 On underside of engine room hatch WARNING —READ THE INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE OPERATING THE WINDLASS. —KEEP HANDS AND FEET AWAY FROM GYPSY AND CHAIN AT ALL TIMES. —WHEN WINDLASS IS NOT IN USE OR BEFORE USING THE HANDLE, TURN OFF THE WINDLASS AT THE MAIN SWITCH. —ENGAGE THE CHAIN STOPPER AFTER ANCHORING. WINDLASS MUST NOT BE USED AS SOLE MEANS OF SECURING ANCHOR IN BOW FITTING. ANCHORS MUST BE INDEPENDENTLY SECURED TO PREVENT ACCIDENTAL RELEASE. —BE SURE THE CLUTCH AND THE CHAIN STOPPER ARE WELL ENGAGED BEFORE SAILING. FORE AND AFT SUNPADS SHOULD NOT BE USED WHEN VESSEL IS UNDERWAY MRP # 852558 SR-140 Only with optional swim platform 0 WHILE ENGINE IS RUNNING MRP # 852624 SR-149 120V MRP# 956714 SR-137 - DO NOT LEAVE BOAT UNATTENDED WITH THE DOCKSIDE WATER HOSE CONNECTED. - DOCKSIDE WATER SHOULD BE CONNECTED DURING PERIODS OF HEAVY WATER USE ONLY. MRP 852616 SR-124 Inside transom hatch 550 Sundancer® ees Do TA e o CLA CLA CCAA LEAKING FUEL IS A FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD, INSPECT SYSTEM REGULARY. EXAMINE FUEL TANKS FOR LEAKS OR CORROSION AT LEAST ANNUALLY. | MRP # 852632 SR-151 | Inside compartment behind seat back cushion DO SD. MRP 222026 SR-41 FUEL SHUT-OFF VALVE ENCLOSED YACHT CERTIFICATION {15 HAMA REGUIREMENTS 19 EFFE DO THIS AREA SERIOUS INJURY COULD RESULT. MRP # 113562 SR-216 NOT STAND OR WALK ON STAY CLEAR OF MOVING PARTS MRP # 921759 SR - 162 On underside of hatch LEAVING WINDOW OPEN COULD INDUCE EXHAUST FUMES INTO CABIN RESULTING IN SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH MRP 852566 SR-135 On portlight inside compartment Sea Ray Boats 550 DA MAXIMUM 16 + = 2,270 kg IMPORTANT SAFETY AND OPERATIONAL INFORMATION! MRP# 1199363 SR-218 1.15 550 DA Warning Label Locations 4 > WARNING LABEL LOCATIONS (Fic. 1.16.1) | + BATTERIES ENCLOSED SERVICE WEEKLY e REPLACE COVER WHILE UNDER WAY DO NOT CLIMB UPON OR STORE EQUIPMENT ON HARDTOP ( NOTICE ) ‚ MRP 1017375 SR-198 { ON UNDERSIDE OF HATCH CHECK BATTERY CELL FLUID LEVEL APPROXIMATELY EVERY 4 WEEKS AND MORE OFTEN IN SUMMER AND HOT ZONES. On top of battery UNPLUG SHORE POWER AND TURN OFF GENERATOR BEFORE DS GE REMOVING COVER. KEEP CABINET DOORS OPEN & FAN MRP 852582 SR-154 ON WHILE APPLIANCES ARE IN USE. Beneath step MRP 1634070 SR-277 (typ on all AC junction boxes) Inside cabinet N STAINLESS STEEL SLIDING SWIM LADDERS SUGGESTED CARE 8 MAINTENANCE | ооо в НЙ La AFTER EACH USE: Fully extend ladder and thoroughly rinse all ladder and slide surfaces with fresh water. Pay special attention to flushing any debris and salt water from the slide areas. MONTHLY: Examine the ladder slide grooves and remove any foreign particles lodged within the grooves. Wash entire ladder, uning ONLY a clean, soft cloth, and mild soap solution. Rinse thoroughly with fresh water. To prevent damage NEVER USE ABRASIVES or ABRASIVE CLEANERS! Allow ladder to dry after washing. Apply a light coating of spray lubricant or clear silicone grease to the slide areas ONLY. Work ladder back and forth to assure distribution of lubricant and ease of operation. CAUTION - TO PREVENT THE POSSIBILITY OF PERSONAL INJURY, ENSURE THAT ANY LUBRICANT IS CLEANED FROM LADDER RUNGS AND STILES PRIOR TO USE. Inspect the ladder for damage and check the security of all fasteners. Repair damage and/or tighten any hardware that may have become loose prior to use. MRP 1573112 SR-505 J ON UNDERSIDE OF HATCH MRP # 324756 SR-47 N J 550 Sundancer® SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT 1. DOCKING/LIFTING/STORAGE Do Not use cleats for lifting. N CLEAT LOCATIONS (Fıc. 2.1.1) \. J Cleats must not be used for lifting the boat, they are intended for docking or mooring use only. When lifting the boat always keep the bow higher than the stern to drain the exhaust lines and to prevent water from running forward through the manifold and into the engine where it can become trapped. It may seem expedient to lift only the stern when changing a propeller, but this can result in water entering the engine cylinders, causing hydrostatic lock and resulting in possible engine failure. Even a small amount of water in the engine can cause rust and is to be avoided. With fiberglass boats, severe gelcoat crazing or more serious hull damage can occur during launching and hauling if pressure is created on the gunwales by the slings. Flat, wide belting-type slings and spreaders long enough to keep pressure from the gunwales are necessary. Cable-type slings should be avoided. Do not place the slings where they may lift on the propeller shaft or other underwater fittings. The slings should be placed directly over the sling tags imprinted on the deck (See Figure 2.1.2) to assure the least amount of stress on the hull. Never hoist the boat with an appreciable amount of water in the bilge. Fuel and water tanks should preferably be empty, especially if of large capacity. A. SUPPORTING THE BoATt A cradle is the ideal support for the boat whenever it is not in the water. Properly designed and constructed, it will provide support at the proper points, which is essential to avoid stress on the hull. 1 PROPER LIFTING AND STORAGE (FIG. 2.1.2) ~ 550 Sundancer® 2.1 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT Boat placement on the cradle should line up as closely as possible to the sling tags on the side of the deck (See Figure 2.1.2). Do not rest boat on underwater fittings. PROPER SUPPORT OUT OF WATER (FIG. 2.2.1) INCORRECT SUPPORT (GAP CREATES UNDUE STRESS BETWEEN HULL AND CRADLE) CORRECT SUPPORT (NO GAP BETWEEN HULL AND CRADLE) 2. PASSENGER LOCATIONS 1. When the boat is moving, all passengers must be in the cockpit area or in the cabin and must be on seating provided or, if standing, holding on firmly. While the person at the wheel must alert passengers before any sudden or erratic boat movement, such as crossing wakes, rapid turns, sudden acceleration or deceleration, etc., an emergency action may be necessary before f в Boat motion can be erratic. You can fall overboard or be injured by hitting something in or on the boat. All persons must be in cockpit area or cabin and be prepared for sudden boat movement. Use front or bow deck area only during anchoring, mooring or emergencies. passengers can be warned. All passengers must be prepared for rapid boat movement and be able to hold on to prevent loss of balance. When persons are on the working deck area, for anchoring, mooring or in emergencies, they must be holding on and be positioned so as to prevent falling. In bad weather and/or rough water, if it is essential to be on deck, persons should be closely tied to cleats, railing stanchions or other securely fastened boat hardware. Engines must be turned off if the boat is near swimmers or persons are on the swim platform or the swim ladder. 2.2 550 Sundancer® SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT f в PASSENGER LOCATIONS (COCKPIT & DECK) (Fic. 2.3.1) FWD WORKING DECK (DECK AREA INTENDED FOR OCCUPATION DURING ANCHORING, MOORING AND EMERGENCY OPERATION ONLY) | PORT STBD ХО ИИ И ACCOMMODATION DECK 2 2 (DECK AREA INTENDED FOR OCCUPATION ИИ ИИ, DURING NORMAL OPERATION) IIS III SSS III III III IAA III IN (UK Y III IIIIL, ТИ ИИ, SSL KZ KEEP OFF 7 777 HATCH 77 DO NOT WALK ON THIS AREA 7 DECKHATCH 7 (ALSO EMERGENCY EXIT) PERSONAL INJURY HAZARD When underway, keep occu- pants clear of areas not de- signed for riding. Especially hazardous areas include seat backs, bow, gunwale, в SGT transom platform and fore and aft decks. = J N SLIPPING HAZARD - Wet decks are slippery. Wear proper footwear and use ex- treme caution on wet sur- 7 faces. A DANGER Do not climb on or store equipment on hard top. 7 ПИ ИИ ИИ ИИ LLL АСС N y DANGER TO AVOID RISK OF SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH SHUT OFF ENGINE WHEN NEAR SWIMMERS OR PRIOR TO US- ING SWIM PLATFORM AND BOARDING LADDER. \. J 2.3 550 Sundancer® SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT 3. FLOOR PLAN 1 FLOOR PLAN (Fıc. 2.4.1) 7 FORWARD STATEROOM A/C UNIT (UNDER BUNK) FORWARD STATEROOM HANGING CLOSET FORWARD STATEROOM SHOWER FORWARD VACUUM HOSE INLET BOW THRUSTER ACCESS HATCH 3-BURNER STOVE © GALLEY SINK ® MICROWAVE AND COFFEE MAKER D REFRIGERATOR (OPTIONAL) © TELEVISION ® AFT STATEROOM SHOWER © AFT STATEROOM VANITY M AFT STATEROOM HEAD O AFT STATEROOM HANGING CLOSET AFT VACUUM HOSE INLET AFT STATEROOM BUNK COCKPIT REFRIGERATOR COCKPIT ICE MAKER AFT STATEROOM ENTERTAINMENT CENTER AC MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL REFRIGERATOR DC MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL WINE RACK ELECTRICALLY ACTUATED SOFA SALON ENTERTAINMENT CENTER CENTRAL VACUUM (UNDER SOFA) FORWARD STATEROOM HEAD FORWARD STATEROOM VANITY FORWARD STATEROOM ENTERTAINMENT CENTER FWD STATEROOM BUNK ACCESSORY ROOM 00000 DOOGOOCGOSOGUUUWO f OSOS es > 7 2.4 550 Sundancer® SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT 4. FUNCTION AND LOCATION OF THROUGH-HULL FITTINGS AND CUTOUTS f в STARBOARD THROUGH-HULL FITTINGS (FIG. 2.5.1) A A Q tn \ < We oo <> <> N \ | ó \ A FUEL TANK VENTS ® CHAIN LOCKER DRAIN ® MASTER HEAD VENT O BOW THRUSTER O WASHER/DRYER VENT (OPTIONAL) © WASHER/DRYER DRAIN (OPTIONAL) © WATER HEATER VENT ® WASTE VENT © WATER TANK VENT © MANUAL BILGE PUMP DRAIN (OPTIONAL) ® GALLEY VENT M EXHAUST PORT © CHAIN LOCKER LIP DRAIN < J f BR PORT l'HROUGH-HULL FITTINGS (FIG. 2.5.2) Du <> <> « <> (A FOWARD HEAD BLOWER VENT ® VACUUM EXHAUST © common DRAIN (© EXHAUST PORT (E) Bow THRUSTER 550 Sundancer® 2.5 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT FUNCTION AND LOCATION OF THROUGH-HUuLL FITTINGS AND CUTOUTS 1 THROUGH-HUuLL FITTINGS (FIG. 2.6.1) (A PORT RUDDER POST (®) HEAD DISCHARGE ©) PORT SHAFT LOG © PORT ENGINE SEACOCK (В) TEMP & DEPTH TRANSDUCER (E) STARBOARD ENGINE SEACOCK (E) лс sEncoCK (В) STARBOARD SHAFT LOG (1) GENERATOR SEACOCK (U) STARBOARD RUDDER POST (K) OPTIONAL TRANSDUCER 2.6 550 Sundancer® SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT 5. Basic Boar DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES | Boar DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES (Fıc. 2.7.1) (STD) 211” (OPT | т Иго 7 7 — ZA vas D <> <> DO 14° 4” \. 6. PROPULSION SYSTEM The inboard engines on your 550 DA are the heart of your Sea Ray®. Proper attention to and maintenance of your engines will assure you of many hours of pleasurable, safe boating and will prevent unnecessary engine problems. You must, therefore, become thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the engine's proper operation outlined in the Engine Operator's Manual. A general maintenance program consists of proper lubrication, cleaning of the fuel filters, fuel lines and air filters. When washing down, or any other time, take care that water does not enter the air inlets. Water entering the air inlets when the engines are not operating may go directly into the cylinders, 54’ 9.5” Overall Length -------------- 54’ 9.5” 16.70m w/Std. Swim Platform ----- 57 8” 17.53m CT oe w/Opt. Swim Platform ---- 59” 4” 18.08m 15° 11° or Beam 15’ 11” 4.85m TA Draft 46” 116.84cm —{ a Dry Weight (Ibs.) ----------- 39,000 17.690 kg Fuel Capacity (gal.) ------- 600 2,271 (liters) Height Dimensions Water Capacity (gal.) ----- 150 567.0 (liters) Keel to top of windshield--- 12 4” 3.8m Holding Tank (gal.) -------- 68 257.4 (liters) ~~ Keel to top of hardtop ------ 144” 4.4m Dead Rise 179 170 Keel to top of mast light---- 17° 8.5” 5.4m LOAD WATER LINE J resulting in rust and possibly internal engine damage. The engines are warranted directly by the engine manufacturer, not by Sea Ray”. Sea Ray® strongly urges you to fully comply with the manual provided by the engine manufacturer. Follow the recommended maintenance and warranty schedule in your Engine Operator’s Manual included in the owner’s packet. Engine abuse or improper maintenance may adversely affect the claims made under the independent warranty provided by the engine manufacturer. 550 Sundancer® 2.7 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT A. ENGINE GAUGE PACKAGE Each of your engines have been equipped with an engine gauge package. This package is provided as a safety feature in the event of an electrical malfunction resulting in the helm gauges becoming inoperative. ENGINE GAUGE PACKAGE (FIG. 2.8.1) LOCATION The engine gauge package is located on the inboard side of each engine. Gauge packages may differ with different engine options. Refer to your Engine Operators Manual for proper gauge readings and gauge package location. 7. PROPELLERS Your Sea Ray® has been equipped with propellers which our tests have shown to be the best suited for general use under normal conditions and load. Under no circumstances use a propeller which allows the engine to operate at higher than maximum RPM for your engine. REFER TO ENGINE OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR MORE DETAILED INFORMATION. 8. DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR CONTROLS A. GEAR SHIFTS AND THROTTLE CONTROLS Standard on the 550 DA are dual hydraulic gear shift and throttle engine controls. However, your yacht may be equipped with hydraulic or electric throttle control(s). There are different functions and operating and maintenance instructions which must be followed. Read and understand the information in the Owner’s Manual Packet for your yacht model's gear and throttle control. Your yacht has start in-gear protection. For safety’s sake and as a good habit to get into, always put the gear selector in the NEUTRAL position and the throttle selector inthe IDLE position before starting the engines. The gear shift lever for each engine (twin lever controls on port side of the control station) has three positions: FORWARD, NEUTRAL and REVERSE. The control lever must be in the NEUTRAL (center) position when starting the engine(s). A positioning indent can be felt when the control is in exact NEUTRAL. FORWARD and REVERSE positions should always be in full travel extremes in either direction for a positive engagement and minimum wear. The throttle controls (twin lever controls on starboard side of control station) regulate the RPM of the engines. Periodically check hydraulic fluid level and system operating pressure. Operating pressure is 85psi. Shift selector(s) to NEUTRAL before starting engines. Shift only when engine is at IDLE. Reversing at high speeds can cause flooding/ swamping due to water being pushed over the transom. Shift quickly; easing into gear can damage the transmission. Hydraulic controls FORWARD and REVERSE positions should always be in full travel extremes in either direction for positive engagement and minimum wear. \. J 2.8 550 Sundancer® SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT | ENGINE SHIFT AND THROTTLE FUNCTIONS (FIG. 2.9.1) PORT STBD FORWARD TN E NEUTRAL REVERSE o ENGINE GEARSHIFTS NOTE: The reservoir pressure will vary between 70-90 psi due to temperature changes. There is no reason to become alarmed unless the pressure drop below 70psi. The system should be repressurized to 85psi. If the pressure loss from full pressure to minimal operation pressure be over an extended time period just repressurize the system. This extended pressure loss in normal and may be compared to the same type of pressure loss one experiences with a good set of automotive tires after an extended time. The throttle controls (twin lever controls on starboard side of control station) regulate the RPM of the engines. Periodically check and seasonally lubricate the linkage with medium weight oil. NOTE: Prior to starting engines, put throttles at IDLE and gearshifts in NEUTRAL. OPERATION 1. Throttle Levers: Forward motion - increases Throttle Aft Motion - Decreases Throttle FULL THROTTLE Ral VARIABLE IDLE ENGINE THROTTLES 2. Gearshift Levers: Forward Position - FORWARD Center Position - NEUTRAL Aft Position - REVERSE MAINTENANCE The clutch and throttle lever bodies are made of anodized aluminum. To clean them, a warm soapy water solution should be used. DO NOT use an abrasive compound. NOTE: Refer to your engine Owner’s Manual to operate the throttle arm by hand for maintenance. REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. B. ENGINE SYNCHRONIZERS When the engine synchronizers are in operation, any engine speed differential is immediately sensed and automatically corrected. A single throttle movement is all that is necessary to ensure that both engines maintain identical RPM. 550 Sundancer® 2.9 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT The standard helm for the 550 DA is equipped with engine synchronizers and hydraulic gearshift and throttle controls. The optional helms offer synchronizers that accompany the electronic gauges, gearshift and throttle controls package installed. Refer to your Owner's Manual Packet for the correct operating instructions for the propulsion equipment installed. SYNCHRONIZER OPERATION: 1. Have both engines running and advance speed slightly above idle. 2. Turn ON synchronizer switch located on the control station switch panel. 3. Move slave (starboard) engine throttle lever to maximum speed position. Since the synchronizer is now controlling the slave engine, the lever is “limp” or noneffective. Advancing the slave engine lever eliminates the synchronizer of undue strain in moving the entire control system. Back Up THROTTLES The standard engines (Cummins QSM 11) on the 550 DA provide back up throttles located outboard of the helm seat. And are designed to be used in the event of a main throttle failure. f CUMMINS BACKUP THROTTLE (F1G6.2.10.1) O A) BACKUP THROTTLE To use the backup throttle: 1. Rotate the backup throttle knob Counter clockwise to the idle position, or depress the knob to bring the engine to idle. 2. Put the main throttle lever in the idle position. 3. Move the backup throttle switch to the ON position. Note: The backup throttle switch has a safety latch feature; press the latch down and move the switch to the ON position. The throttle also has a friction adjustment collar. Rotate the collar clockwise to tighten, or counterclockwise to loosen, until the desired throttle tension is obtained. 4. Rotate the throttle knob clockwise to desired engine speed. To turn the backup throttle off and to regain control of the engine speed using the main throttle lever: 1. Set the backup throttle to idle. 2. Set the main throttle to idle. 3. Put the backup throttle switch in the OFF position by depressing the bottom of the rocker switch. MAINTENANCE PRIMARY CONTROLS The clutch and throttle lever bodies are made of anodized aluminum. To clean them, a warm soapy water solution should be used. DO NOT use an abrasive compound. NOTE: Refer to your engine Owner’s Manual to operate the throttle arm by hand for maintenance. REFER TO OWNERS MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. GEAR SHIFTS AND THROTTLE CONTROLS (ELECTRIC OPTION) Your boat may be equipped with electric gear shifts and throttle controls as optional equipment. 2.10 550 Sundancer® SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT They are located on the control station. Electric controls offer many advantages, including ease of shifting, no mechanical linkages, and much more. Sea Ray® recommends that you read the Owner’s Manual for electric control options on your 550 DA to take full advantage of this option. NOTE: Prior to starting engines (diesel): e Shift throttle and gear levers into the NEUTRAL position. e Ensure that the boat's DC power is ON. Depress the station select button on the control head to silent the audible alarm and to take command of the station controls. Follow the engine START sequence according to the Engine Owner’s Manual. Also see Section 3-Using Your Boat; Pg. 3.4. OPERATION 1. The port lever operates the gear and throttle for the port engine and the starboard lever operates the gear and throttle for the starboard engine. 2. Moving the lever forward to the first indent engages the forward gear. Moving the lever backwards to the first indent engages the reverse gear. 3. Moving the levers further forward or backwards increases throttle and boat speed. REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. C. HYDRAULIC TRIM TABS The trim tabs on your Sea Ray” are operated with a rocker type momentary switch at the control station. They are protected by a circuit breaker on the control station breaker panel which must be ON to use the trim tabs. HYDRAULIC TRIM TABS (Fic. 2.11.1) (A) TRIM PLANE SWITCH (AT HELM) HYDRAULIC RAMS (©) TRIM PLANE ZINC (©) STBD TRIM PLANE (E) PORT TRIM PLANE (F) RESERVOIR FILL ©) TRIMTABPUMP _ \. J To trim the bow of your boat down, push the top halves of BOTH rockers down in momentary bursts. If you hold the rockers down, you will over trim the boat and the bow will dig in. To correct over-trimming, push bottom halves of BOTH rockers to obtain desired planing angle. 4 A RUNNING ATTITUDE List PusH BOWUP | BOTTOM OF BOTH ROCKERS BOW UP PORT TOP OF STARBOARD ROCKER BOW UP STARBOARD TOP OF PORT ROCKER BOW DOWN PORT BOTTOM OF PORT ROCKER BOW DOWN STARBOARD BOTTOM OF STARBOARD ROCKER | Nu The two trim tabs on the transom of your boat can also be used to trim the list of your boat (See chart) that may be caused by improper storage of gear, too many people on one side or a strong cross wind. Operation of the rocker switch should be momentary bursts to achieve proper attitude of the hull. When running wide open, most boats do not require any trim unless heavily loaded. 550 Sundancer® 2.11 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT EFFECTS OF TRIMMING (FIG. 2.12.1) Your boat is designed to plane at a particular speed and weight distribution. As speed decreases or weight increases, the stern will settle lower in the water and the hull will push a hill of water, increasing drag and requiring more power to move through the water. Hydraulic trim tabs are adjusted independently of each other, enabling adjustment of bow attitude up and down as well as to correct for side to side list. Trim tabs also provide attitude adjustment at lower speeds. A PROPERLY TRIMMED BOAT: Operates at a correct running attitude of a 3 to 5 degree angle to the water (bow slightly up). Reduces drag and increases fuel efficiency. Preserves good forward visibility. BOW-UP (“PORPOISING”) Increases safety. EFFECTS OF PORT AND STBD TRIM TAB ADJUSTMENT Use short bursts of rocker switches to adjust trim tabs. Pushing switches too far at once may cause sudden steering problems. Adjusting one trim tab more than the other will adjust list caused by improper equipment storage, too many people on one side or PORT TAB DOWN BOTH NEUTRAL STBD TAB DOWN a strong cross wind. PORT STERN UP NO CHANGE IN LIST STBD STERN UP STBD BOW DOWN PORT BOW DOWN - 7 REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. In heavy following seas or when running in an inlet, best maneuverability is obtained with a bow high attitude. To be sure the tabs are full up in the zero position, push the bottom halves of BOTH rockers for several seconds. The trim tab pump is located on the aft bilge bulkhead, mounted on the inside of the transom. To service the unit, remove the tinted plastic cover to gain access to reservoir fill plug and motor parts. Hydraulic trim tabs use Type A Dexron Il automatic transmission fluid, which should be filled up to the FULL mark on the pump base. Add fluid with the trim tabs in the up position only. 2.12 550 Sundancer® SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT 9. HELM GAUGE AND SWITCH LAYOUT 1 CONTROL STATION (F1G6.2.13.1) PORT STBD WASHER VENT CUMMINS | (© — WIPERS — WINDSHIELD L LT 1 + LT 1 L | — | 3 L Co У О (A COCKPIT STEREO RADAR © A/C VENT © GAUGE PANEL ® AUTOPILOT (E) COMPASS (E) TRIDATA (DEPTH , SPEED, TRIP) (E) A/C VENT (D BOW THRUSTER CONTROL (Y) SWITCH PANEL ® VHF RADIO REMOTE (© CONTROL STATION SWITCH PANEL (V) STEREO REMOTE @®) THROTTLE SHIFT CONTROL ©) FIRE EXTINGUISHER INDICATOR (P) SYSTEMS MONITOR @ TRIM TAB CONTROL (R) SPOTLIGHT CONTROL (6) 12VOLT RECEPTACLE (7) GEAR SHIFT CONTROL (U) CHART PLOTTER (V) CUMMINS BACK UP THROTTLES 550 Sundancer® 2.13 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT f = CONTROL STATION SWITCH PANEL — CUMMINS ENGINES (116. 2.14.1) e X PORTIGNITION EMERG STBD IGNITION LIGHTS AL THROSTER WINDLASS START/RUN TART RUNNING ANCHOR DIMMER SPOILER COCKPIT SPOT S STARTIRUN — ACCY ACCY MAIN MAIN MAIN CONTROL ( LS 9 9 ED (3 ED — E— [ —.o | [ — | | —]s:l.lO | e— | e— | [ — > ——] — | — —]—] | ———] ———] "| | — } | —su — > | — 5 5 59 — J CJ _— Co Co) Co) CJ CRUISE SLOW RPM “nba — STBD ENGINE —— TROLLING ENGINE — SCROLL SLOW US/METRIC BILGE 182 +- VALVE SYNC VESSEL BLOWERS FWD AFT ELECT AUTOPILOT ACCY ACCY (3 LS AD ED LI [ — | | — | EA cc [ — | [ — | | —]s:l.lO | Е —— [3 ——],;Ú[—l];?I—) | —]——]];— ———] | En с E | — > E 5 | } Nc __ «J J Ne J f A CONTROL STATION SWITCH PANEL — CATERPILLAR ENGINES (Fıc. 2.14.2) /0 O ON PORT IGNITION EMERGENCY STBD IGNITION LIGHTS SWIM BOW EMER STOP/ RUNNIN ANCHOR DIMMER POILER COCKPIT SPOT PLATFORM THRUSTER WINDLASS RST START/RUN + START + START/RUN EMERSTOP/ RUNNING CHO SPO uo RUST VAN CONTROL LI LI LS LI LL LL МНН | —[ | === | e— >) Um —) E — E =| == == == == = =| == == ss | | | | | | | | e— ee } | mm с Em mn mn с «J ÉL III LI É_ im 2 ———— PORT ENGINE ———— ————— STBD ENGINE ——— o. USMETRIC ~~ SLOW SCROLL TROLLING ENGINE SCROLL SLOW — US/METRIC BILGE BILGE PUMPS VESSEL VALVE SYNC VESSEL BLOWERS FWD AFT ELECT ~~ AUTOPILOT + ACCY ACCY ( LI 3 LO] LL [3 | — [ —OU5s — cc —— [ —OU5s с с E с =—= I= == =| |= === == = = = = В ===> J —> = == = ey | | = = с 1 — | ee с ee { | — с — J J - J J — J — J Xu О 9) \_ J a NN CONTROL STATION SWITCH PANEL — MAN ENGINES (FiG.2.14.3) 0 O ON PORT IGNITION EMERGENCY STBD IGNITION LIGHTS PLATFORM THRUSTER WINDLASS EMER STOP/ START/RUN TART EMERSTOP/ RUNNING ANCHOR DIMMER SPOILER COCKPIT SPOT STOP STARTIRU 5 STARTIRUN STOP MAIN MAIN MAIN CONTROL (3 LL) LL.) (3 AD AD LS (3 —— | — — ее — — — — — — =— =| == Е — = — ===! | [=== |= Ее > Е o с Ce | ———];o— ———];o— ———];o— | eo 1 ee } — cc } 1 с — с с J CJ J J J TD US/METRIC PORT ENGINE SCROLL TROLLING — ENGINE SCROLL STBD ENGINE US/METRIC BILGE BILGE PUMPS oan VALVE SYNC oan BLOWERS — FW AFT ELECT AUTOPILOT ACCY ACCY (3 AD — — — | | ———];o— — с — — J J 9) \ J 2.14 550 Sundancer® SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT f = GAUGE PANEL — CUMMINS ENGINES (Fra. 2.15.1) ® PORT ENGINE MONITORING ® STBD ENGINE TACHOMETER SYSTEM (EMS) WITH HOURMETER O STBD ENGINE QUAD GAUGE PORT ENGINE QUAD GAUGE © STARBOARD ENGINE MONITORING © PORT ENGINE TACHOMETER SYSTEM (EMS) WITH HOURMETER © RUDDER POSITION INDICATOR GAUGE PANEL — CATERPILLAR ENGINES (Fra. 2.15.2) PORT ENGINE MONITORING © STBD ENGINE TACHOMETER SYSTEM (EMS) WITH HOURMETER O STBD ENGINE QUAD GAUGE PORT ENGINE QUAD GAUGE Q @ STARBOARD ENGINE MONITORING © PORT ENGINE TACHOMETER SYSTEM (EMS) WITH HOURMETER © RUDDER POSITION INDICATOR GAUGE PANEL — MAN ENGINES (Fra. 2.15.3) PORT ENGINE MONITORING @ STBD ENGINE TACHOMETER SYSTEM (EMS) WITH HOURMETER O STBD ENGINE QUAD GAUGE PORT ENGINE QUAD GAUGE Q @ STARBOARD ENGINE MONITORING © PORT ENGINE TACHOMETER SYSTEM (EMS) WITH HOURMETER © RUDDER POSITION INDICATOR 550 Sundancer® 2.15 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT CONTROL STATION BREAKER PANEL (Fic. 2.16.1) o 3) TRIM —— WIPERS — WINDSHIELD NAV TROLLING TABS PORT STBD VENT LIGHTS VALVES ACCY RETRACTABLE SPOT ENGINE HORN LIGHTS SUNPAD ACCY ACCY LIGHT SYNC O ©) N 10. IMPORTANT GAUGES They are: e Main Engine Data Display Gauge - Standard QSM11 Cummins Engine e Quad Gauge * Tachometer Rudder Position Indicator * Hour Meter * Magnetic Compass e Systems Monitor A. STANDARD QSM11 - CUMMINS ENGINE DATA DISPLAY Your yacht is equipped with QSM11 Cummins engine as standard power. The Engine Data Display isa LCD display with 5 menu keys that can display engine parameters in a verity of formats. Display formats are Analog gauge, big digital, graphical and quad display. STANDARD QSM11 (Fra. 2.16.2) f = \. J The Engine Data Display receives engine data from industry standard SAE J1708 datalink. Displayable engine parameters are: engine coolant temperature, engine oil pressure, system voltage, intake manifold temperature, instantaneous fuel rate, boost pressure, engine load, throttle position, barometric pressure, total hours and total fuel. The main Engine Data Display gauge has indicators to display system related diagnostics. A digital LCD is functional to scroll through the different engine parameters monitored. Refer to the Engine Data Display User’s Guide located in the Owners Manual Packet for more information about your gauge display operation instructions and warranty. B. HOURMETER The hour meters measure cumulative hours of operating time. There are hour meters on top of each engine and an hour meter readout on the main Engine Data display (See Figures 2.15.1-2.15.3) by method of scrolling. They should be used to keep a careful log of engine maintenance as well as performance data and fuel consumption. The generator hour meter is located on the generator. C. TACHOMETER - (Fic. 2.16.3) The tachometer indicates the revolutions per minute (RPM) of the engine. (It does not indicate the speed of the boat.) Your Engine Operator's Manual indicates the maximum full throttle RPM at which your engine should operate. This must not be exceeded or serious engine damage will occur. The tachometer should also be used to determine the most comfortable and economical cruising RPM. D. QuAD GAUGE (Fic. 2.16.4) Your yacht is equipped with a quad gauge unit which displays, in analog format, engine oil pressure, water temperature, voltage and respective port and starboard fuel tank levels. 32 100 2 psd 50 18 VOLT OIL 0 FUEL WATER 240 A 2.16 550 Sundancer® SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT FUEL GAUGE The fuel gauge indicates the amount of fuel in the fuel tank. The most accurate reading of the fuel gauge is at idle speeds when your boat is in an approximately | (Fic.2.17.1) level position. At slow plane, when your boat isin * / a bow up position the gauge will read inaccurately because the fuel in the tanks travel to the rear of the tanks and away from the fuel sending unit. Because gauge readings are approximate, they should be compared to the hours of use versus known fuel consumption (GPH). VOLTMETER The voltmeter gauge Indicates battery bank voltage. Normal engine operating voltage will 32 range between 24.0 to 28.5 volts when the alternator is charging. Significantly | (Ро. 2.17.2) 18 VOLT higher or lower readings * ‘ indicate a battery problem, alternator malfunction or heavy battery drain. OIL PRESSURE GAUGE The oil gauge is often the best indicator of engine problems or difficulties. Maximum pressure is controlled by a preset valve in the oil pump. Note the reading which this gauge (FiG.2.17.3) records after the break-in- \ / period, as it is the “norm” which can be used as reference during the life of the engine. IF A COMPLETE LOSS OF OIL PRESSURE OCCURS, TURN ENGINE OFF AT ONCE. Continued running after loss of pressure will cause engine damage. First, manually check the oil level. If low oil level is not the cause, consult your Sea Ray ® dealer. DO NOT RESTART THE ENGINE UNTIL THE PROBLEM HAS BEEN CORRECTED. Slight fluctuations in gauge readings are not uncommon during operation and may be due to the characteristics of the lubricating oil. Greater fluctuations should be investigated. The cause may be a clogged oil filter element which should be replaced with every oil change. WATER TEMPERATURE GAUGE The water temperature gauge indicates temperature of the cooling water circulating inside the engine. Your engine is equipped with a thermostat so a predetermined engine temperature should be reached soon after starting the engine — “ 5 and maintained thereafter while the engine is running. Refer to your Engine Operator’s Manual for proper gauge readings. If the temperature approaches above normal on your gauge, shut down engine at once. (FiG.2.17.4) WATER 240 E. MAGNETIC COMPASS Your compass (See Figure 2.15.1), properly corrected, will indicate magnetic North (not true North). A compass must be adjusted by a qualified person. The reason for this is that nearby Instruments or objects containing magnets or current-carrying electrical wires will influence the compass reading. This is especially true if you add electronic devices to the helm station. After your compass has been professionally adjusted. You will be given a deviation card or chart Indicating the correction to be applied when laying out a compass course or making navigational calculations. Keep this correction card or chart at the helm. NOTE: The compass adjustment is only good for the equipment arrangement that existed at the time of the adjustment. If you place different equipment or remove equipment from the vicinity of the compass, you cannot rely on the compass reading. 550 Sundancer® 2.17 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT The compass must be readjusted by a qualified person after equipment is added or removed from the vicinity of the compass. NOTE: The compass roses shown on navigational charts have both true North and magnetic North directions superimposed. Make certain you plot course compass directions from the magnetic North compass rose. When not in use, the compass should be protected from excessive and prolonged sunlight. If your compass becomes sluggish or erratic, it should be serviced by an authorized repair station. To keep the plexiglass dome free from scratches, remove salt deposits and dust with a damp cloth. An occasional treatment with paste wax will help preserve the dome surface. REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. F. RUDDER POSITION INDICATOR The rudder position gauge Indicates the relative position of the rudders to the keel of the boat. Before throttling up check the indicator to ensure that the rudders are in a position which will not create a (Fic. 2.18.1) SYSTEMS MONITOR DISPLAY CONTROL Monitor (DCM) (F1c.2.18.2) f в SYSTEMS MONITOR O Say AUDIBLE RESET 7 ALARM SELECT ® dangerous situation such \ J as a sudden and un- inttended change in direction to port or starboard. G. SYSTEMS MONITOR The Systems Monitor consists of a Display Control Module (DCM) located at the control station and a Bilge Interface Module (BIM) located on the bilge component board. The DCM and BIM are connected to each other by a coax cable and the BIM is continuously looking at all inputs for an alarm condition. The Systems Monitor is connected directly to the 12 volt battery bank through a circuit breaker and continuously monitors two emergency high water pumps, two bilge pumps and the bilge heat detector. The engine and generator functions are only active when ignition voltage is turned on. The circuit breaker is on the main DC breaker panel located on the bilge component board (See Fig. 6.2.1). The BIM collects signals from critical engine functions, generator oil pressure, bilge pumps, high water emergency bilge pumps and bilge heat detection and transmits that information to be displayed on the DCM. The features of the DCM include a two line LCD display with backlighting of the display, audible alarm and an Audible Reset/ Alarm Select push button switch. The LCD display will read in two lines. For example, at normal operation it will read: SEA RAY BOATS ALL SYSTEMS NORMAL NOTE: Some functions only read on one line. See Display Control Module (DCM) below for all DCM display readouts. Backlighting of the LCD is achieved by turning ON the navigation lights switch. Intensity is controlled by the electronic dimmer control. Both are located on the control station switch panel. 2.18 550 Sundancer® SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT AUDIBLE ALARMS An audible alarm will sound to alert the operator to look at the DCM and determine the high level fault. Only high level faults such as critical engine functions, generator, emergency pumps and bilge heat detector will have an audible alarm. The forward and aft bilge pumps do not have an audible alarm, instead the DCM will display those functions. AUDIBLE RESET/ALARM SELECT The Audible Reset/Alarm Select push button switch on the DCM is a dual purpose switch. It enables the operator to reset an audible alarm or to manually scroll the display during multiple alarms. The Audible Reset is used to temporarily quiet an alarm that is displayed on the LCD. If that function Is not corrected within 30 seconds, the audible alarm will sound again. Pushing the switch again will permanently quiet (turn off) the audible alarm for that function. The LCD will still display that fault until it is corrected. The Alarm Select is active only during multiple alarms. For example, if the engine oil pressure, forward emergency pump and transmission temperature had faults at the same time, the systems monitor would sound an audible alarm and would display the alarm with the highest priority. Each push of the switch will show the new alarm and then the LCD will automatically scroll through the multiple alarm functions approximately every three (3) seconds. By pushing on the switch, the operator will be able to manually scroll the LCD for faulting functions. To monitor critical engine functions and generator oil pressure: 1. The 24 volt main battery solenoid switches must be energized either at the main DC breaker panel on the aft port engine room component board or the DC distribution panel on the port side just aft of the galley. 2. At the DC distribution panel, turn the port and starboard master ignition key switches to the ON position. Never ignore an alarm. 3. At the control station, locate the port and starboard START/RUN switches. Without starting the engines, push the START/RUN switches to the RUN position. The Display Control Monitor (DCM) will display: SEA RAY BOATS ALL SYSTEMS NORMAL NOTE: The generator and engines will have an alarm as soon as ignition is turned on. 4. Start the engines per the engine start instructions in Section 3, page 3.4. 5. Start the generator per the generator start instructions in Section 3, page 3.8. With the main engines and generator engine running, the yacht's Systems Monitor is fully activated. When the engine and generator engine ignition is turned OFF, approximately five (5) minutes display will be blank. Engine and generator functions are disabled because they are unnecessary, however, the bilge heat detector and all pumps are still being monitored. The following DCM Function Table will name each function, describe the function and show how it is displayed on the DCM. If your Systems Monitor does not operate or display functions correctly per the instructions provided, recycle the circuit breaker by pushing the circuit breaker to the OFF position and then pushing it to the ON position. Use a small tool that will fit through the hole to push the breaker to the OFF position. 550 Sundancer® 2.19 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT DispLAY CONTROL MODULE (DCM) FUNCTION TABLE Function Description DCM Normal Operation BIM Coax Cable to DCM Bilge Heat Detector * Forward Emergency * Aft Emergency * Forward Bilge Aft Bilge Oil Pressure * Water Temperature * Transmission Temperature * Exhaust Temperature * Fuel Filter Condition * Generator Alarm * CAT Diagnostics * Caterpillar Electric Engines Only No Alarms Cable Connection Fault Sense Extreme (190°) Heat in the Bilge or a 15° Increase in Temperature Forward Emergency Pump Under the Master Stateroom Hatch is Running Aft Emergency Pump in the Engine Room is Running Forward Bilge Pump in the Engine Room is Running Aft Bilge Pump in the Engine Room is Running Engine Oil Pressure Too Low Engine Cooling System Too Hot Transmission Cooling System is Hot Engine Malfunction, Exhaust Too Hot Fuel Filter Needs Cleaning Generator Oil Pressure is Low Generator Stopped Running For CAT Diagnostic Engines SEA RAY BOATS ALL SYSTEMS NORMAL DATA LINK FAILURE ALARM SYSTEM OFF-LINE HEAT DETECTOR (No second line reading) PUMP ALARM FORWARD EMERGENCY PUMP ALARM AFT EMERGENCY PUMP ALARM FORWARD BILGE PUMP ALARM AFT BILGE PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM OIL PRESSURE PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM WATER TEMPERATURE PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM EXHAUST TEMPERATURE PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM FUEL FILTER CONDITION GENERATOR ALARM (No Second Line Reading) PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM CAT DIAGNOSTIC The CAT Diagnostic feature is for Caterpillar electronic engines and will refer the operator to look at the port or starboard Caterpillar Engine Monitoring System (EMS) on the gauge panel at the helm. * function has an audible alarm. 2.20 550 Sundancer® SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT 11. NAVIGATION AND ANCHOR LIGHTS NAVIGATION LIGHTS (F16.2.21.1) Navigation lights MUST be on while underway from sunset to sunrise or in conditions of reduced GREEN LIGHT visibility. “Underway” means the boat is not docked RED LIGHT (VISIBLE 2 or at anchor. Trolling or drifting with engine off is AT ES) NAUTICAL MILES) considered “underway” and navigation lights must be used. If you are anchored in open water, i.e. where other boats can approach yours, you must display your anchor light: a white light that can be seen from all possible directions, i.e. 360 degrees. Read the “Federal Requirements and Safety Tips for Recreational Boats” provided in your kit. To OPERATE THE RUNNING LIGHTS: MAST LIGHT, Push RUNNING switch on control station switch WHITE LIGHT panel to the ON position. NAUTICAL MILES) To OPERATE THE ANCHOR LIGHTS: Push ANCHOR switch on control station switch panel to the ON position. Your boat is equipped with a sport spoiler. If you opt to install additional equipment on the spoiler or optional hard top, it then becomes your responsibility to reevaluate your lighting situation to make certain the navigation lights on your boat meet government navigational lighting requirements. You will most likely have to raise the STERN LIGHT ALL-ROUND LIGHT, mast light. Consider the weight of the equipment VISIBLE 2 “VISIBLE 3. you install; be certain itis not to heavy for your sport NAUTICAL MILES) NAUTICAL MILES) spoiler or optional hard top. A. CONSOLE DIMMER There is a DIMMER control switch located on the control station switch panel which controls the N / intensity of the gauge and switch panel lights. The gauge and switch panel lights are energized when the navigation running lights are turned on. 550 Sundancer® 2.21 SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT 12. SWITCH AND RECEPTACLE LAYOUT | SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES (F1G6. 2.22.1) (A) TASK LIGHT ABOVE BUNK CEILING LIGHTS (C) SALON CENTER LIGHTS (D) V-BERTH SHOWER LIGHTS (E) A/C CONTROL (F) 110 VOLT RECEPTACLE (6) GFI (H) 12 VOLT RECEPTACLE (1) GALLEY POWER VENT (J) SALON LIGHTS (K) SALON ACCENT LIGHTS (L) GALLEY ACCENT LIGHTS (M) GALLEY OVERHEAD LIGHTS (N) WINE RACK LIGHTS (O) ELECTRIC SOFA (IN/OUT) (P) ELECTRIC SOFA (UP/DOWN) (Q MASTER HEAD (R)POWER VENT (6) MASTER HEAD WASTE INDICATOR (T) INDIRECT LIGHTING (U) SWIM PLATFORM REMOTE (V) ELECTRIC SUNPAD SWITCH (W) COCKPIT STEP LIGHTS X) VANITY LIGHTS (Y) COCKPIT LIGHT (2 BILGE LIGHT STEP LIGHT INDIRECT LIGHTING €0 INDIRECT LIGHTING V-BERTH HEAD OVERHEAD LIGHT EE) V-BERTH HEAD POWER VENT (FP) V-BERTH HEAD WASTE INDICATOR G9 FUSE J 2.22 550 Sundancer® SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT 13. LIGHTING LAYOUT LIGHTING (F1G6.2.23.1) XELOGEN 24V 10W _ BI-PRONG J © BULB REPLACEMENT XELOGEN 24V 10W |. BI-PRONG <= STEP LIGHT COCKPIT J ® J BULB REPLACEMENT XELOGEN 24V 10W |. BI-PRONG D AC LOW VOLTAGE 20W J (6) в BULB REPLACEMENT FLOURESCENT J ROOM — IN BILGE ACCESSORY 550 Sundancer® 2.23 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK 2.24 550 Sundancer® SECTION 3 * USING YOUR BOAT 1. PREPARING TO DEPART As the owner/operator of a Sea Ray® yacht, you are responsible for the safe operation of your boat and the safety of your passengers. Always be sure that required documents, navigational equipment and Coast Guard required safety equipment is aboard and in proper working order. GENERAL 1. Weather forecast - Safe conditions existing for length of trip. 2. Passengers/Crew - Instructed in duties for getting underway and fitted for a correct size PFD. One (1) PFD for every person aboard. 3. Tool Box - Stocked with a variety of appropriate tools. 4. Lines, Fenders and Anchor - Ready for use. 5. Float Plan - shared with friend or relative not on trip. 6. Navigation Charts - Available for trip. BOAT SYSTEMS 1. 7. 8. 9. Equipment - Make sure all equipment is stored properly. Radio and Navigation Equipment - Check for proper working condition. Bilge/Engine Compartment - “Sniff” the bilge/ engine compartment for fuel odor. Run the bilge blowers for at least Four (4) minutes. Confirm air flow through hull vents. Bilge Pumps - Assure that all bilge pumps function properly. Shore Power Cable - Disconnected from dockside power inlet. Trim Tabs - Full range of motion. No excessive play or binding. Fresh Water Tank - Filled and sanitized. Head System Holding Tank - Empty Seacocks - Open (handle parallel to hose). ENGINE 1. 10. Fuel - Be sure that you have sufficient recommended fuel for the trip. Fuel System - Check for leaks. Racor Fuel Filters - Check that filters are clean, tight and free of water. Fluid levels - Check engine oil and steering fluid levels. Coolant Drain Plugs - Secured Batteries - Fully charged (Check water cell levels). Battery Switches - Check for proper working condition. Fuel valves - Open Engine Alarm - Test. Should sound after a few seconds. Gear Shift and Throttle Controls - Full range of motion. In NEUTRAL and IDLE positions. 2. WHILE UNDERWAY GENERAL 1. N Passengers/crew - Safely seated with PFD’s on or immediately accessible. Keep passengers safe. Lines, fenders and anchor - Safely stowed. Opeation - Gradual acceleration/deceleration and turning. Surroundings - Be aware of other boats, swimmers, floating debris, etc. at all times. Carbon Monoxide (CO) - Operate so as to prevent buildup. Weather - Monitor frequently. Navigation - Adhere to navigational aids in the water and on shore. Fuel - Check consumption regularly. 550 Sundancer® 3.1 SECTION 3 * USING YOUR BOAT BOAT SYSTEMS 1. Trim Tabs - Bring boat to “On Plane”. 2. Navigation lights - On at night or in reduced visibility. ENGINE 1. Tachometers - Engines operating in safe RPM range (refer to the Engine Owner’s Manual for your specific engine). 2. Engine Gauges - Monitor continually. 3. Engine Operation - Check idle and shift. Listen for abnormal noises and visually check the engine compartment while underway. 3. RETURNING TO PORT GENERAL 1. Passengers/crew - Instructed in duties for line handling. 2. Lines, fenders and anchor - Ready for use. BOAT SYSTEMS 1. Anchor Light - ON if necessary. 2. Bilge/Engine Compartment - “Sniff” the bilge/ engine compartment for fuel odor. Run the bilge blowers if necessary. Check for water in the bilge. Run bilge pumps if necessary. ENGINES 1. Gearshift & Throttle Controls - Bring to NEUTRAL and IDLE positions. 2. Tachometers - Idle the engines for five (5) minutes to cool down. 3. Ignition - Depress EMERGENCY STOP/STOP switches on the helm switch panel when engines are cooled down. 4. Engine Operation - Check idle and shift. Listen for abnormal noises. 4. SECURING THE BoAT GENERAL 1. Shore Power Cables - Connected to dockside power inlet. 2. Fenders and Lines - Fenders in place, lines tied securely to dock. When in tidal waters the lines must be secured taking into account the rise and fall of the water level. 3. Equipment - Dry and stored. 4. Float Plan - Notify person who had float plan that you have returned. 5. Canvas - Properly install canvas covers 6. Hull - Inspect for damage BOAT SYSTEMS 1. Seacocks - Closed (handle perpendicular to hose). 2. Helm Switch Panel - All switches in the OFF position. 3. Gearshift/Throttle Controls - Inthe NEUTRAL and IDLE position. 4. Navigation Lights - Turned OFF. ENGINES 1. Ignition - Switched in the OFF position (lights off) and master ignition keys removed from DC distribution panel. 2. Battery Switches - In the OFF position. 3. Fuel Valves - Closed (handle perpendicular to hose). 5. FUELING THE BOAT | NOTICE | | RECOMMENDED FUEL: %2 Diesel Fuel | Certain precautions must be carefully and completely observed every time a boat is fueled, 3.2 550 Sundancer® SECTION 3 * USING YOUR BOAT even with diesel fuel. Diesel fuel is nonexplosive but it will burn. A. GENERAL Fuel during daylight. Fire extinguisher — close at hand. Mooring — boat tied securely to fueling pier. Crew — at least one knowledgeable person present. Passengers — unnecessary people off the boat. Engines — stopped. Electrical equipment, including blowers — power off. Close all hatches, doors and keep engine compartment closed to prevent fumes from entering the cabin or cockpit areas. Smoking material — extinguished. Inboard tanks — grounded. Filler pipe — marked DIESEL. Fuel nozzle — in contact with filler pipe to prevent static sparks. Avoid spills — fill less than rated capacity of tank; allow for fuel expansion. Trim — fuel weight distributed equally. B. FILLING THE TANK Check the fill plate label to ensure that fuel is placed ONLY in the fuel tank. The fuel fill plates are located on the starboard deck walkway. Know your fuel capacity and consumption. Record the amount of fuel used since your last fill up, and compute the engine's hourly fuel usage. As a fuel gauge backup check, deduct the average hourly fuel usage from fuel tank capacity. Observe the “Rule of Thirds”: one-third fuel for trip out, one-third for return and one-third for reserve. ~ FUEL FILL LOCATIONS (FG. 3.3.1) STBD FUEL FILL PORT FUEL FILL Allow an additional 15 percent fuel reserve when operating in rough seas. Listen as the tankfills and stop adding fuel before it spills from the fuel fill opening. C. AFTER FILLING Windows, doors, hatches - open. DO NOT wash spilled fuel overboard. Wipe up any spill with rags or paper towels and dispose of them properly on shore. Sniff test - if fuel fumes remain, operate blowers until fumes are gone. Fuel tank - secure filler cap. 6. BOARDING DO NOT overload the boat and load to less than capacity in adverse conditions. Board one person at a time and give assistance as needed. Transfer gear and equipment by handing it from a person on the dock to a person on board. You can lose your balance and be injured if you attempt to board while carrying equipment or gear. 550 Sundancer® 3.3 SECTION 3 * USING YOUR BOAT Wet decks are slippery. You can be seriously injured if you slip and fall. Wear slip-resistant footwear secured to your feet and hold onto rails or boat structure. J Distribute the weight of equipment and passengers as evenly as possible to keep the boat balanced. Stow gear and equipment so that it is accessible, but everything is to be stored in places so as to prevent it from flying about if the boat encounters rough water or weather. 7. PERSONAL FLOTATION DEVICES (PFD’s) Operator must instruct all passengers on location and use of PFD's (See Section 1- Safety, page 4 for type and usage). Children less than sixteen (16) years of age and all non-swimmers, adults as well as children, must wear properly-sized PFDs at all times when aboard. ALL passengers should wear PFDs. By the time someone falls overboard, it can be to late for them to put on a PFD and fasten it properly. This is especially true in colder waters, below 70°F, where survival time, before hypothermia sets in, is measured in minutes. If there are passengers not wearing PFDs, the PFDs must be readily accessible. “Readily accessible” means out of the storage bag and unbuckled. All throwable flotation devices (cushions, rings, etc.) must be right at hand. 8. PASSENGER INSTRUCTION AND LOCATION Everyone on board must be told about the boat's behavior from starting to getting up on plane. Before the operator does any high-speed maneuvers or rapidly accelerates or decelerates the boat, passengers must be warned to sit and hold on and must heed the warning. The operator may have to make rapid changes in speed and/or direction to avoid a problem, with little or no time for alerting passengers. It is critical that all passengers be seated in the designated seating areas and holding on to prevent falling overboard or getting knocked about in the boat at all times when the boat is underway. 9. STARTING THE ENGINES The engine operation and maintenance manual furnished with your boat describes pre-start and starting procedures. The following notes are basic reminders and not intended to cover every detail of starting. We urge you to thoroughly read and understand your engine manual. 1 ~ MAIN BATTERY SOLENOIDS O _PORT GEN BD ©) Check battery solenoid switches for ENERGIZED position. Battery solenoid | | switches are located on the main DC breaker panel in the engine room and the DC distribution panel located behind an access door in the port aft salon. (See Section 6 — Electrical System, Fig. 6.8.1). Check the fuel tank levels. Check the oil and coolant levels. See your Engine Operator’s Manual for proper readings. Check engines for coolant drain plug installations. ~ J 3.4 550 Sundancer® SECTION 3 * USING YOUR BOAT DO NOT run the engine or generator in an enclosed area, such as a closed boat house, as there is the possibility of buildup and inhaling of carbon monoxide. 5. Check seacocks for open position. Make sure strainers are clean and water tight (See Section 4 — Bilge and Underwater Gear, page 4.12). N 10. After ignition power is f 11. verified, check the gear shift lever(s) in the NEUTRAL position and the throttle lever(s) at IDLE. о > по mr 4 403 IH J Push on the top of the ignition switches until the engines start. Do not operate starter for more than 10 seconds without allowing starter to cool for two (2) minutes. This will also allow the batteries to recover between starting attempts. Once engine has started and sufficient oil pressure is achieved, alarm buzzer will stop. Important: Check engine RPM on tachometer as soon as engine starts. Do not allow RPM to exceed 1,500. Move throttle lever down to decrease 7. Check the bilge for fuel fumes or liquid. Do not start the engines until the source of fumes Is determined and corrected and the bilge RPM. Note: Alarm will sound when: area is safely ventilated. Check fuel filters ensure selector is in the proper ON position. Turn on the master key switches located on the DC distribution panel (See Section 6 — Electrical System, pg. 6.11). Listen for alarms which indicate ignition power. NOTE: Ignition switches on the control station must be in the RUN position. NOTE: Electric shift and throttle controls require 12. 13. Engine oil pressure is too low. Engine temperature is too hot. e Transmission oil is too low. * Transmission temperature is too hot. * Engine stalls. Exhaust temperature too high. Check the oil pressure and look at exhaust port to assure that engine is pumping water. Let the engines warm up at idle and check for leaks. If engine is cold, run for a short period of time at fast idle speed that does not exceed 1500 RPM. thatthe STATION SELECT button be pushed twice: once before the start of the port engine and again before the start of the starboard engine, or vice versa (refer to the Original Equipment Manual in the Owner’s Manual Packet). 14. Shut down the engines and \ recheck fluid levels; top off if necessary. 550 Sundancer® SECTION 3 * USING YOUR BOAT NOTE: For general operation of the boat, its instruments and the engine, follow detailed instructions on “Engine Break-in” in the Engine Operators Manual. REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 10. SHIFTING To Drive THE BOAT Standard on the 550 DA are dual hydraulic gear shift and throttle engine controls. However, your yacht may be equipped with hydraulic or electric throttle control(s). There are different functions and operating and maintenance instructions which must be followed. Read and understand the information in the Owner’s Manual Packet for your yacht model's gear and throttle control. Your yacht has start in-gear protection. For safety’s sake and as a good habit to get into, always put the gear selector in the NEUTRAL position and the throttle selector in the IDLE position before starting the engines. A. GEAR SHIFTS AND THROTTLE CONTROLS The gear shift lever for each engine (twin lever controls on port side of the control station) has three positions: FORWARD, NEUTRAL and REVERSE. The control lever must be in the NEUTRAL (center) position when starting the engine(s). A positioning indent can be felt when the control is in exact NEUTRAL. FORWARD and REVERSE positions should always be in full travel extremes in either direction for a positive engagement and minimum wear. The throttle controls (twin lever controls on starboard side of control station) (See Figure 2.9.1) regulate the RPM of the engines. Periodically check and seasonally lubricate the linkage with medium weight oil. Shift selector(s) to NEUTRAL before starting engines. Shift only when engine is at IDLE. Reversing at high speeds can cause flooding/ swamping due to water being pushed over the transom. Shift quickly; easing into gear can damage the transmission. Hydraulic controls FORWARD and REVERSE positions should always be in full travel extremes in either direction for positive engagement and minimum wear. Cockpit can fill with water if boat is moving forward, when it is put into reverse. Before shifting into reverse, shift to neutral, return throttle to idle, then shift into reverse. NOTE: Prior to starting engines, put throttles at IDLE and gearshifts in NEUTRAL. B. OPERATION (HYDRAULIC) 1. Throttle Levers: Forward motion - increases Throttle Aft Motion - Decreases Throttle 2. Gearshift Levers: Forward Position - FORWARD Center Position - NEUTRAL Aft Position - REVERSE 3.6 550 Sundancer® SECTION 3 * USING YOUR BOAT ENGINE SHIFT AND THROTTLE FUNCTIONS (HYDRAULIC) (Fıc. 3.7.1) PORT STBD PORT STBD FULL FORWARD 5 `` 5 и ^^ 7 > THROTTLE ~ 7 ~ NEUTRAL VARIABLE vos it >» ed \ + ` I \ г } REVERSE \ IDLE ENGINE GEARSHIFTS ENGINE THROTTLES Na J Maintenance The clutch and throttle lever bodies are made of anodized aluminum. To clean them, a warm soapy water solution should be used. DO NOT use an abrasive compound. NOTE: Refer to your engine Owner’s Manual to operate the throttle arm by hand for maintenance. REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 11. STOPPING THE ENGINES 1. Bring throttle controls to fr — — IDLE position. (LL ЗО 2. Bring gear shift controls to NEUTRAL position. о > по 12. EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH Your 550 DA is equipped with an emergency stop switch. The emergency stop switch gives the boat operator the ability to shut down the engines in an emergency situation. OPERATION OF EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH 1. Ifthe momentary start fr switch is in the RUN | = position, switch to OFF position. 2. Press and hold emergency stop switch until engine(s) stop, completely. Release switch. NOTE: Run bilge blowers for 4 minutes before restarting engine(s). Follow engine starting instructions. 13. STARTING THE GENERATOR Sea Ray” strongly urges you to fully comply with the manual provided by the generator manufacturer. The generator is warranted separately by the generator manufacturer, NOT Sea Ray”. Follow the recommended maintenance and warranty schedule in your Generator Operators Manual included in the Owner’s Manual Packet. Generator abuse or improper maintenance may adversely affect claims made under generator manufacturer separate warranty. f A NOTICE М. À 3. Secure mooring lines. 4. Idle for five (5) minutes to cool the engines. 5. Switch ignition key to OFF | PE N — IGNITIO E 7 position. W) 6. Turn battery switches OFF. MAN BATTERY SOLENOIDS | GEN O FORT ENERGIZE во 0 Pre-start generator prior to getting underway as there is a possibility that it will not pick up water if started underway. Make sure the MAIN GENERATOR breaker is OFF and there is no load on the generator before starting it. 550 Sundancer® 3.7 SECTION 3 * USING YOUR BOAT 6. While holding the (eno Y PREHEAT switch eee DO NOT run the engine or generator in an enclosed depressed, depress the area, such as a closed boat house, as there is the START switch. The starter | Te possibilty of buildup and inhaling of carbon motor will run, thereby Teron monoxide. cranking the engine. As * A (Remote control switches are , x soon as the engine runs, located on the main distribution END release the START switch, but continue to hold O the PREHEAT switch depressed for 2 or 3 seconds. Release the PREHEAT switch when the oil pressure reaches approximately 20 psi. This bypasses the Low Oil Pressure shutdown until the engine's oil pressure rises to it's normal 1. Check fuel tank levels. - x running pressure. Now release the PREHEAT switch. 7. Check generator exhaust port to verify that water is flowing. If not, shut generator down and refer to your Generator Operator’s Manual. NOTE: Ensure that the bypass switch, located on the side of the generator mounted control box, must be turned ON. panel or local switches on the generator.) 2. Check oil and coolant levels. See Generator READ THE OWNER'S MANUAL IN THE Operators Manual for (O OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR YOUR proper readings. GENERATOR MODEL. 3. Check generator for coolant drain plug installation. \ / 14. CONNECTING AND TURNING ON SHORE POWER 4. Open the generator f N 1. Turn all systems and — seacock. branch circuit breakers Зе OFF. Turn both main Je breakers on the main Je distribution panel OFF. «a J 5. Runthe bilge blowers for at (cenar ) least four minutes before = = 8 It is imperative that the shore power outlet is dry starting and any time the — | before plugging into the dock power inlet. generator is running. If fuel в a rica fumes are detected, do To not start the generator ` | until the source of fumes is determined and Shore power cord should be secured or routed to corrected and the bilge area is safely avoid laying or falling into water and to avoid stress ventilated. on shore power plug and inlet. 3.8 550 Sundancer® SECTION 3 * USING YOUR BOAT READ THE OWNER'S MANUAL IN THE OWNERS MANUAL PACKET FOR DETAILED OPERATING The use of extension shore power cords is NOT INSTRUCTIONS. recommended. Excessive power cord extensions can cause a voltage drop and may prevent some electronic devices from operating correctly. 15. SHIFTING FROM SHORE POWER TO GENERATOR POWER. ~ J — 2. Advance cablemaster shore power cords to dock power box. Turn all AC systems and branch circuit breakers OFF. Turn both main breakers on the main distribution panel OFF. 2. Start the generator. mm um Y . 0006 08 098 | 3. Turn dock breaker OFF. 4. Plug in shore power cords. 5. Turn dock breaker ON. 3. Slide the source select ( shuttle mechanism on the main distribution panel to expose the GENERATOR breaker(s) and turn it ON. 6. Slide the source select f , 4. Turn the individual system shuttle mechanism on the i breakers ON. main distribution panel to expose the SHORE 16. STOPPING THE GENERATOR POWER breaker(s) and 1. Prior to generator shut turn it ON. ` ’ down turn OFF all AC aa 7. Turn main breakers on AC equipment and breakers ее Main Distribution Panel (MDP) ON. Verify including main breakers 8-8 that POWER lights are ON. and allow the generator to 8. Verify that proper voltage is present: run a few minutes to cool (120 system: 110V to 125V), (240V system: down. If desired, transfer 220V to 250V), (220V system (Int.): 206V to to shore power. 230V). 2. Stop the generator by [сек | ) 4. Turn the individual ( switching START/STOP | =~ =~ system breakers ON. ee ela switch on DC distribution В a panel to STOP position or | = = ie holding stop switch on a 2 generator until generator ’ stops. REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. Never operate equipment below 105VAC or 205VDC. NOTE: Only turn ON equipment you want to use. Always turn ON “BATTERY CHARGER (24V)” breaker on AC Distribution Panel. 550 Sundancer® 3.9 SECTION 3 * USING YOUR BOAT | ANCHORING (Fra. 3.10.1) RODE LENGTH = (BOW HEIGHT + WATER DEPTH) X SCOPE | BOW HEIGHT NI — — RODE ANCHOR WATER DEPTH TRIPLINE ARRANGEMENT a (Fra. 3.10.2) A FLOAT Z— TRIPLINE ANCHOR 17. ANCHORING | ANCHOR ARRANGEMENT | (Fr. 3.10.3) To anchor, bring the bow into the wind or current and putthe engine in neutral. When the vessel comes to a 5, stop, lower the anchor from the bow. The anchor line should be 5 to 7 times the depth of the water. HE О A. ANCHORING ARRANGEMENT A Id The 550 DA is equipped with a windlass and an © 1 anchor chute. Stow the anchor in the chute when x a not in use. @ LC NOTE: Before using the anchor, be sure the anchor (A) ancHor (E) winpLass safety hook is removed from the anchor, the chain (E) AncHOR CHUTE (F) WINDLASS FOOT SWITCH stop is released from the chain and the anchor is ©) ANCHORCHAIN (E) SAFETY LANYARD secured to the windlass chain. | © cHain stop (В) зготивнт | B. ANCHORING Proper anchoring requires knowledge of RODE and SCOPE. Read this section carefully, understanding the relationship between rode, scope and anchor performance. The rode is the line connecting the anchor to the boat. The 550 DA utilizes an all-chain anchor rode. The scope is technically defined as the ratio of the rode length to the vertical distance from the bow to the sea floor. Since you want to know how much rode to use when anchoring, the formula is: Rode Length Bow Height + Water Depth Scope = 3.10 550 Sundancer® SECTION 3 * USING YOUR BOAT SINKING HAZARD - Anchor from the bow if using one anchor. A small current can make a stern- anchored boat unsteady; a heavy current can drag a stern-anchored craft under water. COLLISION HAZARD - Anchor only in areas where your boat will not disrupt other boats. Do not anchor in a channel or tie up to any navigational aid. It is dangerous and illegal. \. J Rode Length = (Bow Height + Water Depth) x Scope о Scope depends on the type of anchor, bottom, tide, wind and sea conditions. e Minimum is 5:1 for calm conditions; norm is 7:1; severe conditions may require 10:1. Example: Rode Length = (3 feet + 10 feet) x 7* Rode Length = 13 feet x 7* Rode Length = 91 feet * Scope factor may range from 5 to 10 or more. Less than 5, the anchor breaks out too easily. C. LOWERING ANCHOR Be sure there is adequate rode. e Secure rode to both the anchor and the boat. * Stop completely before lowering anchor. e |f using windlass, refer to windlass operator’s manual. * Keep feet clear of coiled line. e Turn on anchor light at night and in reduced visibility. D. SETTING ANCHOR * There is no best way to set an anchor. Experiment to see how your anchor performs. * One method is to turn the rode around a bit and slowly pay out as the boat backs from the anchor site. When the proper scope has been reached, snub the rode quickly, causing the anchor to dig into the bottom. * Reverse engine slowly to drive the anchor in and prevent it from dragging. e Close chain stop. E. WEIGHING ANCHOR * Run the boat slowly up to the anchor, taking in the rode as you go. The anchor will usually break out when the rode becomes vertical. Be careful that trailing lines do not foul in the propeller. NOTE: Use the fresh water washdown spigot in the port bow locker (see Fig. 3.13.1) to hose down the chain in the locker after haul-in . F. CLEARING A FOULED ANCHOR A fouled anchor can test your patience and ingenuity. One of the best methods of breaking free is to set a tripline (see Fig. 3.10.2) before you lower anchor. e Attach a line to the crown or head of the anchor and the other end to a float. The line should be just long enough to reach the surface of the water, allowing for tides. A polypropylene line is a good choice because it is light, strong and floats. e [fthe anchor snags, pull vertically on the tripline to lift the anchor by the crown. G. A FINAL WORD An anchored boat is affected by wind and sea conditions. Because there is no headway, there is no control. Be alert! If leaving the boat, be sure the anchor will hold under all circumstances. We suggest you read this section on anchoring again and fully understand rode and scope and their affect on anchor performance. 550 Sundancer® 3.11 SECTION 3 * USING YOUR BOAT 18. WINDLASS The windlass is wired to the 24 volt system through the WINDLASS thermal breaker located in the bilge on the forward component board. The windlass facilitates the anchoring of your yacht by automatically raising and lowering the anchor. To operate the windlass the WINDLASS MIAN switch on the control station switch panel must be ON. WINDLASS SAFETY LANYARD ANDCHAIN (F16.3.12.1) SAFETY WINDLASS LANYARD ANCHOR A. TO OPERATE FROM THE HELM: f в NOTICE X J Use the safety hook supplied to ensure that the anchor is held in place should the windlass fail. Do not use the safety hook to support the anchor in a stored position. The windlass should always support the anchor and ensure that it is held in the roller device securely. B. TO OPERATE FROM THE BOW: * Make sure that the safety lanyard and chain stop are removed from the anchor chain. e Lift protective cap on foot switches and depress UP or DOWN switch for the desired result. C. To OPERATE MANUALLY: Make sure that the safety lanyard and chain stop are removed from the anchor chain. * Insert the emergency handle into the clutch nut e Turn handle clockwise to retrieve anchor. D. MAINTENANCE: Make sure that the power is off before any work is performed on the windlass. | NOTICE | * Make sure that the safety lanyard and chain stop are removed from the anchor chain. e Turn the WINDLASS MAIN rocker switch ON. * Push the toggle switch fr ) (located beside the rocker | “mam” switch on the control station = switch panel) UP to raise the anchor. To lower the CONTROL que $ Lower lt is important that the windlass clutch is tight for proper operation and safety. Periodically check the clutch and tighten if necessary. To Tighten Clutch: With the anchor in the stowed position, tighten the windlass clutch by inserting the emergency handle into the clutch nut and turn clockwise. anchor, push the toggle switch DOWN. = A Periodically check the motor and control box electrical connections, remove any residue and cover the connections with a small coating of grease. lt is recommended at least once a year to disassemble the windlass and remove any residue build-up. 3.12 550 Sundancer® SECTION 3 * USING YOUR BOAT Keep hands, feet, hair and loose clothing clear of moving parts. Entanglement may cause severe bodily injury (i.e. lose of fingers or toes). Using the emergency handle (located in port bow locker), unscrew the clutch nut by turning the handle counterclockwise. f A PORT CHAIN LOCKER (Fıc. 3.13.1) EMERGENCY HANDLE FRESH WATER WASHDOWN N. J e Remove the drum, upper cone, chain wheel and lower cone. * Wash down with fresh water and remove any residue. e (Coat contact surfaces with a light film of lubricant. e Reassemble the unit and tighten clutch by turning the handle clockwise. | WINDLASS (MAINTENANCE PROFILE) (Fic. 3.13.2) EMERGENCY HANDLE CLUTCH NUT DRUM UPPER CONE CHAIN PULLEY LOWER CONE = J NOTE: Use the fresh water washdown spigot in the port bow locker to hose down the chain in the locker after haul-in. REFER TO WINDLASS OPERATOR’S MANUAL IN YOUR OWNER’S PACKET FOR DETAILED OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS. 19. STEERING SYSTEM The hydraulic power steering system uses the boat's starboard engine to provide the “power” for the steering system, via a mechanical driven hydraulic pump. A manual hydraulic steering system, consisting of a helm and a hydraulic cylinder (fitted with an f A HYDRAULIC POWER STEERING SYSTEM (Fıc. 3.13.3) - STARBOARD RUDDER POST (PORT SIDE TYPICAL) @ STEERING RAM (E) FILTER O AUTOPILOT PUMP © STEERING RESERVOIR © coocer (E) HYDRAULIC PUMP 550 Sundancer® 3.13 SECTION 3 * USING YOUR BOAT integral servo cylinder and a power steering valve), supplies the “control” portion of the steering system. Under normal conditions, with engines running, a hydraulic oil supply is in a standby mode, ready to be directed to the steering cylinder as dictated by the steering wheel, servo cylinder and power steering valve. Turning the steering wheel left or right makes the system go from “standby” into “operating” mode and move the steering cylinder accordingly. In the event of a power source failure, hydraulic oil from the steering helm is automatically diverted into the servo and steering cylinder, providing the helmsman with manual backup steering. A fluid reservoir and filter for the steering system are mounted on the starboard component board aft of the engine room. The oil reservoir allows easy fill and assists the in-line cooler in cooling the hydraulic oil. The in-line oil filter helps to protect the steering system components against contaminants. Ensure that fluid resevoir is up to level and filter is clean. Sea Ray® recommends Sea Star hydraulic steering fluid or Dextron 3 auto transmission fluid for the power steering system. 20. AuTOPILOT (OPTIONAL) | AUTOPILOT REFERENCE UNIT (F1G6. 3.14.1) O POWER STEERING RAM O PORT RUDDER POST E) STARBOARD RUDDER POST ©) CONNECTING BAR AUTOPILOT RUDDER REFERENCE UNIT (OPT.) G RUDDER REFEFERENCE \. J 3.14 The autopilot rudder reference unit ensures identical positioning of the port and starboard rudders when the autopilot system is activated. Check that rudder arms are tight and free of play. REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 21. Bow THRUSTER The bow thruster is electrically driven and gives the operator more maneuverability of the bow when docking or maneuvering the vessel in narrow channels or where space is at a premium. Bow THRUSTER (F1G6.3.14.2) To OPERATE THE Bow THRUSTER Activate the bow thruster by turning the 24V BOW THRUSTER switch ON. The switch is located on the control station switch panel. BOW THRUSTER MAIN By manipulating the the toggle stick also located on the control station (See figure > 2.12.1) the operator is able to move the bow slowly to port and starboard (See Section 7, page 7.16). The bow thruster motor is equipped with an internal thermally activated breaker. The thermal breaker protects the motor from overheating. When the thermal breaker is activated the thruster motor will not operate and must be allowed to cool down for normal operation. REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 550 Sundancer® SECTION 4 * BiLGE & UNDERWATER GEAR 1. BILGE Г Y BILGE PumPrs 6 FLOAT SWITCHES A. FUEL & OIL SPILLAGE (Fic. 4.1.1) Regulations prohibit discharging fuel or oily waste in navigable waters. Discharge is defined as any action which causes a film, sheen or discoloration on the water surface, or causes a sludge or emulsion beneath the water surface. A common violation is bilge discharge. Use rags or sponges to soak up fuel or oily waste, then dispose of it properly ashore. If there is much fuel or oil in the bilge, contact a knowledgeable marine service to remove it. Never pump contaminated bilge overboard. 2. BILGE Pumps The 550 DA is equipped with four (4) bilge pumps, including two (2) emergency high water bilge pumps. One emergency high water pump is located in the floor hatch in the master stateroom, the other is located in the aft bilge. Your yachtis also equipped with a shower sump with pump and float switch. The forward and aft bilge pumps are equipped with switches on the control station switch panel. These switches have MANUAL and AUTO positions. When the switch is in the MANUAL position, the pump will run continuously. When the switch is in the AUTO position, the pump is activated when there 15 enough water in the bilge to raise the float switch AFT BILGE PUMP to its highest position; and deactivated when the (A) Pump (© TRANSDUCER water recedes. The pumps should NOT be left in (E) TO COMMON DRAIN (© HIGH WATER FLOAT SWITCH the MANUAL mode unless the bilge is being © FROM PORT COCKPIT A/C D HIGH WATER BILGE PUMP © sum Box (4) TO COMMON DRAIN pumped out for servicing. The emergency bilge pump located under the floor of the master © rom agen TATEROOM AC © CHECK vALVE stateroom is automatically activated when thereis | J enough water in the compartment to raise the float switch. SINKING HAZARD - Ensure the bilge pumps are The emergency bilge pumps and high water float operating properly. switches are wired to the systems monitor located on the dash at the control station (see “SYSTEMS MONITOR” in Section 2 - page 2.13 and 2.18). Run bilge pumps in the manual position only as Whenever a bilge pump turns ON, either manually long as necessary to remove water. Running bilge or automatically, the systems monitor will display pumps dry can damage the pump motor. which pump is active. Should the high water 550 Sundancer® 4 1 SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR f NN BILGE Pump ASSEMBLY (Fic. 4.2.1) O PUMP HEAD/MOTOR ASSY ® LOCK TAB © IMPELLER © PUMP DISCHARGE © WATER INLET \. J alarms become activated, immediate attention to the area indicated on the systems monitor panel is required. Never ignore an alarm. Each pump is protected by a breaker on the main DC breaker panel located on the starboard forward bulkhead in the bilge. MAINTENANCE: Frequently inspect the area under the float switches to ensure they are free from debris and gummy bilge oil. To clean, soak in heavy duty bilge cleaner for 10 minutes, agitating several times. Check for unrestricted operation of the float. Repeat the cleaning procedure if necessary. Inspect the bilge pump intakes and keep them free of dirt or material which may impede the flow of water through the pump. To clean the pump strainer, depress the lock tabs on both sides of the pump and lift the pump motor. TROUBLESHOOTING: If water does not come out of discharge hose: 1. Depress the breaker on the main DC breaker panel located on the port aft component board in the bilge (See figure 6.3.1) to ensure it has not tripped. 2. Remove the motor module to see if the impeller rotates with the power on. 3. Remove any debris that may have accumulated in the nozzle section or strainer base. 4. Check hose and connection on hull side for debris and proper connections. 5. Inspect the check valves for debris. 3. BILGE BLOWERS The two (2) blowers in the bilge remove odors and excessive heat and provide cross ventilation through the hull vents. The blowers are wired through circuit breakers on the main DC breaker panel located on the port aft bilge bulkhead. EXPLOSION/FIRE HAZARD - Run blower at least four (4) minutes before starting engine or generator. Check bilge and engine compartment Do not allow obstructions to interfere with bilge blower or ventilation intake operation. performance may be adversely affected. Engine Switches on the control station switch panel and the salon DC distribution panel operate the blowers. The port blower draws air in and the starboard blower rmoves air from the bilge.. Run the blowers when operating below cruising speed and when vessel is at rest with the generator running to dissipate heat buildup in the bilge. f BILGE BLOWER (FIG. 4.2.2) BLOWER HOSE EWD BLOWER PORT SIDE SHOWN, STARBOARD SIDE TYPICAL 4.2 550 Sundancer® SECTION 4 * BiLGE & UNDERWATER GEAR MAINTENANCE: The bilge blowers should be checked periodically to ensure that all electrical connections are secured in place and that the blower motors are operating efficiently. TROUBLESHOOTING: If your bilge blowers fail to operate, depress the breakers on the main DC breaker panel on the port aft bilge component board to ensure that they have not tripped. 4. BILGE HEAT DETECTOR The 550 DA is equipped with a bilge heat detection device located directly above the port engine. The bilge heat detector detects heat buildup in the engine room area and will activate the automatic fire extinguisher in the event of heat buildup in excessive of recommended levels. The detection device is connected to the systems monitor panel on the control station panel which will sound an alarm if activated. Never ignore an alarm. In the unlikely event of a heat detection alarm: Immediately shut down engines. Feel around engine room hatch for excessive heat before opening (See Section 1-Safety - C. Fire, pg. 1.11). e |dentify and correct problem before restarting the engines. e Heat detector must be replaced if it has been activated. 5. ENGINES The inboard engines on the 550 DA are the heart of your Sea Ray®. Proper attention to and maintenance of your engines will assure you of many hours of pleasurable, safe boating and will 550 Sundancer® " PROPULSION (Fic. 4.3.1) prevent unnecessary engine problems. You must, therefore, become thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the engine's proper operation outlined in the Engine Operator's Manual. A general maintenance program consists of proper lubrication, cleaning of fuel filters, fuel lines and air filters. When washing down, or at any other time, take care that water does not enter the air inlets. Water entering the air inlets when the engines are not operating may go directly into the cylinders, resulting in rust and possibly internal engine damage. The engines are warranted directly by the engine manufacturer, not by Sea Ray”. Sea Ray® strongly urges you to fully comply with the manual provided by the engine manufacturer. Follow the recommended maintenance and warranty schedule in your Engine Operator's Manual included in the owner's packet. Engine abuse or improper maintenance may adversely affect the claims made under the independent warranty provided by the engine manufacturer. 6. ENGINE GAUGE PACKAGE Each of your engines have been equipped with an engine gauge package. This package is provided as a N ENGINE GAUGE PACKAGE (FIG. 4.3.2) — == рн re { “Eh - 57 ry SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR safety feature in the event of an electrical malfunction resulting in the helm gauges becoming inoperative. Gauge packages may differ with different engine options. Refer to your Engine Operator's Manual for proper gauge readings and gauge package location. 7. ENGINE MOUNTS The adjustable type engine mounts permit adjustment sideways as well as vertically. Vertical adjustment nuts lock up or down on the threaded vertical stud, with a slot provided to allow side to side adjustment on the engine. IMPORTANT: The large adjustment locknuts on these mounts must be tightened properly to retain alignment. It is also advisable to spray a protective coating on the studs and nuts to prevent corrosion. ENGINE MOUNT (Fi. 4.4.1) VERTICAL ADJUSTMENT NUT (TORQUE AT 225- 250 FT. LBS.) SIDE TO SIDE ADJUSTMENT NUT (ONE EACH FORWARD AND AFT) TORQUE AT 225-250 FT. LBS. STRINGER TORQUE NUTS AT 75-85 FT. LBS. \. J 8. MARINE GEARS A. REDUCTION GEARS A reduction gear reduces the rotating speed of the propeller shaft in relation to the engine RPM. This permits the use of a larger propeller while allowing the engine to attain its rated RPM, thereby increasing efficiency. B. REVERSE GEARS The reverse gear incorporates the clutch and controls the rotation of the propeller. The position of the clutch control or shifting lever indicates the motion which the clutch and reverse gear are transmitting. The center position of the lever indicates neutral. Engine RPM should never exceed 1000 when engaging or disengaging the clutch. Higher RPM will result in unnecessary wear and shortened life of the unit, and perhaps breakage. Marine reverse gears are hydraulically operated, thereby making it imperative to periodically maintain and check oil level. If the correct oil level is not maintained, slippage occurs, causing damage to the clutch plates. Too much oil will cause foaming and erratic clutch operation. For additional information see the Engine Operator's Manual. 9. ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM The exhaust system on the Sea Ray® boats with inboard engines is designed so that water from the raw water cooling system enters the exhaust system through elbows (engine side) where water and exhaust are mixed. Water and exhaust are then pumped through the mufflers and then overboard through the exhaust outlet. tube and expelled under the boat eliminating the need for mufflers.Make sure ENGINE EXHAUST (FIG. 4.4.2) © EXHAUST RISER ® STARBOARD MUFFLER O STARBOARD EXHAUST TUBE A PORT EXHAUST OUTLET ® PORT EXHAUST TUBE © PORT MUFFLER © EXHAUST HOSE \. J water is flowing from the exhaust outlets while engines are operating. Prior to every boat use, examine the exhaust system fittings to ensure tightness. 4.4 550 Sundancer® SECTION 4 * BiLGE & UNDERWATER GEAR Hose clamps must be tight at all times to avoid exhaust leaks. A drain plug is located on each bypass muffler. When servicing or winterizing, remove the plug to drain the water out of each muffler. Replace the plug after all water has drained from the muffler. 10. VIBRATION & CAUSES Some vibration is to be expected in your boat because of the action of the engines and the propeller. But excessive vibration indicates conditions which must be promptly corrected to avoid damage. Contact your Sea Ray® dealer immediately if you are experiencing severe vibration. The following are some conditions which may cause vibrations. A. FOREIGN OBJECT INTERFERING WITH PROPELLER ACTION Weeds, ropes, fishing lines or nets can become wrapped around the propeller and/or shaft, causing vibration and loss of speed. Always stop and then reverse the propeller after going through a weedy area to unwrap and clear away any weeds which may have accumulated. Although reversing will sometimes help to unwrap lines and nets, they are difficult to remove without hauling the boat. Always check for loose or trailing dock lines before getting underway. When towing a dinghy, remember that a long line may easily become entangled with the propeller when backing down. B. BENT PROPELLER AND/OR SHAFT A badly damaged or distorted propeller or shaft is an obvious cause of vibration. Even when the propeller appears to be perfect, make sure it has not been pulled off-center by the propeller key. C. ENGINE AND SHAFT OUT OF ALIGNMENT Although the shaft is properly aligned when it leaves the factory, after transit and after the boat has been in the water a few days, the alignment should be rechecked. The shaft coupling is the connecting point between the shaft and the engine and the alignment should be set at .005 or less. Refer to SHAFTS (pg. 4.10) in this section of this Owner’s Manual. D. COUPLING OUT OF TRUE Although an extremely unlikely condition, check the couplings if other efforts to correct the vibration fail. Check the engine half of the coupling (with dial indicator on the face) to see that it runs true with the shaft coupling. Also check the coupling keys. They must fit correctly to prevent forcing the couplings off center. E. ENGINE PART HITTING BOAT STRUCTURE Engines are flexibly mounted to reduce transmission of vibration to the hull structure. If some part of the engine, such as the oil pan, reverse gear or reduction gear housing, contacts a stringer, brace or part of the hull, vibration will result. The flexible shaft log allows a limited side motion of the shaft, but an excessive “whip” can cause the shaft to strike the sides of the shaft hole or the shaft log with resultant vibration. F. OTHER POSSIBLE C AUSES Other causes of vibration include the following: engine out of tune, a bent rudder, a worn strut bearing, a component of the exhaust system vibrating against the hull or improper contact between shaft taper and the propeller hub bore. 11. FRESH WATER COOLING SYSTEM The fresh water cooling system is a closed system which helps protect engines from internal corrosion and provides more even distribution of engine temperature. Change the coolant annually. A. CooLANT RECOMMENDATIONS: The standard mixture of water and coolant is a mixture of 30% environmentally safe, non-toxic antifreeze and 70% water, which protects to 0°F (-18°C). This will allow the coolant to expand properly and maintain normal operating engine temperature. In colder climates, the coolant level should be increased to 50/50, which protects to - 34°F (-37°C), for proper coverage. To find engine 550 Sundancer® 4.5 SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR coolant requirements for the specific engine on your yacht, refer to your Engine Owner's Manual in the Owner's Manual Packet. 12. On CHANGE SYSTEM The oil change system, located on the inboard port stringer, center of the port engine, simplifies changing the oil in the engines, transmissions and generator. The pump is self-priming and pumps in either direction. The oil change pump is protected by the 24 volt OIL CHANGE PUMP breaker on the main DC breaker panel on the port component board in the engine room. A. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS: (SERVICE ONE (1) ENGINE AT A TIME.) Have only one (1) valve open at a time. Make sure other valves are closed to prevent accidental over filling. 1. Run engines or generator for several minutes to warm the oil and mix the sludge. 2. Selectthe first unitto be serviced. Turn the valve to the open position, in line with valve body. 3. Turn the pump on (switch position indicates the direction of flow) and pump the old oil into containers to be disposed of properly. 4. After oil has been pumped out of unit being serviced, place the pump discharge hose into a container of pre-measured fresh oil and reverse the pump switch to pump the fresh oil into the engine. NOTE: Fresh oil should be at least 60° F (16% C). 5. When pumping is complete, shut the pump off and close the valve leading to the unit being serviced. Check oil level and adjust if necessary. 6. Repeat for each engine, generator or transmission to be serviced. OrL CHANGE (USED OIL) (FIG. 4.6.2) © © STARBOARD ENGINE ® FLOW SWITCH © OLD OIL O PORT ENGINE O) PORT TRANSMISSION O GENERATOR © STARBOARD TRANSMISSION OIL CHANGE PUMP (FIG. 4.6.1) NOTE: flow switch may be on opposite side on some models ® STARBOARD ENGINE ® FLOW SWITCH O SUCTION/DISCHARGE HOSE (В) РОмР (A) PORT ENGINE (E) PORT TRANSMISSION (©) GENERATOR ©) STARBOARD TRANSMISSION „ 4.6 550 Sundancer® SECTION 4 * BiLGE & UNDERWATER GEAR | On. CHANGE PUMP (FRESH OIL) O PORT ENGINE ® STARBOARD ENGINE ® PORT TRANSMISSION ® FLOW SWITCH © GENERATOR O NEW OIL © STARBOARD TRANSMISSION \_ J REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 13. UNDERWATER GEAR A. PROPELLERS Propellers should be free of nicks, excessive pitting and any distortions that alter them from their original design. Badly damaged propellers should be replaced, but those that are chipped, bent or merely knocked out of shape can be reconditioned by your marine dealer. When doing extensive cruising, it is advisable to carry extra propellers aboard. Extra propellers can be stored on the optional propeller mounts in the engine room. BASIC PROPELLER CHARACTERISTICS Propellers have two basic characteristics: e Diameter e Pitch. Diameter is that distance measured across the propeller hub line from the outer edge of the 360° that is made by the propeller’s blade during a single rotation. Pitch is that distance in inches that a propeller will travel if rotated one revolution without any slippage. f PROPELLER PITCH AND DIAMETER (FIG. 4.7.2) 7 x N / \ / x / N / N / / \ \ / DIAMETER For example, a propeller with a 12-inch pitch, when rotated 360° would, theoretically, advance 12 inches through the water. Actually, no propeller applied to any boat is 100% efficient. No 12-inch pitch blade will, in a single rotation, advance a boat 12 inches. This variance is referred to as slippage. VENTILATION, ITS CAUSES AND CORRECTIONS I While often called “cavitation,” ventilation is really a different effect. At times when a boat enters or leaves a sharp turn, the propeller seems to slip and lose thrust and the engine may over-speed. This problem is normally caused by air or aerated water entering the propeller. (A damaged propeller can also cause ventilation.) Ventilation can usually be corrected by replacing the damaged or Incorrect propeller with the recommended one. у NN PROPELLER VENTILATION (FIG. 4.7.3) | \ <n (iii / <= | | OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE VENTILATION \_ J CAVITATION, ITS CAUSES AND CORRECTIONS Cavitation is a phenomenon that occurs in all propeller-driven craft under certain conditions. The surface of propeller blades are not perfectly flat, and as water is drawn through the blades to be discharged aft into the propeller’s slip stream, the water flowing over the curved surface of the blade encounters areas of greater and less pressure. 550 Sundancer® 4.7 SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR In those areas of reduced pressure, air bubbles are formed. When they move out of the low pressure area these bubbles collapse. If they collapse while in contact with an object, such as part of the propeller blade or trim plane, the bubbles create such highly localized forces that they erode the surface of the object. In the case of the propeller, such damage is sometimes called a “burn.” It may be caused by an irregularity in the propeller’s leading edge, and it should be corrected by reconditioning the propeller or by replacement. Cavitation is a normal occurrence in modern sport boats, and prop inspection should be part of routine maintenance. PROPELLER TORQUE AND ITS CORRECTION Some of the more powerful motors create a considerable torque effect; that is, a twisting motion causing the boat to ride with one sheer lower than the other. This twisting reaction is caused by the direction of propeller rotation lifting one side of the boat. This causes an uneven drag, so that a boat's bow may tend to fall off in one direction or the other from the intended course given by the wheel. Torque action may occur when maximum or close to maximum rated horsepower is applied. Any slight torque may be offset by shifting passenger or gear weight laterally to the high side of the boat. COUNTER-ROTATING PROPELLERS On twin engine yachts, one propeller turns in a clockwise direction while the other turns counterclockwise in order to maintain a straight course through the water. When removing or replacing propellers, be sure to install the correct propeller on the correct drive. f COUNTER-ROTATING PROPELLERS (FIG. 4.8.1) PROPELLER INSTALLATION: For proper rotation, the installation of propellers on inboard engine boats requires the right hand propeller to be installed on the starboard side and the left hand propeller to be installed on the port side. Install in the following manner: 1. Inspect the key. It must be chamfered so that the corners of the key do not touch the keyway fillets (see Fig. 2.9.1, illustration #2). 2. Install the propeller on the shaft without the key in the keyway. Slide the propeller all the way on the shaft until it seats. Mark the shaft on the leading edge of the hub with a felt tip marker and remove the propeller. 3. Install the key in the keyway and slide the propeller on the shaft. If the key is not pinned, tap the key back slightly as the propeller slides up the taper. This will ensure that the propeller does not ride the key up the keyway end radius, thus forcing the propeller off-center. The propeller is properly seated if the hub is in the same position as previously marked. 4. Install a board (2 x 4) against the hub perpendicular to the keel and rotate the propeller clockwise until one blade rotates against the board. Do not put a board between the strut and the rudder. (Fig. 2.9.1, illustration #4.) 5. Install the large bronze prop nut on the propeller shaft and seat the propeller with the correct torque as listed on the table below. 6. Install the jam nut and torque to 100 ft. Ibs. 7. Install the cotter pin. Jam Nut Shaft Thread | Prop Torque | Torque Diameter Size Nut Ft. Lbs. | Ft. Lbs. 1" 3/4" Bronze | 100-125 100 1 1/4" 7/8" Bronze | 150-175 100 1 1/2" 11/8" | Bronze | 250-275 100 1 3/4" 11/4" | Bronze | 275-300 100 2" 11/2" | Bronze | 325-350 100 | 2 1/2" 1 3/4" | Вгопге | 400-425 100 J 550 Sundancer® SECTION 4 * BiLGE & UNDERWATER GEAR f PROPELLER INSTALLATION (FG. 4.9.1) TOP RADIUS IN KEYWAY SHOULD BE 1/2 THE FILLET RADIUS WITH NO SHARP EDGES IMPROPER CHAMFER ON KEY WILL RESULT IN KEY RIDING UP IN KEYWAY CHAMFER ON KEY SHOULD BE LARGER THAN FILLET IN KEYWAY KEY SHOULD SEATIN KEYWAY CORRECT FIT KEY RIDING UP IN KEYWAY INCORRECT FIT ILLUSTRATION #1 PROP ILLUSTRATION #3 ALL CORNERS OF KEY SHOULD BE CHAMFERED > NOTICE If the jam nut and prop nut are installed properly, the propeller should not loosen. If you tighten both nuts holding only the propeller blade, the nuts could possibly thread back on the shaft to the cotter pin. It is important that the above procedure \. J ILLUSTRATION #2 B. SHAFTS The shaft coupling is the connecting point between the shaft and the engine . The alignment should be set at a maximum of .005" (0.13mm). A slight misalignment will cause loss of power, excessive wear, noise and vibration and should not be tolerated. When checking for parallel coupling faces (the proof of proper alignment), use a feeler gauge not more than .003 to .005 of an inch thick (0.08 — 0.13mm). | SHAFT MISALIGNMENT (Fic. 4.9.2) TRANSMISSION SHAFT COUPLING 1 2X4 WEDGE BLOCK ILLUSTRATION #4 J With coupling faces brought together by hand — not bolted — the feeler gauge should be tightly gripped at all points around the edges of the couplings. Next, hold the engine coupling flange stationary and rotate the shaft coupling flange 90 degrees in either direction. The feeler gauge should still be tightly gripped at all points around the edges of the couplings. SHAFT LOG & STRONG SEAL” The shaft log is a fiberglass tube which provides an opening through the bottom of the boat for the propeller shaft. The Strong Seal™ is connected to it by a short length of special flexible hose which serves to absorb normal shaft vibration. The Strong Seal™ prevents water from leaking around the shaft and into the boat. Shaft alignment and straightness must be correct to assure proper operation of the Strong Seal™. Refer to the Strong Seal™ information for the seal carrier kit in the Owner's Manual packet. 550 Sundancer* 4.9 SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR 1 SHAFT LOG & STRONG SEAL" ASSEMBLY (Fi6. 4.10.1) \ C. CARRIER SEAL KIT Your 550 DA is equipped with spare carrier seals located on the port and starboard engine shafts. Seal failure can be corrected by replacing the seal with the spare seals provided. CARRIER SEAL KIT (Fıc. 4.10.2) © CARRIER SEAL © PROPELLER SHAFT (A SHAFT COUPLING E) seaL HOUSING (©) SHAFT LOG 8: STRONG SEAL To REPLACE THE CARRIER SEALS: 1. Clean any accumulated dirt and scale from the exposed shaft. MAKE SURE THERE ARE NO SHARP EDGES OR BURRS ON THE SHAFT. 2. Separate the two halves of the Carrier Seal Kit housing by removing the screws. If there are two lip seals in the carrier kit, move the forwardmost one forward on the shaft until out of the way. 3. Remove the retaining ring from the Strong Seal™ using a small screwdriver (for a spiral ring) or snap-ring pliers (for a snap (A) SHAFT LOG TUBE (E) HULL E) HOse CLAMPS (F) STAINLESS STEEL BANDS (©) WATER INJECTION FITTING FLEXIBLE HOSE (D SPARE SEAL & CARRIER KIT > SEAL HOUSING ring). Work the retaining ring around the new lip seal and move the ring forward out of the way. Re-assemble the empty Carrier Seal Kit housing onto the shaft just forward of the new lip seal with the small diameter facing aft. Leave the screws loose enough that the housing can move along the shaft. The Carrier Seal Kit housing is now ready to be used as a lip seal installation tool. Push needle-nose pliers or a hook into the exposed body of the lip seal and pull it out of the Strong Seal™ housing. Cut the old seal off the shaft with wire cutters. BE CAREFUL NOT TO SCRATCH THE SHAFT. Inspect and clean the inside of the Strong Seal™ housing and the newly exposed area of the shaft that was under the old lip seal. Push the new lip seal and installation tool aft until the lip seal contacts the Strong Seal™ housing. Using a rubber mallet, tap the face of the installation tool until the lip seal is seated within the Strong Seal™ housing. You will know the lip seal is fully seated when the retaining ring groove is exposed. Remove the Carrier Seal Kit housing from the shaft. Re-install the retaining ring into its groove in the Strong Seal™ housing. If the Carrier Seal Kit came with two lip seals, position the remaining lip seal back onto a convenient location on the shaft at least 2" forward of the Strong Seal™. Re-assemble the Carrier Seal Kit housing around the lip seal with the smaller diameter facing forward. Tighten the 4.10 550 Sundancer® SECTION 4 * BiLGE & UNDERWATER GEAR screws and make sure the assembly is firmly secured on the shaft. NOTE: As the Carrier Seal Kit is turning with the shaft and the Strong Seal™ is not, it is important that the two do not touch. D. STRUT The strut is the bronze casting fastened to the bottom of the hull to support and form a bearing for the propeller shaft. A replaceable rubber bearing is inserted to minimize wear and protect the shaft where it passes through the strut hub. During lay up periods, squirt castor oil into this bearing to keep it from freezing to the shaft. Never use machine oil or grease on rubber bearing. Periodically check all strut fastenings to assure that they are secure. f в STRUT (F16.4.11.1) (A sTruT (С) sHAFTLOG PROPELLER SHAFT © BEARING RUDDER & RUDDER STUFFING BOX (Fra. 4.11.2) @ RUDDER STUFFING BOX PACKING © HULL (€) JAM NUT (E) RUDDER © RUDDER POST 14. RUDDER & RUDDER STUFFING Box The rudder is the vertical flat surface aft of the propeller that pivots about a vertical axis and changes the direction of the boat through the water. The rudder stuffing box prevents water from leaking into the boat where the rudder post enters the hull. Spot check for leaks before and after using your boat. 15. SEACOCKS & STRAINERS Seacocks and strainers provide cooling water to the engines, generator and A/C units located throughout the bilge area. \. J To open the seacock, turn the handle in line with water flow (vertically). To close, turn the handle against water flow (horizontally). The strainers should be inspected frequently and cleaned out when plugged. If operation of the air conditioning is excessive it is important that the A/C unit strainers are inspected more frequently than other strainers. The seacock body should be inspected and lubricated annually. То CLEAN THE STRAINER * Close the seacock by turning the handle against water flow direction (horizontally). NOTE: Some seacocks are equipped with locking tee handles which must be loosened before operating the handle e Loosen strainer cap with the adjustable spanner wrench provided. It is stowed on the stringer adjacent to the strainer. 550 Sundancer® SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR Rotate strainer cap clear of strainer housing. Pull upward on stainless steel screen basket handle. As a safety measure, close all seacocks when leaving boat for any length of time to impede water ingress in the event of water hose failure. 16. HYDRAULIC POWER STEERING CONTROLS The hydraulic power steering ram ensures identical positioning of the port and starboard rudders. Check that rudder arms are tight and free of play. The steering filter oil reservoir and autopilot pump are located on the starbord aft component board in the bilge. Ensure that fluid reservoir is up to level and filter is clean. Sea Ray® recommends Sea Star hydraulic steering fluid or Dextron 3 automatic transmission fluid for the power steering system. POWER STEERING RAM (F16.4.12.1) O POWER STEERING RAM O) STARBOARD RUDDER POST PORT RUDDER POST 4.12 550 Sundancer® © 0 © к с À G 3 E MN 2 О hf ЕВЕ uu JÄN © 355 5 8 DAN 3583 = a EN т 0 8 x о Ш в $ NA WAYS SOL. SETAS N tT EE xc 2Q3 I Wa А С su ES, 8 Е WL / À 221600982329 OC N < сс зас о om >» SOU Ч 2) SECTION 4 * BiLGE & UNDERWATER GEAR 17. BILGE LAYOUT PORT BILGE (F16.4.13.1) O О о I 5 N Vs Ш O 3 С y -- LU O о > n œ > > NNY4 an © @ < = 3 син ЕВЕ Ne > S=E 2 692683E NE Ü25 оке % 2 < & A or CT Coax OQ ax oo 8 oc : NN 7 ES u 22 BWES / AN LN © z 0 20 2352250022 | = PAN We \ S< u 22H 9 OO << OHM = NA à A < Mm = са сш тт Е Е 26 NN MA A Q ALY) a © Ve NOT oy IR © | SSOOSOOUOUGCECEO Co \\ a Ne о М RS ES {К (CO) © BOW THRUSTER BATTERY CONVERTER ® MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL (® VACUUM GENERATOR (PORT FWD HEAD) (D PORT FUEL TANK © FRESH OIL CONTAINERS ® GENERATOR BATTERY CHARGER ® BOW THRUSTER SOLENOID © OIL EXCHANGE PUMP ® SPARE PROP MOUNT (OPTIONAL) @ BOW THRUSTER FUSE (150 AMP) BILGE BLOWER (A) common DRAIN (2) Y 550 Sundancer* SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR BILGE LAYOUT STBD BILGE (F16.4.14.1) ` | © D O C ® © Q < S 3 Y S 5 a o NN O a LO a O E > KI £ m a к ===> (2) Lg so a 7 us о = NEED z < Oo a WD = e I Z n RE 35 1. 83% = \ NX Ш x a = ( az. 9837260 © LS 232E33:3832 - x => < > > rr 2 © 2 USOS оц еб ших © Y UN IZ BreuukEkzr 36 > —- Y » X x 6 S ör © WAH ZL < 596355595 OK Ne N WAZ, w 4. mL » & IL A S NY - N CAS NA <A a Y AE HN Y ARR > SOU (7 RS Os A К В A AD (7 SAR 7 о 0 с CC m E 28 De Y Ш UE 6 © Fal) СС т § = = нов m < X Li ZE 8 3959 nm «co 2 m > 5 © m > Ww a u Ш = u € g TW г прое Кг E zZ G22 ZS GFGEEQGTH © ma 5E Ok 3 I > I 333023338538 Ш S5ESROSÍORZ=i с Ш с I Ш о - = о ЗЕЕ 6 2555 = 5 a & du бб Ce WU < = uF zB > Oo E 3 7 wo SLE ERY O © € 2,209 FW oc = F OQ xT a ao = к © © © = E SEQ zz 90 908 ES = << E502 2 806 < @ I 2 2 000 X KK > a A y esc ww F rT zg E 25 EÉEEEOÉ A L << IM Nado IT NY = M q TT | SECTION 4 * BiLGE & UNDERWATER GEAR 18. Accessory Room 1 ACCESSORY RooM (Fic. 4.15.1) / N 9 y > | ` AN Nm 3 à 2 i N Wa NAN Do X x y Mz DY TN KG \S == БУДЕ COCKPIT (PORT & STARBOARD) A/C COMPRESSOR UNIT (30,000 BTU) © FRESH WATER SYSTEM ACCUMULATOR TANK © FRESH WATER FILTER @ MASTER STATEROOM A/C COMPRESSOR (7,000 BTU) © SALON A/C COMPRESSOR UNIT (16,000 BTU) ® V-BERTH A/C COMPRESSOR (7,000 BTU) © SMART WATER (OPTIONAL) FILTERS @ ACCESSORY ROOM La D О © o © © 5 N © LO LO) THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK 4.16 550 Sundancer® SECTION 5 * FUEL SYSTEM 1. FUEL SYSTEM Section 3 - Using Your Boat contains important fueling information. Take time to read all the fuel related information in the owner’s manual. Fuel lines, filters and all fuel system components should be checked at the start of each season and periodically thereafter, particularly after any work has been done aboard the boat which might have affected any part of the system. Be certain that all are in proper condition and that the entire system is fuel tight. A. FUEL TANKS The 550 DA has two (2) aluminum fuel tanks with a capacity of 300 gals. (1,135 liters) each, for a total capacity of 600 gals. (2,271 liters). The fuel tanks are connected to the engines through a selector panel which allows the operator to select the fuel draw between the port and starboard tanks and/or shut the system off. The fuel selector panel is located under the forward starboard cockpit seating. Your Sea Ray® is equipped with a fuel tank vent for each tank which serves as a pressure/vacuum release and safety overflow. The through-hull fitting has a flame arrester, making it imperative that you keep the screen clean and in excellent repair. Replace the screen immediately if it becomes damaged or displaced. Periodically check the vent to assure that it is not clogged. FUEL VENT WITH SCREEN/FLAME ARRESTER (Fic. 5.1.1) FUEL VENT SCREEN/FLAME ARRESTER - FUEL TANKS A PORT FUEL TANK ® FUEL FILL © STARBOARD FUEL TANK O) FUEL FILL CAPS 550 Sundancer* 5.1 SECTION 5 * FUEL SYSTEM 1 \. Port FUEL TANK FUEL LINE ROUTING (Fıc. 5.2.1) (A) PORT ENGINE FUEL FILTERS ® PORT ENGINE FEED (©) STARBOARD ENGINE FEED (© PORT ENGINE RETURN (E) STARBOARD ENGINE RETURN (©) PORT ENGINE FEED (E) PORT ENGINE RETURN © FUELFILL (1) FUEL TANK VENT (JD) TO CROSSOVER BOARD 1 STARBOARD FUEL TANK FUEL LINE ROUTING (F16. 5.2.2) (A FUEL FILL (6) FUEL TANK VENT © TO CROSSOVER BOARD © STARBOARD ENGINE RETURN (E) PORT ENGINE RETURN (E) STARBOARD ENGINE FEED (E) PORT ENGINE FEED (E) STARBOARD ENGINE FUEL FILTERS (1) GENERATOR FUEL FILTER (D) PORT ENGINE FUEL FILTERS (K) STARBOARD ENGINE FEED (D STARBOARD ENGINE RETURN (MV) GENERATOR FEED (N) GENERATOR RETURN 5.2 550 Sundancer® SECTION 5 * FUEL SYSTEM 2. CROSSOVER FUEL SYSTEM The crossover fuel system allows the engine to draw fuel from either tank. This allows switching to an alternate tank in case of fuel contamination or for even fuel weight distribution. Each engine and the generator are equipped with valves on the crossover fuel board. The generator draws fuel from the starboard fuel tank only utilizing valves on the fuel crossover board labeled GEN FEED and GEN RETURN. The crossover board is located behind the starboard forward cockpit seat. For acces the the fuel board, lift the center back cushion on the seating unit. A. FUEL RECOMMENDATIONS The quality of the fuel is very important for satisfactory engine performance and long engine life. Fuel should be clean and free of contamination. Your fuel tanks should be kept full of fuel whenever possible. This will reduce the amount of water condensation and reduce the possibility of contamination. B. RECOMMENDED FUEL: #2 DIESEL FUEL NOTE: In rough seas, allow approximately 15% reserve when planning fuel consumption. 3. FUEL FILTERs: (DIESEL) Primary and secondary fuel filters are located on your Sea Ray* to help keep the fuel as clean as possible. Primary fuel filters are the Racor® water a A FUEL CROSSOVER BOARD (FIG. 5.3.1) \_ J RACOR® FUEL FILTERS (Fıc. 5.3.2) STARBOARD ENGINE FUEL FILTERS GENERATOR FUEL FILTER PORT ENGINE FUEL FILTERS \. J separating fuel filters installed on the aft engine room bulkhead. The secondary fuel filters are located on the engines and should be replaced in accordance with the Engine Owner’s Manual. NOTE: Use of any methanol, gasohol or alcohol based fuel additive will damage the fuel filter. Maximum efficiency can be accomplished by the on-line selection of the left or right fuel filter individually. This will give you a clean, efficient filter on-line while allowing maintenance on the off-line filter. 550 Sundancer® 5.3 SECTION 5 * FUEL SYSTEM A. PRIMARY FUEL FILTER SELECTION VALVE: Arrow Up: ALL OFF. Arrow Right: RIGHT FILTER ON. Arrow Down: ALL ON. Arrow Left: LEFT FILTER ON. REFER TO THE ENGINE OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR MORE DETAILED INFORMATION. 4. FUEL FILTER MAINTENANCE A major cause of poor starting or power loss is the result of a clogged filter element or a fuel system air leak. Check that the filter lid and drain plug are properly tightened. Inspect or drain the collection bowl of water daily. A. TO DRAIN WATER: 1. Shut down the engine. 2. Loosen the T-handle on the top lid to break the vacuum within the filter . 3. With a suitable collection container in place, remove the drain plug and allow water and contaminants to drain. 4. Replace the drain plug and, if necessary, prime the filter by removing the lid and filling the filter with clean fuel. 5. Replace the lid and tighten the lid T-handle by hand only. Do not overtighten. - RACOoR FUEL FILTER MAINTENANCE (FIG. 5.4.1) A @ uo (© SEE-THRU BOWL (E) T-HANDLE (E) HEAT DEFLECTOR O TURBINE © DRAIN PLUG < J Replace the filter element at regular intervals or if a power loss is detected. 5.4 550 Sundancer* SECTION 5 * FUEL SYSTEM f в RACOR® FUEL FILTER MAINTENANCE (Fra. 5.5.1) LID RUBBER LID SEAL FILTER ELEMENT \. J B. TO REPLACE THE FILTER: 1. Shut down the engine. 2. Remove the lid. 3. Remove the old rubber lid seal and dispose of the old seal properly. 4. Apply a coating of clean fuel or motor oil to the rubber lid seal supplied with the new element. 5. Place the new seal in position on the lid. 6. Remove the filter element by holding the molded handle and slowly pulling upward with a twisting motion. 7. Insert the new filter element with a slow downward twisting motion. 8. Fill the filter with clean fuel, then replace the lid. Tighten the lid T-handle by hand only. Do not overtighten. 9. Start the engine and check for any leaks. 10. Correct any leaks with the engine shut down. It is recommended that spare filter elements be carried aboard as contaminated fuel can easily plug a filter. REFER TO THE ENGINE OPERATOR’S MANUAL FOR MORE DETAILED INFORMATION. 5. FUELING PRECAUTIONS Certain precautions must be carefully and completely observed every time a boat is fueled, even with diesel fuel. Diesel fuel is nonexplosive but it will burn. A. GENERAL: Fuel during daylight. e Check fill plate label to ensure fuel is placed only in fuel tank. Fuel fill plates are located on the stbd deck walkway by the control station . Avoid spills. * Know your fuel capacity and consumption. Record the amount of fuel used since your last fill up, and compute the engine's hourly fuel usage. As a fuel gauge backup check, deduct the average hourly fuel usage from fuel tank capacity. * (Observe the “Rule of Thirds”: one-third fuel for trip out, one-third for return and one-third for reserve. Allow an additional 15 percent fuel reserve when operating in rough seas. B. BEFORE & DURING FUELING — CHECKLIST: e Fire extinguisher — close at hand. Mooring — boat tied securely to fueling pier. e Crew — at least one knowledgeable person present. Passengers — unnecessary people off the boat. * Engines — stopped. e Electrical equipment, including blowers — power off. * Windows, doors, hatches — closed. Smoking material — extinguished. * Inboard tanks — grounded. 550 Sundancer® 5.5 SECTION 5 * FUEL SYSTEM Filler pipe — marked DIESEL. Fuel nozzle — in contact with filler pipe to prevent static sparks. Fill level — fill less than rated capacity of tank; allow for fuel expansion. Trim — fuel weight distributed equally. C. AFTER FUELING — CHECKLIST: Windows, doors, hatches — open. Sniff test — if fuel fumes remain, operate blowers until fumes are gone. Fuel tank — secure filler cap. Spills — wipe; dispose of rags ashore. 5.6 550 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1. DC SYSTEM The 24/12 volt direct current (DC) electrical system derives its power from the batteries, which are kept charged by an engine-driven alternator and/or AC converter. The battery voltage is indicated by the voltmeter on the main distribution panel and control station instrument panel. Each battery bank can be checked with the battery voltage test switch only on the DC distribution panel. The batteries supply power to the circuit breakers on the main DC breaker panel in the bilge, then to the control station breakers and DC distribution panel breakers in the salon. The 24/12 volt dash systems are protected by the ELECTRONICS (12V) and CONTROL STATION MAIN (24V) breakers on the main DC breaker panel on the port mid bulkhead of the bilge. The 24 volt functions on the salon DC distribution panel are protected by the “CABIN MAIN” breaker on the main DC breaker panel. The negative terminal of each bank of batteries is attached to the main DC negative buss ground studs of the propulsion engines and the generator. This “negative ground system” is the approved system for marine DC electrical systems. 2. BATTERIES The batteries in your boat have been selected for their ability to furnish starting power based on engine and generator starting requirements as well as their ability to supply power to the DC system. The following table describes the recommended marine cranking batteries to install in your boat. Application | Group | Volts | CCA*|Reserve | Qty. Engines 8-D 12 1400 435 4 Bow Thruster | 8-D 12 1400 435 2 Generator 27 12 575 165 1 *COLD CRANKING AMPS The main engine cranking batteries consist of two (2) 12 volt batteries for each engine, connected in series to create the 24 volts required for starting each engine. There are two (2) 8-D, 12 volt marine batteries connected in series dedicated to the operation of the bow thruster. 1 BATTERY CABLE ROUTING (FIG. 6.1.1) N Y N i : 0 > | he | DN > S STARBOARD ENGINE STARTER NEG TERMINAL STARBOARD ENGINE STARTER POSITIVE TERMINAL (C) SOLENOID/FUSE PANEL BOX (© PORT BATTERY ©) VANNER EQUALIZERS (©) BATTERY CHARGER @ STBD BATTERY (E) MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUSS (1) ENGINE BOND (GREEN) ()) BOW THRUSTER BATTERY (K) MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL PORT ENGINE STARTER POSITIVE TERMINAL M PORT ENGINE STARTER NEG TERMINAL ® BATTERY CHARGER 550 Sundancer® 6.1 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM * Never use an open flame in the battery storage area. о Avoid striking sparks near the batteries. * A battery will explode if a flame or spark ignites the free hydrogen given off during charging. A. MAIN BATTERY EQUALIZERS The main battery equalizers located on the aft component board (See figure 4.14.1) tap the 12 volts required by some electronics and accessories from the 24 volt engine battery bank. To avoid unequal discharging of the batteries, the equalizer also balances the voltage between all batteries in the bank. The battery equalizer is protected by a circuit breaker installed in the unit. The battery equalizer is an automatic system requiring no manual operation. Recommended batteries are available through your local Sea Ray® dealer. B. To REMOVE THE BATTERY CABLES: 1. Turn OFF all items drawing power from the batteries. 2. Turn OFF the “CONVERTER” breaker at the main distribution panel. 3. Turn OFF battery solenoid switches. While the engine or generator is running, the battery terminal clamps must not be loosened or detached nor should the battery solenoid switch(es) be turned off. The alternator and other electronic units will be damaged. \. J 4. Remove the positive cable first, then the negative cable. To replace the cables, reverse the procedure. C. BATTERY MAINTENANCE: Check the fluid level in the cells approximately every 4 weeks, and more often in summer and hot zones. e The fluid level must be between the lower and the upper markings. Only replenish with distilled water. Do not use metal funnels. * Coat battery terminal clamps with silicone grease. Keep battery clean and dry. Only use a battery charger designed to charge automotive/marine type batteries when batteries are disconnected from the boat’s electrical circuit. 3. MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL The main DC breaker panel is located on the port mid bulkhead in the bilge . The breaker panel contains switches for various equipment plus the 24VDC and 12VDC battery switches. Always disconnect battery cables before doing any work on the engine's electrical system or alternator wiring to prevent arcing or damage to the The bilge pumps, emergency bilge pumps, bilge blowers, engine event recorder (Caterpillar equipped only) and systems monitor remain energized at all times and CANNOT be turned OFF with the battery solenoids. The entire remaining DC system CAN be turned OFF with the battery switches. Use ONLY Marine Rated parts to replace such items as starters, distributors, alternators, generators, etc. Do not use Automotive Parts because they are not ignition protected and could cause a fire or explosion. 4. MAIN BATTERY SWITCHES AND SOLENOIDS Battery switches for the 24VDC and 12VDC systems are located on the Main DC Breaker Panel in the bilge and the DC distribution panel In the salon.. The 12V and 24V battery solenoids are located in the Main Battery Solenoid Access Panel on the starboard mid bulkhead in the bilge. Battery switches are also located on the DC 6.2 550 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1 MiaN DC BREKER PANEL (FIG. 6.3.1) O MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL O PORT 24 VDC STBD CABIN с MAIN BATTERY SOLENOIDS — CONTROL MAIN © [ © @ > © [ |) © STATION = O ——— ENERGIZE ——O = ENGINE ENGINE IGNITION o [| o o [|] o IGNITION 240VAC CT UT 120VAC CABLEMASTER © [|] O o 1 | 1 O CABLEMASTER BILGE r | 1 | 7 HORN LIGHTS © [ [0 о © [|] © CoMPRESSOR omar oJ" Cle usm CONTROL CONTROL EZ — DE-ENERGIZE >= = « J TT | 1 OIL ACCESSORY O || O O 1 | 1 O CHANGE PUMP = = IF SWITCH IS TURNED OFF ENGINE EVENT WHILE ENGINE IS RUNNING RECORDER © [| 1 © ALTERNATOR WILL BE DAMAGED о О ACCESSORY o EMERGENCY | 1 ~ | ENGINE EVENT BILGE PUMP © [ [0 о o |] O RECORDER пене Pe m EMERGENCY PUMP > | | | [| Ц MONITOR FWD Г | 1 — | 1 AFT mere © | Te °|[ | |° васё тоне АЕТ Г | 1 Г | FWD sump pump O [ | ] o © Г |] SUMP PUMP PORT r | 7 — | 1 STBD BLOWER o [ [1 o © 1 | 1 BLOWER 12 VDC MAIN BATTERY SOLENOIDS Г СЕМ à = OLOR —— euErGIZz — О = CABIN O [|] О О [| ] O ELECTRONICS CONTROL STEREO MEMORY O [|] O O || О ACCESSORY DE-ENERGIZE 9 J O O NOTE: Panel layout and labeling are subject to variance due to customized optional accessories and equipment. 550 Sundancer* 6.3 ® STBD 24VDC TERMINAL D STBD 12VDC TERMINAL O MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL ® PORT 12VDC SHUNT O STBD 12VDC SHUNT PORT 24VDC TERMINAL @ PORT 12VDC TERMINAL © SHUNT FUSE BLOCK © STBD 24VDC SHUNT © PORT 24VDC SHUNT SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM N , . . N . ‚ N . . . N . . N . x J Lo A M rere 17 rufdadt pastis Jet ° ее, / MIT E E 2 / DC BREAKER PANEL (Fi. 6.4.1) 1 La D О © o © © 5 N © LO LO) С) STBD 12VDC BATTERY SOLENOID ® WINDLASS/SWIM PLATFORM FUSE O STBD BATTERY LOAD FUSE С 7 (С y ® STBD 24VDC BATTERY SOLENOID © MAIN BATTERY SOLENOIDS BOX ® PORT 24VDC BATTERY SOLENOID © EMERGENCY START SOLENOID © STBD BATTERY LINE FUSE СС Ш a — © I Ш о > LL Q © <= Ш — © о > СС Ш E < m O o > AV FH СС © [a Ш о > LL © < © — > С Ш E < m FH СС © [a O WINDLASS SOLENOID O PORT BATTERY LINE FUSE MAI BATTERY SOLENOIDS 6.4 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM | MAIN BATTERY SOLENOIDS | (Fic. 6.5.1) MAIN BATTERY SOLENOIDS f OQ—ORE ENERGIZE —STED O r \ /7 N Na J \_ J O — DE-ENERGZE — O \_ A distribution panel in the salon. When the switches are in the OFF position all 24/12 volt current to the engines and accessories are turned off except power to the bilge pumps and other line side circuits (i.e. systems monitor, blowers, etc.). The battery switches must be ON to start the engines or generator. Turn battery solenoids OFF when leaving boat for extended duration. NOTE: The bilge pumps, emergency bilge pumps and stereo memory CANNOT be turned OFF with the battery solenoid switches. The entire remaining DC system CAN be turned OFF with the battery solenoid switches. A. WINDLASS SOLENOID The latching solenoid for the windlass is located in the solenoid box located on the mid forward bulkhead in the bilge. WINDLASS LLATCHING SOLENOIDS (FIG. 6.5.2) WINDLASS SOLENOID < | WINDLASS FUSE \. J B. Bow THRUSTER SOLENOID AND CHARGER The latching solenoid for the bow thruster is located on the port component board in the bilge. f A Bow THRUSTER FUSE & LATCHING SOLENOIDS (Fıc. 6.5.3) AUTO POWER SELECTOR ZF/MATHERS CLEAR COMMAND - CONTROLS BOW THRUSTER BATTERY CHARGER GENERATOR BATTERY CHARGER OVER CURRENT PROTECTION FUSE (5) BOW THURSTER LATCHING SOLENOID DC GROUND BUSS BOW THURSTER OVER CURRENT PROTECTION FUSE 7 и «ила X um DA sv, 2 < N NN 550 Sundancer* 6.5 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 5. CONTROL STATION BREAKER PANEL The control station breaker panel is located inside the access door under the starboard side of the control station. In the event one of the breakers trip, determine and correct the fault, then reset by depressing the tripped breaker. f NN CONTROL STATION BREAKER PANEL (FIG. 6.6.1) o O) TRIM — — WIPERS — WINDSHIELD NAV TROLLING TABS PORT STBD VENT LIGHTS VALVES ACCY RETRACTABLE SPOT ENGINE HORN LIGHTS SUNPAD ACCY ACCY LIGHT SYNC O ©) Ne J 6. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FUSE BLOCKS & BREAKERS Fuse blocks utilizing automotive type blade fuses are used to provide overload protection. The control station accessory fuse block protects the various stereos, 12V receptacle and other accessories. The electronics fuse block protects the VHF radio, radar, depth/speed indicator, GPS, chart plotter, autopilot and other electronic accessories. Fuse Brock, TypicaL (F1G. 6.6.2) The control station fuse block is located on the forward wall under the control station. It can be accessed by a door directly below the helm. There is also a set of accessory and electronic fuse blocks on the MDP accessory board located behind the MDP board in the salon. In the event it becomes necessary to replace a fuse or an electrical breaker, REPLACE THE FUSE OR BREAKER ONLY WITH A FUSE OR BREAKER OF THE SAME RATING. The amperage is marked on the fuse or breaker. If a fuse or breaker is replaced with one of lower amperage, it will be insufficient to carry the electrical load of the equipment it is connected to and cause nuisance tripping or blowing. Conversely if a fuse or breaker is replaced with one of higher amperage, it will not provide adequate protection against an electrical malfunction and could create a possible fire hazard. Some of the various types of breakers used on your boat are as follows: This type is an in-line fuse ( Fuse ) holder and uses an automotive-type blade fuse. This type of breaker is found ( ) on the control station DC breaker panel located behind the access panel below the control station switch panel. These breakers protect the trim tabs, wipers, windshield | J vent, navigation lights, hatch lift, spot light, engine synchronizer, horn, instrument lights, 12V receptacle and accessories. 6.6 550 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM This type of breaker is typically found on the main distribution panel. It selects the electrical power source, either from the generator or from shore power. SLOT FOR DE-ENERGIZING This type of breaker is found on the main DC breaker panel. Itis used to protect the bilge pumps, sump pumps, bilge blowers, control station main, electronics, systems monitor, oil change pump, X stereo memory and accessories. This is a manual reset breaker. It can be turned off by inserting a small screwdriver in the slot on the toggle switch. This type is a current limiting fuse which is used to isolate faults in battery operated systems and equipment (motor circuits, panel feeders, etc.).. 7. 12 VOLT SYSTEM Although the boat's DC system is primarily a 24 volt system, the control station electronics require 12 volts to operate. Also operating on the 12 volt system are the control station stereo and TV antenna amplifier. The 12 volt system derives its power from the 24V battery bank and is stepped down to 12V by the vanners located on the starboard aft component board in the bilge. A. 12 VoLT ACCESSORY RECEPTACLE | 12 VoLT ACCESSORY RECEPTACLE (FIG. 6.7.1) \. J Your Sea Ray® is equipped with two 12 volt accessory receptacles. One located at the control station and the other in the mid center cabinet in the galley. The receptacle is used with any 12 volt accessory using this type of plug. 8. EMERGENCY START SYSTEM The emergency start system utilizes one momentary rocker switch located on the control station switch panel and one emergency start solenoid located on the DC main solenoid panel. Holding the switch energizes the solenoid which parallels the batteries to assist in starting. Use the emergency start system when the charge of one bank of batteries is insufficient to start its corresponding engine. To engage the engine emergency start system, start whichever engine has sufficient battery power, then hold the emergency start switch while starting the other engine. 9. XELOGEN LIGHTING The 550 DA uses 24 volt Xelogen [| | lights throughout as the primary lighting system. The system is powered by the 24 volt batteries and the AC low voltage lighting system. It is activated by the lighting breakers on the DC distribution \ / panel located in the salon. MOLArE The filament bulbs used in all Xelogen-cycle lamps generate intense heat. To avoid the possibility of fire, do not use lamp at close range to materials that are combustible or affected by heat or drying. Halogen-cycle bulbs are pressurized and could shatter if scratched or damaged. Glass halogen-cycle bulbs should be protected against contact with liquids when operating. 550 Sundancer® 6.7 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM A. CHANGING A BLOWN BULB Use appropriate protection, such as a clean cloth or gloves when handling or disposing of all Xelogen- cycle bulbs. Wear eye protection. Turn power off when installing or before removing lamp. Allow lamp to cool before removal. Remove grease or fingerprints from new Xelogen bulbs with a grease-free solvent before use. f A Grab light fixture housing and pull gently from ceiling or wall. Take care when pulling the housing as it is spring loaded in the socket and the clips will snap quickly downward when released from the ceiling or wall. q Grab the fixture containing the bulb and twist counter clockwise. ceiling. Push gently to seat the light housing securely.. B. AC Low VoLTAGE LIGHTING Some overhead lighting in the V-berth, master stateroom and the port and starboard salon are powered by the generator or the shore power system. Transformers located under the salon steps and behind the microwave unit in the galley reduce the voltage from 120VAC to 24VAC supplying the lighting with a stable, constant power source. Low VOLTAGE LIGHTING TRANSFORMERS (FIG. 6.8.1) Pull the fixture out of the housing and replace the bulb with a bulb of equal wattage. NOTE: The glass face plate in the housing is very fragile. Be — careful that it remains in place and does not fall out, as it will break easily. To replace the housing, reverse the previous directions. Grab the clips and hold them upwards until the housing is placed into its receptacle in the wall or 10. ELECTRONICS CIRCUIT The 50 amp electronics circuit utilizes a circuit breaker on the main DC breaker panel located on the mid port bulkhead in the bilge to energize the electronics fuse block at the control station. 11. AC SYSTEM The 550 DA's AC standard electrical system operates on a 240/120V/50 amp shore power system. A\ DANGER EXTREME HAZARD - Swimming near a boat operating on AC electrical system can lead to severe shock and death. Never swim or allow swimming when AC system is in use. NOTE: Actual usage of equipment will depend on the amperage output of the power source available. 6.8 550 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Line voltage from the generator or shore power is shown by the voltmeters on the main distribution panel. The ammeters indicate amperes being drawn through the selected power source’s circuit breakers on the main distribution panel. The main distribution panel main breakers are equipped with a source selector slide to prevent the generator and shore power from being energized at the same time and damaging the electrical system. Both breakers must be in the OFF position before switching to an alternate power source. The 240 volt system wiring consists of three (3) color-coded wires. The black and black/red wires are the “hot” feeds and the green wire is the safety ground. The shore main circuit breakers protect the black hot feed wires. All branch breakers and switches for AC equipment are installed on the “hot” wires. Never operate 240 volt shore power at less than 210 volts. The 120 volt wiring installed on Sea Ray® boats consists of three (3) color-coded wires. The black wire is the “hot” feed, white is the common, or neutral, and the green wire is the ground. All branch breakers and switches for AC equipment are installed on the “hot” wire. Never operate 120 volt shore power at less than 110 volts. The main breakers may trip if there is a surge in line voltage, an electrical storm or an onboard system overload. The main breaker interrupts hot feeds in the AC circuit to prevent equipment damage due to internal overloads and external surges. NOTE: The green conductor of the shore power is connected directly to the shield of the isolation transformer (See this section, page 12) and is not grounded on the boat. 12. SHORE POWER f в This vessel is equipped with shore line isolation transformers. The neutral and grounding conductors are connected on a common neutral/grounding bus at the main distribution panel. To maintain electrical system integrity the neutral and grounding conductors shall be kept isolated at all other locations on board the vessel. A. ISOLATION TRANSFORMER Your yacht is equipped with an isolation transformer. The boat's electrical system and grounding conductor are not actually connected to the dockside system. The Isolation Transformer transfers power from the dockside electrical system to the boat's electrical system by magnetic coupling. This means there is no direct electrical connection between the earth-grounded shore AC power and boat AC power. Isolating the power this way has several benefits which are listed below: 1. Eliminates shock hazards to people swimming around the boat. 2. Prevents reverse polarity due to a miss-wired shore power pedestal providing futher protection to people onboard as well as sensitive AC appliances. 3. Prevents galvanic current corrosion due to the direct connection to AC shore power. REFER TO OWNERS MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. B. IsoBoosT TRANSFORMER (OPTIONAL) The IsoBoost Transformer combines a shoreline Isolation Transformer, described above, with a voltage sensing and switching circuit providing the ability to automatically increase the line voltage on your boat, all in a single unit. The isolation transformer completely isolates input power from output power giving you an improved degree of safety and preventing galvanic current corrosion due to the direct connection to AC shore power. 550 Sundancer® 6.9 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM The IsoBoost increases the boat's voltage when it falls below 204 volts due to low shoreline voltage. The IsoBoost gives you the reliability and assurance that adequate voltage is provided for all the AC equipment on the boat. IsoBoosTt TRANSFORMER FEATURES: 1. The output voltage is boosted (increased) by 15% if the suppied voltage is to low. This low voltage commonly occurs when connecting to marina power sources that are derived from a 208 volt system rather than from a 240 volt system. The IsoBoost Transformer can extend the useful life of many electrical components installed on the boat. 2. Monitors the incoming voltage and alarms to warn you that the shore voltage has dropped to a level outside the boosting range. It will automatically shut down under conditions of extreme low voltage. 3. The remote indicator panel (installed at the main distribution panel in the cabin) allows you to monitor the operating status of your IsoBoost Tranformer without having to go physically to the engine room to look at it. Refer to IsoBoost manual in owner’s manual packet for detailed instructions. 4. Boat system protection: if the boat’s voltage drops below 192 VAC for more than four seconds, the IsoBoost output is turned off. Power will not be supplied again until shore voltage has increased by at least 20 VAC. If the boat's voltage exceeds 260 VAC for five seconds, the IsoBoost output is turned off. Refer to IsoBoost manual in the owner’s manual packet for detailed instructions. If the IsoBoost Transformer turns off for a prolonged period of time, turn on the generator to supply AC power. Follow generator operating instructions (See Section 3 - Using Your Boat, page 3.8). C. GLENDENNING CABLEMASTER The 550 DA is equipped with 50 amp/240v/60 cycle and 50 amp/120/60 cycle shore power cords for hookup to dockside power. A cablemaster system provides remote control access to f A CABLEMASTER REMOTE/SWITCH (FIG. 6.10.1) TRANSOM HATCH 120V 50AMP SHORE POWER RECEPTICLE AY 240/120/50 AMP CABLE 240/120V 50AMP SHORE POWER WITH CABLEMASTER automatically advance/retrieve the power cord. The 50 AMP/120/60 cycle cord is manually connected to the boat side and dockside recepticle. The power cables are accessed from the starboard side aft transom of your yacht. The remote control switches to advance/ retrieve the shore power cables can be accessed through the starboard access hatch on the transom. To access the shore power cable, unscrew the protective cap 50 AMP/240 VAC then move remote switch to the “OUT” position. Cable will advance CABLEMASTER ACCESS (FIG. 6.10.2) SK \. J 6.10 550 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM for dockside access. To retrieve cable, unplug from dockside outlet, switch remote to “IN” position. Cable Will return to housing. Secure protective cap. D. MAIN SHORE POWER BREAKER Box The 550 DA is equipped with 120VAC and 240VAC main shore power breaker located on the transom aft of the generator. The breaker(s) must be ON at all times to operate the shore AC power system. | MAIN SHORE POWER BREAKER BOX (FiG. 6.11.1) O O SHORE MAIN 240VAC SHORE MAIN 120VAC © E. SHORE POWER HOOKUP The 240/120 volt main distribution panel distributes the required voltage for all the boat's AC equipment and accessories. It is very important to know and understand where the power originates and how the power is distributed to the different voltage equipment and accessories. To access and connect the shore power cables become familiar with the instructions in Section 3 - Using Your Boat, page 3.8 for “Connecting and Under no circumstances override the source select system. Turning On Shore Power”. \ J REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION 13. SERVICING THE MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL NOTE: Servicing should be referred to a qualified electrician. A. To REPLACE A FAULTY COMPONENT ÓN THE MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL: Turn all breakers OFF. Make sure the generator is OFF. Unplug the shore power. Remove screws from all sides except the hinged side of panel. The main distribution panel is hinged to swing open for servicing. 5. Reverse the procedure for closing the panel. SS © № г- 14. DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL 24/12V Your boat is equipped with a DC distribution panel located on the port salon. The breaker panel contains switches for various equipment throughout the boat plus the 24/12VDC battery switch and generator switch. The bilge pumps, emergency bilge pumps, blowers, engine event recorder, CO monitors, stereo memory and engine ECM remain energized at all times and CANNOT be turned OFF with the battery solenoids. The entire remaining DC system CAN be turned OFF with the battery switches. 550 Sundancer® 6.11 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 1 AC DISTRIBUTION PANEL (Fic. 6.12.1) r on D © (— O ) > O O о O o| 2 A12Y1d3923H 3aISMICO Lv 3 AIH VINE 110 №11 ‘але HIMOd 34OHS ONILIINNOISId YO ONLLIINNOS OL HONId = ELLE 5 о о o o E Qo AMOSSE99Y AHOSSAIIV (AvZ) HE9VHO NOLLOANNO9S JHOHS T19NIS A0ZL HLIM = о o o o O [ © | Awossadov AY¥3LIVE о ED O HOLYMENE9 YO NOLLO3NNOO 30HS o Ya AOYZ/AOZI “S4OHS FTONIS AOZL D :404 440 (Ave) o O oO AYOSS399V u39uVH9 LIva | O о UILSNYHL Mog < oO O MV 391 A uva | O O O | so1vnrivsad имп ЭМ O o SES 3 [914 LIdMD02 MOLVYINE9 1144309 (ЕЕ) (ЕЕ) = NU TV 9 L1dMI09 Y3AYO O O о о О | © LINA 9/7 HALVIH — IVA 0CL WOOWZIVIS ISIND — MO9019 deLS © NOILOANNOS FHOHS | NOILOINNGD JHOHS ATNO AOE © A0Z) MO NO HO HOLVNINIO M04 NO o С С a LINN ON D RIDER) HOLYNIONITY N LNAVINIVLYALNE AaT1V9 . = JINA DV HalvyaH 2 NOTVS YOLVHI944IY O LI O NOOY3lvLS HA1SYIWW Y3LVM a O NQOY3LYLS JAYMOMOIN o dYMYOS + 5 AY T34 9 dd O eS A3TIVO UALVM OV anos о СТ] о O| © D O о о о O € OVA 0ZL OVA OtZ 8 © > 193738 O sasadwy Jv S}I0A DV se1edury DV S) OA OV 39V.L10A NOILOINNOD JHOHS NOILO3NNOD + DWAObZ AOZ HO4 NO YOLVHIN39 HO NO 5 D A” I~" TS Pa © С — 5 07 oe oz Ol 001 0S 08 09 op 07 007 001 SITOA S110A чамоа YaMOd 5 JYOHS YOLVAHINI9 Nn D IVA 02) IYA 077 a TI3NVd NOILNGIULSIG NIVN о C O O O O О | = N о J © © © © CC © ен — O > «© © с © a Ll FH O <> 550 Sundancer® AN ce SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (Fic. 6.13.1) - DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL 12VDC / 24VDC DISTRIBUTION PANEL 16 20 24 12 28 32 PORT STBD 12V STBD 24V 12V PORT N GEN 24V O 12V 10 20 30 40 NC D MPERES DOVOLTS ~~ BATTERY BANK MONITOR O O < > O O FRESH WATER PUMP #1 POWER VENTS —E£ QT O O FRESH WATER PUMP #2 MASTER HEAD — К O O FWD LIGHTING GUEST HEAD ен <» О О О AFT DISCHARGE LIGHTING PUMP eV CT?) O O INTERCOM/ ACCESSORY PHONE SYSTEM el —; 12VDC O O ELECTRONIC 12VDC SOFA CONTROLLER RECEPTACLE J y O O „У AN A A У |<. A a 24V IF SWITCH IS TURNED OFF WHILE ENGINE IS RUNNING ALTERNATOR WILL BE DAMAGED ENERGIZE DE-ENERGIZE STBD PORT MAIN BATTERY SOLENOIDS 50 WATER LEVEL FULL 3/4 1/2 1/4 EMPTY WASTE SYSTEM CONTROL DISCHARGE DO NOT FLUSH DISCHARGE OF SEWAGE DIRECTLY OVERBOARD IS FOR USE WHERE APPROVED 1/2 ONLY. SEE OWNER'S MANUAL FOR OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS OF OVERBOARD DISCHARGE VALVES EMPTY O POWER GENERATOR BILGE ON START/ BLOWERS PREHEAT — 2 — 2 Cy — — — с с == RUN = i ; == —— PREHEAT/ — Е 1 DIAGNOSTICS STOP/ PRIME SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS PORT STBD MASTER IGNITION 550 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 15. BATTERY CHARGER The battery charging unit located on the starboard bilge component board is fully automatic and is designed specifically for the marine environment. It is powered by the BATTERY CHARGER (24V) breaker on the main AC distribution panel. The high frequency characteristic has allowed these chargers to achieve a huge size and weight reduction over their previously used equipment. Commonly called high frequency or smart chargers, these units bring sophistication to the battery charger field. These units feature built-in LED charge indicators located on the front panel. This gives an accurate reading of the combined battery current and load current. To verify that the charger is functioning properly, turn on lights or other loads. The LED indicators should register and show an increasing output level. f = MAIN BATTERIES BATTERY CHARGER (FIG. 6.14.1) BATTERY VA CHARGER —— — Cr Г ET <> < CAN MAIN BATTERY SOLENOID ACCESS Bow THRUSTER & GENERATOR BATTERY CHARGERS (F1G. 6.14.2) BOW THRUSTER [] BATTERY CHARGER GENERATOR BATTERY CHARGER PANEL Charging characteristics contain three (3) elements: Bulk Charge - this is initiated at power up and provides the chargers full-rated current to the battery bank until a predetermined voltage level of 28.4V to 28.8V is achieved and/or a certain time has passed. Absorption Charge - this stage immediately follows the bulk charge mode. It maintains the battery voltage at the bulk charge voltage level, but gradually decreases the current as the battery accepts the charge until it reaches a predetermined current level. Float Charge - this stage is designed to hold the battery at a safe, low voltage (typically 26.6V) providing up to the chargers full rated amperage to accommodate DC load requirements. The charge will remain in this mode until the AC power is cycled off and then on again. A. BOW THRUSTER BATTERY CHARGER. The Bow Thruster battery charger located on the port component board in the bilge is powered by the BOW THRUSTER BATTERY CHARGER breaker on the main AC distribution panel. Bulk Charge - this is initiated at power up and provides the chargers full-rated current to the battery bank until a predetermined voltage level of 28.4V to 28.8V is achieved and/or a certain time has passed. Absorption Charge - this stage immediately follows the bulk charge mode. It maintains the battery voltage at the bulk charge voltage level, but gradually decreases the current as the battery accepts the charge until it reaches a predetermined current level. Float Charge - this stage is designed to hold the battery at a safe, low voltage (typically 26.6V) providing up to the chargers full rated amperage to accommodate DC load requirements. The charge will remain in this mode until the AC power is cycled off and then on again. 6.14 550 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM B. GENERATOR BATTERY CHARGER. The Generator battery charger located on the port component board in the bilge (See figure 6.14.2) is powered by the GENERATOR BATTERY CHARGER breaker on the main AC distribution panel. Never block air circulation through the unit. Never | store any gear on top of the units. NOTICE Leave the converter running at all times to maintain the 12 volt system voltage. \. J REFER TO OWNERS MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 16. GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER RECEPTACLE (GFI) Ground fault interrupter receptacles are located in the galley inside the aft cabinet above the sink, master head upper (aft wall) storage cabinet over the sink, V-berth head lower starboard cabinet under the sink, and in the cockpit aft cabinet under the wet bar. The GF! receptacles are out of sight and wired in- line with the exposed Vmar receptacles throughout the yacht. This allows your yacht to have an elegant exposed receptacle while still providing protection from shock hazards. Please read and understand the CAUTION block for GFI receptacles. Persons with heart problems or other conditions which make them susceptible to electric shock may still be injured by ground faults on circuits protected by the GFI receptacle. No safety devices yet designed will protect against all hazards or carelessly handled or misused electrical equipment or wiring. \ J The GFI receptacle is designed to protect people from the line-to-ground shock hazards GEI OUTLET (F16. 6.15.1) N J which could occur from defective power tools or appliances operating from this device, or from down-line outlets protected by it. It does not prevent line-to-ground electric shock, but does limit the time of exposure to a period considered safe for normally healthy persons. It does not protect persons against line-to-line or line-to-neutral faults. The GFI receptacle does not protect against short circuits or overloads. This is the function of the circuit breaker. A. INTERNATIONAL RECEPTACLE All readily accessible 220V outlets are protected by a Residual Current Circuit Breaker (RCCB) (Figure 6.15.2). This current breaker is mounted in an accessible, out-of-sight location such as under a cabinet and includes a test switch to verify proper operation. Its function is similar, but not identical to the 120V GFI. 'RCCB OUTLET (F16. 6.15.2) Premere mensilmente test JAN= 10mA REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 550 Sundancer® 6.15 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 17. GENERATOR Sea Ray® strongly urges you to fully comply with the manual provided by the generator manufacturer. The generator is warranted separately by the generator manufacturer, NOT Sea Ray®. Follow the recommended maintenance and warranty schedule in your Generator Operator’s Manual included in the Owner’s Manual Packet. Generator abuse or improper maintenance may adversely affect claims made under generator manufacturer separate warranty. GENERATOR SEACOCK, STRAINER (FIG. 6.16.1) O GENERATOR MUFFLER ® GENERATOR SEACOCK ® GENERATOR STRAINER A GENERATOR ® GENERATOR BATTERY © PORT ENGINE EXHAUST The generator is located in the bilge at the bottom of the bilge steps. Generator gauges are located behind a door under the sink of the cockpit wet bar. Do not run the generator in an enclosed area, such as a closed boathouse, as there is a possibility of build-up and inhaling of carbon monoxide. NOTICE Pre-start generator prior to getting underway as there Is a possibility that it will not pick up water if started underway. Make sure the MAIN GENERATOR breaker is OFF and there is no load on the generator before starting it. N A A. STARTING THE GENERATOR Instructions for generator operation can be found in Section 3 - Using Your Boat, pages 3.7 - 3.9.(Remote control switches are located on the main distribution panel or local switches on the generator.) READ THE OWNER'S MANUAL IN THE OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR YOUR GENERATOR MODEL. | GENERATOR GAUGES (COCKPIT ACCESS) (Fıc. 6.16.2) ANDO, NIH © BATTERY VOLTAGE © OIL PRESSURE A GENERATOR GAUGES ® COCKPIT WET BAR © WATER TEMPERATURE 6.16 550 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 18. ELECTROLYSIS & ZINC ANODES Electrolysis corrosion of metals on power boats can result in serious deterioration. The boat owner must be aware of the possibilities of galvanic action (the deterioration of metals due to dissimilar characteristics when placed in salt water), and/or electrolysis. It is the owner’s responsibility to check for and replace damaged parts due to galvanic deterioration. Refer to your Sea Ray® dealer to investigate the source of stray corrosive currents. Zinc plates are installed on the transom and trim tabs to protect underwater hardware. Zinc, being much less “noble” than copper based alloys and aluminum used in Sea Ray® underwater fittings, will deteriorate first and protect the more noble parts. N | ZINC PLATE LOCATIONS (F16. 6.17.1) ZINC ANODES Zinc anodes generally require replacement about once a year. (In salt water areas, replace every six (6) months). The need to replace anodes more frequently may indicate a stray current problem within the boat or at the slip or mooring. If zinc anodes do not need replacing after one year, they may not be providing proper protection. Loose anodes or low-grade zinc may be the problem. DO NOT PAINT BETWEEN THE ZINC AND THE METAL IT CONTACTS, AND DO NOT PAINT OVER THE ZINC. When an AC shore power system is connected to the boat, the underwater metal fittings will, in effect, be connected through the water to grounded metals ashore. The zincs will be consumed at a faster rate unless the marina maintains a protective system to prevent this. In this case, hanging a zinc in the water bonded to the metal outlet box on the dock will reduce zinc loss on the boat. Do not connect this zinc to the boat's ground system. It is extremely important that all electrically operated DC equipment and accessories be wired so that the ground polarity of each device is the same as that of the battery. Sea Ray® boats have a negative ground system, which is the recommended practice throughout the marine industry. All metal items (fuel tanks, underwater gear, etc.) in the boat are connected to the zinc anode by the green bonding wire. Replace zinc sacrificial anodes if they are corroded 50% or more. 19. AC & DC ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS & WIRING HARNESSES This owner's manual contains electrical schematics and wiring harness illustrations for your boat (See pages 6.18 thru 6.48). These electrical schematics were generated by electrical CAD designers at the engineering division for technical reference and service technicians. Sea Ray® does not recommend that you attempt to work on the boat's electrical system yourself. Instead we recommend that you take your boat to your authorized Sea Ray® dealer for service. Sea Ray® reserves the right to change or update the electrical system on any model at any time without notice to the consumer and is NOT obligated to make any updates to units built prior to changes. 550 Sundancer® 6.17 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AC & DC ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS & WIRING HARNESSES 1 \. B1LGE HARNESS (F16. 6.18.1) DRAWING NO. 09-861 (1 OF 2) (A PORT DC NEGATIVE BUSS (B®) PORT BILGE BLOWER (©) ELECTRIC SUN PAD © MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL (E) GENERATOR INSTRUMENT PANEL ® FUEL LEVEL SENSOR TO ACCESSORY ROOM AND DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL ® OIL CHANGE PUMP ©) PORT FUEL FILTER Q FORWARD DC NEGATIVE BUSS ® WATER PUMPS © FORWARD BILGE PUMP M CABLEMASTER REMOTE RECEIVER ® STARBOARD BILGE BLOWER © SHORE CORD CONTROL RELAY ® AFT BILGE PUMP AND EMERGENCY BILGE PUMP © HOLDING TANK ® DISCHARGE PUMP © V-BERTH VACUUM GENERATOR \. B1LGE HARNESS (FIG. 6.18.2) DRAWING NO. 09-861 (2 OF 2) TO ACCESSORY ROOM AND DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL ® WATER PUMPS (©) FORWARD DC NEGATIVE BUSS (© FIRE EXTINGUISHER ® MMDC (E) HEAT DETECTOR/LIGHTS (€) FUEL FILL GROUNDING WIRES (В) STARBOARD FUEL TANK SENDER (1) AUTO PILOT PUMP/HORN PUMP 8. TANK (J) STARBOARD FUEL FILTER (K) STARBOARD BILGE BLOWER (© CABLEMASTER REMOTE RECEIVER (WM) SHORE PHONE/TV INLET (N) MASTER HEAD VACUUM GENERATOR (© GENERATOR REMOTE INSTRUMENTATION (E) AFT & EMERGENCY BILGE PUMP (© DISCHARGE PUMP (® V-BERTH HEAD VACUUM GENERATOR (S) PORT BILGE BLOWER (© PORT FUEL FILTER (© FORWARD BILGE PUMP (V) PORT FUEL TANK SENDER (N) SYSTEMS MONITOR J 6. 18 550 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AC & DC ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS & WIRING HARNESSES BiLGE AC HARNESS (F16. 6.19.1) (А) TO ACCESSORY ROOM AND (С) DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL ® BILGE GFI RECEPTACLE (© STARBOARD BLOCK HEATER J-BOX O) 24 VOLT CONVERTER © SHORE POWER INLET BREAKER ® GENERATOR O BOW THRUSTER 24V CONVERTER O A/C WATER PUMP (1) COCKPIT RECEPTACLE С) COCKPIT FREEZER/ICE MAKER RECEPTACLE (K) PORT BLOCK HEATER DRAWING NO. 09-873 \. PORT CABIN HARNESS (К (F16. 6.19.2) (A) TV/SATELLITE ANTENNA (B®) COCKPIT TV/ICE MAKER RECEPTACLE (© MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL (©) DC MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL (E) AC MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL (E) SALON INDIRECT LIGHTS (E) soFA ACTUATOR MOTORS O FOWARD SALON/ENTERTAINMENT RECEPTACLES © V-BERTH HEAD POWER VENT O V-BERTH HEAD OVERHEAD LIGHT W V-BERTH TVPHONE O VACUUM RECEPTACLE SUB WOOFER RECEPTACLE DRAWING NO. 09-877 No 550 Sundancer* 6.19 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AC & DC ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS & WIRING HARNESSES | STARBOARD CABIN HARNESS (F16. 6.20.1) (A) V-BERTH TASK LIGHTS (E) v-BERTH SWITCHES (©) STARBOARD NAV LIGHT (©) V-BERTH HANGING LOCKER LIGHT ® V-BERTH CO MONITOR (©) V-BERTH CEILING VALANCE LIGHTS ©) GALLEY VENT SWITCH (E) GALLEY POWER VENT (1) GALLEY CO MONITOR (©) GALLEY OVERHEAD LIGHTS (K) SALON OVERHEAD LIGHTS (D MASTE HEAD BLOWER MOTOR (V) MASTER STATEROOM PHONE (N) MASTER STATEROOM HANGING LOCKER (© SALON SWITCHES (E) AC MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL (6) DC MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL SALON LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING TRANSFORMER O BOTTLE STORAGE LIGHT © GALLEY LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING TRANSFORMER O PORT NAV LIGHT © SPOT LIGHT & WINDLASS SOLENOID DRAWING NO. 09-881 \. GALLEY HARNESS (F16. 6.20.2) (A) GALLEY SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES E) GALLEY GFI ©) GALLEY VENT (©) GALLEY LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING TRANSFORMER (© GALLEY CEILING LIGHTS (E) AC MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL (E) MICROWAVE (E) COFFEE MAKER ( stove | DRAWING NO. 09-899 J 6.20 550 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AC & DC ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS & WIRING HARNESSES - STARBOARD CoCcKPIT/Deck HARNESS (F16. 6.21.1) (A) STARBOARD AFT COCKPIT LT. SUBWOOFER (B) STARBOARD AFT COCKPIT SPEAKER (©) C-PHONE/STEREO FM © CONTROL STATION SWITCH PANEL (E) COCKPIT STEREO (©) STEREO AMP/CONTROL STATION GROUND (©) STARBOARD FORWARD COCKPIT SPEAKER & LIGHT (D FORWARD STEREO REMOTE (1) AFT STEREO REMOTE (J) STARBOARD ARCH CONNECTORS DRAWING NO. 09-903 HarRDTOP HARNESS (116. 6.21.2) С (A) STERN LIGHT (E) PORT AFT HARDTOP LIGHT © SATELLITE DOME © TV ANTENNA © RADAR SCANNER © MAST LIGHT @ FORWARD HARDTOP LIGHTS (В) GPS ANTENNA (D VHF ANTENNA ( GPs ANTENNA ®) VHF ANTENNA (© RADAR SCANNER (V) STARBOARD HARDTOP HARNESS CONNECTION (N) STARBOARD AFT HARDTOP LIGHT ©) SATELLITE ANTENNA ©) SATELLITE SYSTEM CABLES (© TV ANTENNA COUPLER DRAWING NO. 09-909 (E) PORT HARDTOP HARNESS CONNECTION Na 550 Sundancer* 6.21 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK 6.22 550 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 14 RED/VIO 14 RED/VIO 14 GRY 14 RED/VIO | 14 RED/VIO 14 RED/VIO 14 RED/VIO 14 RED/VIO © © 4“ O a в WO N 14 RED/VIO NY Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y | CAP 48 10 RED/VIO — 14 ORN/RED — | 14 ORN/GRN — IAAAA] Be © 14 RED/VIO CONTROL STATION MAIN DC WIRING SCHEMATIC (FIG. 6.23.1) LI TRIM TABS 10 BUSS BAR 4 AN PORTWIPER ||” 5 STBD WIPER <> WINDSHIELD | |7 > VENT 5 | NAV LIGHTS 10 TROLLING || > VALVES 10 ON ACCY XX CA. SPOT LIGHT 7 YN ENGINE SYNC 7° ZN HORN | 5 = DN LIGHTS |” 45 RETRACTABLE | > SUNPAD 15 TN ACCY XX (NN BUSSBAR — BREAKER PANEL \_ REF DWG 09-934 Drawing No. 09-601 (1 Of 5) \_ 10 RED/VIO NAAA PLUG 48 — 0 10 RED/VIO 14 ORN/RED 14 ORN/GRN 14 RED/VIO 5/16RING PLUG 49 REF SHEET 4 UNUSED > 3 > 14 BLU 2 | 14 BLK 7 Y \ INVERTOR > генов |, WIRE LIGHT CAP 16 HORN |, 16 ORN/BLK 213 LOW — 16 ORN/RED 239 | PARK 16 ORN 240 3% 20 1 PORTWIPER > 16 RED/VIO 241 6 5] 4 16 ORN/GRN 242 HIGH 16 ORN 243 16 RED/VIO 244 LOW PARK 16 RED/VIO 249 3° 2,1 16 BLK/RED 245 STBDWIPER >» > | 6] 5] 4 16 BLK/RED 246 10 RED/VIO 214 HIGH WINDSHIELD LT, WASHER 3.2 4 WINDSHIELD VENT 6 5 4 ACCESSORY \_ SWITCH PANEL J REF DWG 09-933 REF SHEET 3 AAAAAAAAAAAN] 550 Sundancer® 6.23 ус 9 O1 O1 © 0 с = ©. 0 > © D = (SG 10 2) L09-60 ‘ON Sume1q NWN — | | | | PORT SLOW | | VESSEL Da | STBD SLOW | VESSEL | — | 16 VIO — ! | у < CAP 7P 16 BLK —[<|2 PORT ENG | 16 BLU —+<| 3 HARNESS REF DWG 09-810 <|a | <|* NOTE 1 | 3 —r— BYEL/RED —<|5 | PNL GND 16 BLk/RED —1<| 6 | 16 BEK/ 16 BRN PL. —<|7 | — 18 EMER STOP JUMPER 16 YEL 1P2 < | — — OMN/BK —t+<|9 16 YEL/RED | PLUG 1 |< Î a | BILGE HARNESS |<} 3 CAP52 PLUG 52 | REF SHEET 3 3| << 12 RED/VIO 207 | 5 16 YELRED —<| I D | 4|<— 10 BRN 322 EMER START — 16 YEL/RED —<|2 ] 5|<+—10BRN328 —— | | 7 16 YEL/RED —<| 3 | 6|<— 4 RED/VIO 223 N 3 Î | — 18 YEL/RED —<|4 STBD IGN 1} 72 — | 7|<+— 14 RED/VIO 224 5 Î 16 BLK/RED | 8 <+— 14 vIO 239 ой JUMPER — | O|<— 14 VIO 240 EMER STOP LA 16 BLK US/METRIC —+<| 1 CAPBP | — + 16 GRY SCROLL FID ~~ —< Fs | 16 GRY/RED SCROLL BKWD —<|3 REF DIG — 0-80 | NOTE 1 | | m ENGINE SYNCH Г | PNL GND NENE: N 16 BLK US/METRIC —+<|1 | ! 14 BLK 2 16 GRY SCROLL FWD—AX|2 SATE | PLUG 91 2 14 BLU 2022 3 | 16 GRY/RED SCROLL BKWD —<| 3 HARNESS | REF oie 3 14 VIO 2023 +— + — — REF DWG | 09-610 4 14 RED/VIO 20255 — — 8 evo —<| | TE | 5 14 VIO 2024 o> SFO sak —T<|2 | 6 14 RED/VIO 2025P 3 1 16 BLU e ; | 1 7 CAP 75 | S SCROLL e — IB YEL/RED —+<|5 STBD ENG HARNESS | 3 |? | 16 BLK/RED —1X|® Per Die | 186 BRNIPI —<| 7 09-810 | P US/METRIC 6 vEL P2 —}<|8 NOTE! | S US/VETRIC 16 ORN/BLK —<|s | CAP 2 1 14 GRY 255 | REF SHEET 3 › 14 GRY 256 FWD LL — | 3 4BLUSB —— 14 BRN/RED 321 —< |! BILGE PUMPS | 4 М GRN 519 —m —— —7 14 BRN/RED 327 —<|2 cap | 5 10 RED/VIO 520 — AFT = BRED 40 —<|3 ВСС | || 4 HARNESS | 6 BLOWERS 16 WHT 41 < REF SHEET 3 — 16 BLK/RED 2322 —<|5 | SEE DETAL A 5 | FOR OPTIONAL 16 BLK/RED 233 —<C | TWIN DISC TROLL 16 BLK 234 —<|7 | SWITCH WIRING 16BLK 2355 —<|S | TT PANEL GROUND + 4 BLK 137 —[<|9 г 6 вск 42 — < | 10 Во MAL MR Ч 11 САР 4у Lj >I 4 RED/VIO —— TROLL VALVES | 2 REF SHEET 3 2|>+ Не | e vio 399 —<| 13 3| >+— 14 GRY | 16 м0 350 —<| 14 4| >} 14 RED/VIO RUNNING ————————weowosse —<JIs LL | NAVIGATION ] 5| > UNUSED LIGHTS 14 BLU 642 — | 1 S | >— 10 RED/VIO ANCHOR 14 GRY/WHT 281 —<|2 CAP 42 7 >4— 14 RED/VIO SPOLER 1 14 GRY/RED 282 —<| 3 DEck/ 8| >} 4 RED/VIO cl с 3 — 14 RED/VIO 64855 —<|4 ean 9| > 14 RED/VIO | 16 BLU 68456 —<|5 per Set 3 — COCKPIT ра 6 14 RED/VIO 648 — < |6 SPOT LIGHT 16 ORN 801 —<|7 | 16 GRN 6012 — < |в PLUG 26 | le WHT 6013 ——<|9 BILGE — HARNESS REF SHEET 3 TRIM TAB 14 RED 546 | SWITCH > 14 GRN 547— 505 14 RED/VIO A ACCESSORY ~~ 14 YEL 51) I ACCESSORY ~~ 14 BLU 5497 CONSOLE UP DOWN TRIM TAB SW 3 2 1 HARNESS REF 08-868 ELECTR DIMMER CONTROL 16 BLU--Ñ- 16BLK WIRE LIGHT | INVERTER ий WIND ASS 14 WHT/BLU 585 —<| | cap 24 14 WHT/BLU 586 —<|2 BILGE 14 RED 588—<| 3 HARNESS E 7 45 (86 — 14 WHT/BLU 292 — >| | 8 1 [23 14 WHT/BLU 293 —(>|2 PLUG 65 __|S|3 BILGE BOW THRUSTER MAIN 14 RED 294—>> HARNESS 4 14 RED/VIO 295 —12|* oor SUEET 3 14 BLK 206—>>|5 rr DETAIL A 1 | —>|6 OPT TWIN DISC TROLL | | = A] iii SYSTEM HARNESS IS 3 45,6 SUPPLIED BY TWIN | DISC W/CONTROL X | | ALK TROLL | Bl 1 [273 — CAN CRUIS SWIM PLATFORM MAIN 16 WHT/BLU 288 — >| | | WHT | | 16 WHT/BLU 289 — >>| 2 oS 65 RED 4576 16 RED 200—T 23 tee | | | X 16 RED/VIO 29124 ВЕР SET 3 22 TT) 8 1 |2 3 16 BLK 299——>|5 | GANG PLANK m8 CAP 50 PLUG 50 + ~ _ Tolevoe ELECT LINE I 16 RED/VIO 1 16 RED/VIO ELECTRONICS T | 16 WHT/BLU 2886P — 2] 1 MATCHES FUSE BLOCK ELECT LINE 2 16 RED/VIO 2 16 RED/VIO AUTOPILOT — 16 WHT/BLU 2896P 121? BIL OF AUTOPILOT 10 RED/VIO 3 10 RED/VIO 16 RED 290GP < 3 HARNESS ELECT LOAD | 16 RED/VIO 4 16 RED/VIO 16 RED/VIO 29IGP REF SHEET 3 | ELECT LOAD 2 16 RED/VIO 5 18 RED/VIO | 16 BLK 2996P —>|5 AUTOPILOT LOAD 10 RED/VIO 6 10 RED/VIO _ 24V DPDT SWITCH ASSY REF DWG 09-922 6 || САР 49 SWITCH PANEL 4 BLK | | er \_ REF DWG 09-932 14 BLU = 2 PRET SN +<| 3 SWITCH PANEL CONTROL STATION NOTES: GROUND BUSS 1) PORT ENG HRNS CONNECTORS TO BE IDENTIFIED WITH RED HEATSHRINK, STBD ENG HRNS CONNECTORS TO BE IDENTIFIED WITH GREEN HEATSHRINK. 2) SWITCH INDICATOR GROUNDS ARE TO BE WIRED TO THE PANEL GROUND CIRCUIT. 3 REF SHEET 6 FOR MAN D2848LE4, THIS SECTION OF PANEL WIRING CHANGES. TO 12VDC ACCESSORY FUSE BLOCK CONTROL STATION SWITCH PANEL W/CAT ENGINES 14 BLK 14 RED/VIO 12 VOLT D.C. RECEPTACLE (1479 91) OLIVNAHHOS PNMIM IO WALSAS TVORLLOATH e 9 NOLLIAS OLIVNAHOS DNIIIAN DA WALSAS TVORLLOATH e 9 NOLLIAS Ol 0 О = Cc = — =. O о © D , 5 Z = O I „== o Pl O CAP5 САР 29 ВЕСЕ НАЯМЕС = REF DWG 09-605 REF DWG 09-605 NEC e 1234756 123456 1234 5678391011 BARNES O1 m EMERGENCY Y YYYYY]) NY] AAN AAN BLGE HAR = ee TITI TITI TITI TT TITI mi 2222 E 3335822 2355580853 3 s222582 20 3 252 2117 2 305838 16 VIO SREL gs 282528, 5560826678 = SS E08 << Г 16/0 ® g ЗВЕНЕ я 85 Step | 566 10 YEL COCKPIT STEREO MEMORY PLUG 38 2 sE 10 RED/VIO 216 | | AFT EMERGENCY BILGE HARNESS 1 10 RED/VIO 215 > | BILGE PUMP со 5 31414BLK_ —— PLUG 60 1 16 RED 226 а MAIN DC GROUND BUSS EXTINGUISHER 2 16 YEL 227 = MODULE 3 16 BLK 228 OIL CHANGE PUMP ou OVERRIDE | 56910BLK у RETRACTABLE cAPYBILGE 1 CABLEMASTER | FWD DC GROUND BUSS AD HARNESS > 589 10 REDMO 1 2 RECEIVER REFSHEET2 ISL 40REDMIO 207 | + 590 10 BLK 2 4 | — 108RN32 MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUSS 5|>[—— 10BRN 328 + + FWD EMERGENCY RI pom TS Mile MN ue 71317 10REDVIO 224 — MAIN 354 14 BLK NEGATVES 8l>T — 14 v0 239 SUNP 300 14 BRN 92T — 140240 5 REF DWG 09-606 307 14BLK |< AFTBIL PLUG 27 d— 1OREDMIOZ15 7] PUMP 311 14BLK — REFOWG 2 10 RED/VIO 223 = | 09-603 31 10 REDMO 216 4 —toreomos — РМО В! MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUS FWD DC RT LS] PUMP — 354 14 BLK C51 REF = L_NEGATIVE BUS A, 1|€<T— 16PNK200 5 © nm ore —= LUG 80 Dal RUDDER ANGLE INDICATOR Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y BORGMARNER 31 16 PNK/BLK 202 — ТТ INTERFACE 4|/<|— 14WHT255 M5 REF SHEET 5 REF DWG 09-610 51 14BLK256 32514RED —X<|2 dE S4416 RED —T< | 30 | 31316BRN —1<| 6 CAPI 1 16 RED 344 353 16BRN —]X| 9 SYSMON 2 16 BLK 345 31016BRN —1<| 10 REFDWG 3 | 224 16BRN —]X| 7 09-606 34516 BLK —}X | 40 — 38116 BLKWHT —K|3 — 33216 GRYMHT —K| 4 | noe о | S316WHT —]X|5 339166RN —X| 11 35116PNK —< | 2 CONTROL STATION M14BKK_ —<| 3 NEGATIVE BUS PORT FUEL — 38016 BLKMHT —<| 31 16 BLK 318 FILTER ] 31716 BRNORN —1<[ 12 16 BLK 320 STBD FUEL 31916 BRNORN —<| 25 12BLK412 FILTER 1? 12BLK 206 | {| {peer | — VV] es [31616 BLK DETECTOR 315 16 УЕ! de 1 < 10 BRN/RED 321 us — FWD DC GROUND BD 346 16 PNK/BLK 16 Nel [ууу] = Buss H716PNKBLK —X| 17 PLUG 22 BILGE NS 10 BRN/RED 327 ИУ У | сы! с я REF de HARNESS | ST 16 BLU 4100 es 355 16 ORN/RED 18 REFSHEET 2 <] 16 YEL411C | OR SHEET 6 4 —< | 4 5 GG 14 BLKRED 232 16 BLK 205 He | 1 < 334 16 BLKWHT el 1— 14BLKRED 283 18 GRNWHT 204 ? 33516 GRYMHT de 5 71<7— 14BLK 234 Р40 C 39 REF 4 $ 54015 GR —<| 2 gl ÉT 14BLK 25 REF | 340 16 3 6| > 3s18W0 —T<| 36 10/€ | — 16BLK4120 >| 1 2 LE << 111<|— 14 RED/VIO 255 | ENGINE | 2 RE | << > 31640 —<| 26 12] ST 16 BLKWHT 256 SYNCHRONIZER % 317 [ EXTINGUISHER |< 82 329 16 VIO DL 13€ 16 VIO 349 / 4 «= 17 <a 1 16 VIO 350 SPUCE 4 — 4 5[> | Ps | 8 <] LOCATION #1 N 6 — C 41 REF —<| 24 —_ 16YEL 41M 7] — >| 7|> 2 —<| 7 N в|> | = H— IS 115] 356 16ORNGRN —1< | 28 SPLICE LOCATION ——m— N > | [| vo LD 18 —K| x 10 416-10 BLK Pa —]<| = lS BLOWERZ | FWD DC —<| à 16 BLU 410M D | 12|> COBRO —— BLOWER 1 <| 35 13) > ГГ J PORT | 3 4131 \ EE EI НЕ т «@ >| 152] — N Зе = N вв 7 MAIN DC REF DWG 09-617 NEGATIVE BUS AN N 16BLK 4128 A t6BU4108S — — — — —— 16 YEL4118 REF DWG 09-624 FOR UNUSED ENGINE OPTION WIRING UNUSED UNUSED STBD PORT [| RUNNING LIGHTS PLUG 2 STBD 1 12 GRY 255 HORN STBD CABIN HARNESS 10 BLK 258 COMPRESSOR/ z 10 GRY 256 PBK CONTROL SION ACCUMULATOR NEGATIVE BU: 3 14 BLU 518 TO WINDLASS SOLENOIDS 4 146RN519 —— REF 09614 5 10 RED/MIO 520 SPOTLT 10BLK 521 — | CON MOD NEGATIVE BUS 6 16 BLK 647 248 10 BLK FWD MASTLT ANCHOR LT Ps ed 14 GRY/WHT 261 14 GRY/WHT 261 1 14 GRY/WHT 261$ HEET2 14 GRY/RED 262 14 GRY/RED 262 2 14 GRYRED 2625 , | ———— 14BLK265 3 14BLK 2658 16 WHT 646 4 14GRY 263 STERNLT 14 REDIVIO 648 14 BLU 644 <| 5 14 BLU 644$ 14 BLK 264 À 15 ORN 6011 14 BLK 659 <) в 14BLK 6598 16 GRN 6012 SPLICE LOCATION 16 WHT 646P < 7 16 WHT 646P STBD SPOILER LT 16 WHT 6013 14 BLK 647P 8 16 BLK 647P 14 BLU 653 44 14 BLK 654 RE PORT SPOILER LT PLUG 43 16 WHT 646M 16 BLK 647M DIGITAL SPOILER LIGHTS DIMMER CS GROUND BUS HORN SOLENOID VALVE STBD CKPT 5010(H)GRN — STBD SPOILER SPEAKER 50106) — CoCKPILIENTS NTROL MODULE sun ttf) — яке | со y WOOFER 50116) 5O101A() 14 BLU 649 J PORT SPOILER PORT CKPT PLUGTIA CAPAS SPEAKER D N | PLUG 46 SPEATER 5009A(+)RED 1 [€1— S000A(+RED | 5009P(+RED 1|>7— 16 RED(+) 5009P RED 5009A) 2 |<7— soma) 5009P{-) 2>+—— 16 RED(-5009P 3 — 14 BLU 651 3 |< 14 BLU 651 3|>—+—— —-—— 14BLU 651F CRE беби 4 —— 14BLK 652 4 |< 14 BLK 652 4|>—+—— 14 BLK 652F 16 BLK 652A 5 14 ORNBLK 213 5 [€4— 140RNBLK213 16 WHT 646P 5|> 16 BLU 646P PORT FWD CKPT LT PORTAFT CKPT LT 6 14BLK 253 6 — 14BLK 253 16 BLK 647P 8[> 16 BLK 647P 10 REDIVIO 5069 12VACCY FUSE BLOCK PLUG 45 CAP 6 P- 16BLUGAGA “] PORTAFTCKPT LT SW 8 10 BLK 5070 12VACCY FUSE BLOCK GROUND 7 16 BLK 647A 97 — 14BLUWHT 5073 сАР14 | | FWD 14BLK650 — a MA CKPTLT у 14BLK 641 CS BRIDES SPLICE LOCATION (BLKGOF A STEREOAMP | CABIN ENTRY SW 14BLU 640 E —— 16 BLU 646F 14 ORNBLK 213 PLUS 1 CS GRND BUS PLUG 16 16 ORNIRED 239 | HIGH PORT WIPER Hire 16 0RN 240 | Low 16BLK251 4 REF SHEET 2 16 RED/VIO 241 CONTROL STATION 16 ORNIGRN 242 STBD WIPER GROUND BUSS 160RN 243 16 BLK 252 CONTROL STATION 46 REDMO 244 PLUG 71 6 Г 5 ¥ GROUND BUSS Г WINDSHIELD WAS 14 REDVIO 249 21112 = SOLENOID VALVE 14 BLK/RED 245 ~® —P 2 14BLK250 14 BLKIRED 246 CS END WINDSHIELD BUS CAPTA VENTS _ _PLUG 25 4 14 WHT/BLU 585 MAIN DC PLUG 24 2 14 WHT/BLU 586 2 BREAKER WINDLASS 3 44 RED 588 3 PANEL REF REFSHEET2 — 4% 14REDIVIO 567 SHEET 4 CAP 30 = 12 BLK 584 BOW THRUSTER il” 14 RED 546 1 SOLENOID CAP26BILGE „> 14 GRN 547 2 = = REFSHEET? 3/97 14YEL 548 3 5 | 412 14 BLU 549 4 MAIN DC $ |? - GROUND BUS | СА T CONNECTOR 14 WHT/BLU 283 PLUS 5 14 WHT/BLU 284 BOW THRUSTER 14 RED 285 HARNESS 14REDIVIO 286 14BLK287 — — 1 = BOWTHRUSTER CONTROLS < © fr N © С ie D 5 = O < © DE ‘2 Z — 0 O N © T © т > = — — O ~~ NA O —h O1 ``” PORT ENGINE ELECTRONIC PORT MODULE EQUALIZER N C12 24 Фо © © — 4/0RED — 4 оО — A — ALTERNATOR 129 8 BLK BATTERY т TEMP SENSOR 16 GRY/WHT 39 STARTER 4/0 RED PORT BATTERIES 4/0 RED POS NEG 4,0 BLK 127 6 RED 100A ENGINE 106 6 RED re ¿NOTE 2 39 — BLOCK 139A 6 RED —— 6 RED _ | BATTERY on [420A 6 RED - ISOLATER PORT 24V MAIN JOA DISCONNECT REF OWNERS MANUEL 470 GRN 14 RED O | BATI — 4/0 RED SO. ENOID FOR SPECIFIC ENGINE on] 178 8 RED INFORMATION 7.5A O | ALT LINE VOL TAGE BAT 2 PORT 12V MAIN 4/0 SENSOR CE ol DISCONNECT SOLENOID 35 — BLK 6 RED RED/VIO 109 8 RED LL 133A 2 RED | | NOTE 2 ^^ — 3 — 5 24vDC of PE В RED NEGATIVE BUS BATT SENSOR) 12VDC MAIN 59 mo Ue er ons FROM MDP STBD 12V MAIN, DISCONNECT 134 A EMERGENCY Ме o dz — 4/0 | 4/0 208 START 6 RED NOTE 2 6 RED 12 BLK | BLK 5 SOLENOID - OA © | 14iA [ООА 4 | STBD 6 RED NOTE 2 6 RED 24V MAIN STBD STBD ENGINE 4/0 GRN DISCONNECT BATTERY | LOAD SOLENOID EQUALIZER Г su 1 24 5 ELECTRONIC | ENGINE | IO © 9 0 CONTROL BLOCK Le EVO 4/0 RED | MODULE L131 8 RED ALTERNATOR 143 — 4/0 RED POS NEG © RED 130 6 RED 70 STBD NOTE 3 BATTERIES STARTER 4/0 RED 132 4/0 BLK 8 BLK WINDL ASS / SWIM PLATFORM FUSE WINDLASS — 1588 — BREAKER ig > RED WINDLASS 4 RED J REF DWG 09-614 195 2 RED SWIM PLATFORM JUMPERS 1001 REF DWG 09-625 REF OWNERS MANUEL TO MAIN DC SH PLA OR FOR SPECIFIC ENGINE NEGATIVE BUS INFORMATION LOAD HE © ВЕБ GENERATOR MAIN POS NEG DISCONNECT SOLENOID > GENERATOR 2 RED BATTERY GRN NOTE: 1) FEEDER TQ FUSE SHALL BE SHEATHED OR IN AN ENCLOSURE, AND SHALL NOT BE GREATER THAN 72" IN LENGTH, 2) FEEDER TO FUSE SHALL BE SHEATHED OR IN AN ENCLOSURE, AND SHALL NOT BE GREATER THAN 40" IN LENGTH. y 2 BLK = GENERATOR O1 O1 © 00 C 3 Oo O = O dD "5 \ WALSAS TVORLLOATH e 9 NOLLIAS (IZT9 91) OLIVNAHHOS PNMIM IO WALSAS TVORLLOATH e 9 NOLLIAS O1 r O1 © о < = 3 © D = > = © (e 5 Z о — O1 Fo esse ses ee NOTE 3 -======еееееенеееенеенеееесенетеееенесессссс) o | | O1 | | @ | | | | | 1 | CAP 7P Г STOP 16 YEL/REDT<| 2 PORT ENG EMER STOP 16 VIO 3 HARNESS | 16 BLU/RED 4 REF DWG 09-865 | NOTE | | | | | | | PLUG | |< | CAP 52 | Ter MET 2 PORT IN) 172 | REF SHEETS 3 <-— 12 RED/VIO 207 Г 5 16 YEL/RED 1 | 4|<H— 10 BRN 322 EMER START 7 — 16 YEL/RED 2 Б| «10 ВВМ 328 — — — | | | | 16 YEL/RED 3 | 6| <— o RED/BLK 223 — 16 YEL/RED 4 | 7|<t— 10 RED/BLK 224 | 8| <— 10 RED/BLK 239 | 9|<4+ 10 RED/BLK 240 | [>] | | | | | = | PNL GND | 1 14 BLK | PLUG 91 2 14 BLU 2022 | REF DWG 3 14 VIO 2023 CAP 7S | 09-610 4 14 RED/VIO 20255 — 1 STBD ENG | 5 14 VIO 2024 16 YEL/RED 2 MASS | 6 14 RED/VIO 2025P 16 VIO 3 09-865 | 16 BLU/RED 4 NOTE I | | ENGINE SYNC | | | | САР 2 { 14 GRY 255 | REF SHEET3 > 14 GRY 756 FWD LL | a | 3 14 BLU 518 —— —Ö>——m— BILGE PUVPS 14 BRN/RED 321 —< | 1 | 4 14 GAN 519 —7 14 BRN/RED 327 —<12 CAP 22 | 5 10 RED/VIO 520 — APTA 16 RED 40 —<| 3 BILGE | — || 4 HARNESS | 6 BLOWERS 16 WHT 41 ~<|* Er creer 3 — 16 BLK/RED 2322 —<|5 | SEE DETAL A | FOR OPTIONAL — 16 BLK/RED 233 —<|6 | TWIN DISC TROLL —<|7 | SWITCH WIRING ls | ~~ — | | — PANEL GROUND ¥ мака — |< |® : DS 16 BLK 412 —<] 10 So TT NEL E 0 14 RED/VIO 2355 | — «| 11 | CAP 47 1| >+— 14 RED/VIO —— ol VAL VES | 16 BLK/WHT 258 —<| 12 REF SHEET 3 2 4REDWIO RO 16 vIO 3493 ——< 13 3|>1— 14 GRY | 16 vo 30 —<!4 4 >4— 14 RED/VIO RUNNING сми вв —<JI5______ 1 | NAVIGATION M 5| >+— UNUSED LIGHTS 14 BLU642 —<| I 6| >— lo RED/VIO ANCHOR 14 GRY/WHT 281 —]<|2 Cp 4 7 | >+— 14 RED/VIO <POILER 1 14 GRY/RED 262 —1<| 3 DECK/ 8| >1— 14 RED/VIO Г! г > 14 RED/VI0 64885 —<|4 re 9 >— 14 RED/VIO | 16 BLU 646 —<|5 Rep SUEET 3 — COCKPIT #—— 14 RED/VIO 648 —H<|e SPOT LIGHT 16 ORN 6011 | — < |7 | 16 GRN 602 —<|8 PLUG 26 | 16 WT 803 —<|s BILGE [| HARNESS REF SHEET 3 TRIM TAB 1 14 RED 546 SWITCH —>— 2 14 GRN 547 595 14 RED/VIO ACCESSORY 27 3 14 YEL 548 Г] I ACCESSORY _ 4 — CONSOLE (p DOWN 14 BLU 549 ONVER TRIM TAB SW 3 |2 |! HARNESS REF 09-868 ELECTR 18 BLU—mH —m—m AH 16BLK WIRE LIGHT | INVERTER = WNDLASS 47 14 WHT/BLU 585 —T<| | cap 24 14 WHT/BLU 586 —1<|2 BILGE 14 RED 588—<| 3 HARNESS NINDLASS _ 14 RED/VIO 587 —}X| 4 REF SHEET 3 RO: 7 45 6 14 WHT/BLU 202 — >| | 8] 1 [23 14 WHT/BLU 293 —(>|2 PLUG 65 — Sa BILGE BOW THRUSTER MAIN 14 RED 294— 1? 4 HARNESS 14 RED/VIO 295 —12|* ВЕР SLEET 3 14 BLK 296 >| 5 [0 DALA | —>|6 ss =— (OPT TWIN DISC TROLL _ _ _ ii _ — _ SYSTEM HARNESS IS To 45,6 SUPPLIED BY TWIN | Xt | 8 1 2 3 — SWIM PLATFORM MAIN 16 WHT/BLU 288 — >| | | 16 WHT/BLU 288 — >|? e 65 7| 45,8 16 RED 290— >| 3 4 HARNESS | X 16 RED/VIO 291 REF SHEET 3 8| 1 [2 3 16 BLK 299 — >| 5 ! GANG PLANK 6 САР 50 PLUG 50 | р — T —| Jo 20€ e ELECT LINE 116 RED/VIO 1 16 RED/VIO ELECTRONICS T | 16 WHT/BLU 28aGP — >| | WATCHES FUSE BLOCK ELECT LINE 2 16 RED/VIO 2 16 RED/VIO AUTOPILOT — 16 WHT/BLU 2896P — | 2 BILGE AUTOPILOT 10 RED/VIO 3 10 RED/VIO UTOPILO _ 16 RED 2906P —>| 3 HARNESS —S|4 ELECT LOAD | 16 RED/VIO 4 16 RED/VIO 16 RED/VIO 2916P 2 = REF SHEET 3 | ELECT LOAD 2 16 RED/VIO 5 16 RED/VIO 1 16 BLK 299GP > AUTOPILOT LOAD 10 RED/VIO 6 10 RED/VIO _ 24V DPDT SWITCH ASSY REF DWG 09-922 _ _ € _ CAP 49 1 SWITCH PANEL 14 BLK <|! ger \_ REF DWG 09-937 14 BLU < 2 SHEET 3 1<| 3 ACCESSORY SWITCH PANEL CONTROL STATION NOTES: GROUND BUSS 1) PORT ENG HRNS CONNECTORS TO BE IDENTIFIED WITH RED HEATSHRINK, TO 12VDC ACCESSORY 4 BLK —d STBD ENG HRNS CONNECTORS TO BE IDENTIFIED WITH GREEN HEATSHRINK. FUSE BLOCK 14 RED/VIO 2) SWITCH INDICATOR GROUNDS ARE TO BE WIRED TO THE PANEL GROUND CIRCUIT. 3) REF SHEET 2 FOR CAT, THIS SECTION OF PANEL WIRING CHANGES. 1e 06] Nor CONTROL STATION SWITCH PANEL W/MAN ENGINES © N Le © fr N oo О = ® — — = о 2 5 51-10 REO/VIO CIO) ver ABN MAN PO oO Sn zZ (QD AEDAID DO 24v5 CAEN MAN == = FRESH WATER PLIMP 14 BRN/WHT = © FRESH WATER PUMP UT — E EN JWHT zZ © FWO CABIN DEHTING 5 | 14 BLU 657 N S AFT CABIN LIEHTING K5— 14 BLU 4 BLUBB— | НЕЕ SHEET 2 O = — — CAP LS = O 12 REO/VO SIB <I] REF AEET 2 2 =n 14 YEL: 14 YEL 402 <a — N POWER VENTS BL 14 VEL. IS GRAN 523 5 О — 4 YEL 16 WHT 524 <|4 GUEST HEAD SYSTEM F2 [4 RED/VIO 6 НЕО 545 <5 OSCHARGE PUMP 14 RED/ VION 16 BLK 25 <le + 7 Z4 VDE | € JO BLK 138 A BLOCK LIGHTING 14 REO/VIO Si4 <|g ACCEQSCRY FXX— CAP 150 UA RED/VIO 1 REF HEET 2 MASTER HEAD SYSTEMH SYH—14 RED/VIO+— 194 BAN/WHT 57/6—— — —<le 14 BAIN/WHT 5/8—— — —1i<b 14 ORN 540 <|4 INTERCOM/PHONE SYSTEM HS 14 RED/VIO 14 BLK VEL. 547 ls ——V—--— 6 RED т<6 GALLEY 12VDC TE — CAP 193 RECEFTACLE | 18 GFN 527 <1 REF SHEET 2 ELECTRIC SOFA |= © ne 25 DE = 3 14 YEL 409 <|5 12 НЕП/УЮ 500 <le ——— |4YEL 407 <I7 TC B <a Ny гл САР 35 IS DAN <I REF SHEET 2 + > JS BLU 226 НЗ 16 ВСК 227 <4 — CAP 36 FOST 1 PCRT SHUNT 24V 15 L4 RED 2177—<|1 FEF SHEET 2 —— PCST 2 | PORT SHUNT 24V EI L4 RED/ELK 218—<|2 — POST 3 | STBD 24V SHUNT IH 14 RED 29—K|3 — POST 4 | STED SHUNT 24V IH 14 FEO/BLK 220—<|4 —PCRT 5 — — FORT L2V SHUNT GI 14 FEO 221—i<ls РСБТ 7 PORT 12V SHUNT |-114 RED/BLK 222s —— PC5T B STBO 12V SHUNT I+1 14 RED 229—KK|7 —— POT 9 | STBO l2V SHUNT IH 14 FEO/BLK 23U—<la — PCS IB To — POET 0 на FULL 14 URN 53 > PESTE nw 4 | L WATER LEVEL | 23/4 IB GRN BH AN REF SHEET E 12 16 YEL 537 > 7 1/4 JS BLU 538 > EMPTY JS BLK 39 Ра 14 FED/VD— = DISCHARGE > TK —— 5 RED—— FULL 18 GAN 54. 1 RER 7? 1/2 16 VHT 532 > b EMPTY 16 YEL 533 3 POWER 16 BLK 534 3 14 RED/VIO 562 > 6 HASTE LEVEL JE RED 5936 > В 16 GRN 527 > | 16 BLK/YEL 535 pan 18 WHT 528 О 14 RED/VIO 597 > la 16 RED 526 > IL 16 GAN 523 7 |2 18 BLK/YEL 5436 > la JE WHT 524 14 T 5 5 JS BLK 475 <<], CAP Le DE 16 BLU 419 < REF SHEET € A 2 BLOWERS De 15 YEL AU <5 + 4 +<|5 TAG ALL JUMPERS 14 FED/VDO 556-14 WHT/FED <|L 5 ив S5L5-14 BLK <|2 CAP 90 PREHEAT СТ 552-14 WHT: <|3 GENERATOR NESTERREKE т 0543-14 RED/WHT <|4 HARNESS CENERATCR & 550-14 RED/VIO 5 REF 99-617 REMOTE SoNG-L4 YEL/RED {|e [GNITION SYSTEM ST ART-AUN-STOP ‘ CAP 27 PORT JENITICN Г JO REO/VIO 215 Il] FEF 0WVG G9-50L 10 RED/VO 223—<p> STBU IGNITION Г . ID REDVO 26— <3 JV REODANVD 224——<|4 PORT 24V — CAP 63 DISEONNECT 4 WT/BLU 266 <P REF ono casa SALENOD l4 WT/RED 267 <b 4 FED 266 <q 4 RED/VIA 289 < 4 М. WHT/BLU 270 < kK STBD 24V | 14 WT/AED 27) < A OS CONNECT | 4 FED 272 < 17 SOLENDIO | (4 FED/ VIO 273 < В Es PORT JN TN PLUG B4 DISCONNECT 4 WHT/BLL 274 > | REF DAG 09-54 SUL ENDID l4 WHT/RED 275 > b 4 RED 276 > | l4 FED/VO 277 > h 4 WHT/BLU 273 > Б STBD |2V | o l4 WHT/RED 279 > В SOLENDIO — el | l4 FEO VO 28) >e | Bb — PLUS B5 14 NHT/BLU BJA 1 REF ONG D9-FOL GENERATOR 1 в | 14 WHT/RED 284A 2 DISCONNECT ye a 14 ПЕС 265% |3 SO_ENID a 2 | 14 HEDNIQ ABA 4 O1 O1 © DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL © N REF DNG 09-283 J > Oo Q > O D "5 \ WALSAS TVORLLOATH e 9 NOLLIAS O1 p/ O1 © с U > Q ©. = © =. o 5 D O - AFT SALON SW (O) x 16BLK656 —] © GLASS STORAGE LT DEDP > O) I 16 BLK 629 © FWD STRM + SHOWER LIGHT со SWITCH 16 BLU 628 ~~ STBD TASK LT PORT TASK LT + M 14 BLK —x M = PEO 696 14 BLK 6004 14 BLU 6005 “3 DCDP 12 BLK 625 14 BLK 6004 14 BLK 6006 14 BLK 698 14 BLK 6000 O | FWD STRM x — SWITCH ни 14 BLU 695 14 BLU 697 14 BLU 699 PORT CNT N STBD VALLT STBD CEN VAL LT VALLT = 14 BLK 660 SALON DC LT p= DCDP 14 BLK 6008 FE 14BLK6010 — 5 | |4 ВК 6002 © AY 655 o 12BLU 626 > 14 BLU 6007 14 BLU 6009 16 BLU —- 14BLU604 ——1 FWD CARIN =F 12 BLU 624 12 BLU 627 CAB ENTRY SW PNL SALON DC LT 14 BLU 6001 2 — — 16 BLU 661 — = LT 16 BLK 621 14BLU600 —[3 AFT CARIN — 14 BLU 630 = +. ese 16 BLK 619 4 ENTRVWAY SW — 16 BLU 616 16 BLU 618 PORT VAL LT 5 BIGE — — 12 BLU 659 5 16 BLU 620 MSTR STRM lo О STEP LT DC MDP. 16 BLU 683 м BLK 684 TERM STRIP 14 BLK 631 1 = ow STRM - DCDP TEP LT MSTR STRM $ ENTRY SW 16 BLK 663 E 16 BLK 665 X | 16 BLU 662 16 BL U 664 sw SWIVEL LT 2 16 BLU 667 16 BLK 6012 16 BLK 670 + 6 FE VANITY LT VANITY LT SW 16 BLU 669 16 BLU 6011 Pe Ш VANITY LT | SOFA CONTROL < L 44 BLK 623 CAP 62__ PLUG 62 BLUE MODULE FWDBUSS = TO SOFA | ур — 16 BLK 686 14 BLK 688 16 BLK 688 CONTROL SWITCH . | ROOM | 16 BLU 685 14 BLU 687 2 16 BLU 687 BLK + | п 14 BLU 622 BLG LT #1 DCDP | ENTRY SW PNL Le] BLG LTS SPLICE LOCATION e | GUEST HEAD PLUG 15 <— 1 RED/VIO 316 14 BLU 604 € autre REF IST 14 YEL 402 14 YEL 402 Map Е ore 3|<T— 16 WHT 524 16 WHT 524 <> x x 5 4|<T— 16 RED 526 16 RED 526 <a 5 |<7— 46 BLK 525 16 BLK 525 <a 418-16 YEL 8<<4+— HEAD 7|<7— 14 BLK 138 — | apor L 14 BLK 403 HEAD 8 |<] 14-REDVIO 514 5 DCDP 9 YEL 419 16 BLU 506 610-16 BLU GALLEY + VENT DCDP 14 16 BLU 648 x BLK 406 FWD STATEROOM 16 BLK 613 16 BLK 649 | HEAD LT #1 HEAD LT #2 C PHONE PLUNGER SW sw = - 14 BLK 515 GALLEY 12V [5002-12 BLK N + DCDP GROUND DD GROUND ACCY RECEPT 001-12 RED/VIO CAP32 PLUG 32 BUSS «+ MASTER HEAD Depp 1 14 BLU 600 5 — 9| SIT 14 YEL 400 BES 13 1 < 16 GRN 527 3 < 16 СЕМ 527 1 DO NOT FLUSEK TO FLUSH <T— 16 WHT 528 <]— 16 WHT 528 x x SHEET 1 2 с 4 2 2 3| ST 16 RED 530 POWER VENT 5 16 RED 530 3 4| ST 16 BLK 529 ol ST 16 BLK 529 4 5|ST—14YEL400 7 TS M 42 42 6| ST 12 REDVIO 501 417144 YEL — T<| 3|T— 14 YELa17 7| <T— 14 YELLOW 407 1 ——01-144BLK —<| o|<T— 14BLK 601 HEAD LIGHT SWITCH 8|<T DCDP TE 03-16BLK — — [<| 49 S— 1eskeos — |] | [7 67144BLU | o|<T ° 602-16 BLU —1<| {<1 16 BLU 602 — MSTR STRM HANG LT << SHOWER LT (6 BLU 675 (0BLU GTO — 12 16 BLU673 TX X 16BLU677 7X = 16 BLU 681 16 BLK 674 16 BLK 676 16 BLK 678 16 BLK 680 16 BLK 682 — — CAP33 _—_ HEAD LT #1 HEAD LT #2 HEAD LT #3 HEAD HEAD LT #5 PLUG 35 [< [< REF 2<+— << |< SHEET 1 e 2 el - 3 a 16 BLU 226 3 2 BREAKER TEXT LIGHTING 4[S] 16 BLK 227 al] PLUG 33 REF DWGS — PLUG34 09-630,09-631 OR 09-634 a 36 <7— PORT 24V SHUNT (+) 14 RED 217 > 4 PORT 24VDC SHUNT SHEET 1 > E PORT 24V SHUNT (-) 14 RED/BLK 218 BE 2 — STBD 24V SHUNT (+) 14 RED 219 3 3 E STBD 24V SHUNT (-) 14 RED/BLK 220 2 4 STBD 24VDC SHUNT NOTE 1 4| A— — PORT 12V SHUNT (+) 14 RED 221 5 —] PORT 12VDC SHUNT 5|< PORT 12V SHUNT (-) 14 RED/BLK 222 > 6 o С 6|<1— STBD 12V SHUNT (+) 14 RED 229 —12|; STBD 12VDC SHUNT 7|<T— STBD 12V SHUNT (-) 14 RED/BLK 230 —> 8 8|1<+— + 9 9— — CAP 34 SHUNT HARNESS REF 09-904 A 14 1 16 ORN 535 3 16 YEL 537 4 16 BLU 538 5 16 BLK 539 6 PLUG 150 41 FRESH 41 FRESH REF SH1 WATER PUMP Öl 575-14BLK = WATER PUMP 14 BRN/WHT 576 DCDP (6) 577-14BLK 7 Mía ra DISCHARGE PUMP 14 BRN/WHT 578 DCDP RED 14 ORN 540 S| A 14 BRN TR, 14 BLK/YEL 542 с B [ST 14 BLK/YEL > SEACOCK SW SHOWN W/SEACOCK 14 BLK 541 © 14 BLK BLK IN CLOSED POSITION 86 85 | = 1 + N 1 N Ne J 3 DN “1 PORT DC GROUND BUSS M23 F23 15 CAP 3 > й FULL SHEET 1 > > [16 WHT532 EMPTY MASTER HEAD 3 |>7 16 YEL 533 M14 Fg 4 [PT 76 BLK 534 HOLDING TANK 5 [14 REDNVIO 562 1 T RED 6 || 76 RED 530 >|+ GRN 7 > T6 GRN 527 3 BRN 8 || 6 BLKYEL 535 4/ T BLKIYEL o |? | 76 WHT 528 5[<T WHT 10 |>] 74 REDIVIO 582 14BLK 563 TS] 6[ST BLK 11 |>[ 16 RED 526 12 [ZT 6 GRN 523 = GUEST HEAD 13 |216 BLK/YEL 536 PORT DC GROUND BUSS VACUUM 44 || 16 WHT 524 M15 E15 va&6ÜR TOR 15 [>] PUMP — 1 T RED 2/ | GRN 3/ T BRN 4 BLK/YEL 5(<T WHT 14BLK583 TS] 6/ST7 BLK - PORT DC GROUND BUSS © o N (167991) ILIVNAHHOS DNI AN CT NIQVIJ BLG LT #2 XX 16 BLK 690 16 BLU 689 16 BLU 691 16 BLK 692 BLG LT #3 16 BLU 693 16 BLK 694 BLG LT #4 WALSAS TVORLLOATH e 9 NOLLIAS © fr © ~~ o < — ju > Q os = 2. =. O > O) o © < О < =X 5 я © = © : O = PORT = X 24VDC LOAD TERMINAL = (7 ( UNE SHUNT POST BEHIND E PORT 24 VDC AA = DC DIST PNL FN N LOAD SIDE GR 50 CABIN MAN 1018 REDNIO = DCDISTPNL O “e ENGINE IGNITION 215A 14 REDVIO | > Г 216A14REDIVIO —— <<) 9 CAP 38A Q “40 240 VAC CABLEMASTER = REF DWG = BUS BAR ng 5039 AREDMO apr 8 z MAN ENGINES 10" BILGELGHTS 5040 14 REDVIO —— 9 IN ap ELECTRONIC CONTROL — 0 NBUREDMO | 1 USEDFOR 15 AMP FOR CUMMINS © Lyx ACCESSORY — ° — ENGINE EVENT RECORDER 377 14 REDVIO y CAPE 5 378 14 REDVIO — |, “e EMERGENCY BILGE PORT 24V | "ЛЕ «FWD EMERGENCY PUMP LINE SIDE RED 75 PORT TERMINAL POST AT 52 NDBILGE PUNP 12VDC LOAD DC DISTRIBUTION Le AR 8 RED/VIO 75 AFT SUMP PUMP A Do 151 8 RED/VIO = 1 151 2 REDMO “ze PORT BLOWER E BLOCK 1.5 12VDC(+) PORT 12 VDC PORT 12V A LOAD SIDE Fu 50 CABIN “xx ACCESSORY TOPORTIV ~~ A LINE SIDE ¿RED 40 STEREO MEMORY 1000-2 REDVIO USED BY i 100L-2 RED/VIO 540CMY ONLY 100 § REDVIO 100 4 REDMO a ON ROL STATION — SB SINGLE TERMINAL LINE 24VDC Lop POSTAT CONTROL REF DWG SHUNT STATION 09-601 09-609 STBD 24 VDC UNUSED 1 CAP53 STBD24V —————— — LOAD SIDE 6 RED 5 CONTROLSTATION | MAN 500-14 YEL 9 USED BY 540CMY ONLY = “457 ENGINE IGNITION BUSBAR — | 1° 558 140RN | 4 CAP18 “407 120 VAC CABLEMASTER ——— 501-44YEL |, REFDWG — UNUSED | у 0960 MAN ENGINES “40- HORN COMPRESSOR 689 4BLURED 4 ay ELECTRONIC CONTROL 312 14 BRNIRED 5 5 20" OILCHANGE PUP 566 14 YEL 6 15AMPFOR CUMMINS — | XX ACCESSORY 409 44 YEL REF DIG “XX ACCESSORY 408 14 VEL 09-619 - ENGINE EVENT RECORDER NE SDE > 141 — — 5 SYSTEMSMONITOR 6 RED 5 TERMINAL POST TN BUSBAR —— 75 AFTBILGE PUMP Ea 1140-2 REDVIO USED BY — FWD 114L-2 RED/VIO 540CMY ONLY 15. SUMP PUMP 114 8 RED/VIO e 114 2 RED/VIO 7-1 8REDMIO ACCY FUSE BLOCK 12VDC 15 STBD BLOWER STBD 12 VDC 104 8 RED/VIO (0 (014 2REDMO 8 RED/VIO ELEC FUSE BLOCK 12VDC STBD 12V ~ LOAD SIDE ВЫ 50 ELECTRONICS NE A0 sm 104U-2 REDIVIO | USED BY 540CMY ONLY BUS BAR “50 CONTROL STATION sant 0 104L-2REDVIO u “yy ACCESSORY 2 TERMINAL POST —_ AT CONTROL STATION 325-16 REDVIO — < 1 CAP 17 560-14 REDVIO —< 2 321-144 BRNRED —< 3 306-14 BRNRED —< 4 326-14 BRNORN —< 5 327-14 BRNRED —< 6 309-14 BRNRED —< 7 323-144 BRNVEL —< 8 567-144 REDMO —< 9 UNUSED < 10 PORT Wy 305-14 BRNIORN —< 11 SOLENOD 214A-140RN AM 7 456 ME STBD 24V MAIN i 33 Te o —— Pee SOLENOD 16RED268B —— > 3 3 48-85 16 REDMO 2698 — > 4 16 WHT/BLU2708 —— x 5 8 1123 16 WHTIBLU271B —— $ ra 16 RED 2728 E GENERATOR 16 RED/VIO 273B [2 8 BATTERY —9 SOLENOID — 1, 45,8 16WHT/BLU2838 ——< САР 60 8 1123 16WHT/BLU2848— —— 16 RED 285B —— —< 3 PORT 12V 16 RED/VIO 2868 —< 4 MAIN BATTERY SOLENOID 7 456 Г 16 WHT/BLU 274B —< STBD 12V MAIN + 4 CAPET BATTERY 8 4123 16 WHT/BLU 275B DIE SOLENOID 16RED2768 518 j 48/8 16 REDVIO277B —< 4 + 16 WHTBLU 2788 —— 5 8 423 16 WHT/BLU2798 — |g 16 RED280B 7 16 REDVIO 281B ——< $ 14BLK282 9 MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL _ REF DWG 09-950 с O1 O 0 Cc = o O = О D 3 WALSAS TVORLLOATH e 9 NOLLIAS (Fic. 6.31.1) Drawing No. 09-605 CABLE MASTER WIRING SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Ne 7 WHITE OUT OLD POWER SWITCH (SEE NOTE 3) A UNIT #1 / (BLUE (— GRANGE) (CHANNELS 1 & 2) Е? (© | {D or | [= LT | OUT \ BLACK IN J O O CUT — -BLACK| | POWER | RED a J POWER SWITCH OFF — SWITCH A CABLEMASTER RELAY ASSEMBLY | | Part # 04034 | IN | ВАТТЕВУ | + T | ` | POSITIVE(+ 12/24/32V POWER ——- — — (SEE NOTE | = | DCINPUT SWITCH GREEN WHITE) | «= np RED _ | - -| POS. + RED 1 ро д MERD — ooo 7 (Remote- RED) - = VEÍA — =O NEG.- | WHITE 2 | = À (REMOTE YELLOW) NEGATIVE(-) = [| (Remote-BLACK) (Rmt-Yellow or Purple) - — И о— — — — — — — — — — — — — — Я о — — — — — e — — — — — — — — — — — — — BLACK 3 0) BLACK J (REMOTE-GREEN) Ш IN 4 (REMOTE-BLACK) Motor LIMIT “ Bl FUSE 5A Output SWITCH 5 ORANGE и > _ () || orRANGE| OUT 6 OD) IN-LIMIT BLACK | BLACK | SWITCH 7 ( ) 12V DC USE AMP BREAKER OUT-LIMIT A Red & 12,24,0R 32V White/Brown MOTOR 2AB2V DC USE 10 AMP BREAKER SWITCH | Stripe wires (SEE NOTE-2) GLENDINNING MARINE PROD. | connect CONWAY, SC 843-399-6146 together | as of \_ J | | 10/9/00 O O / \ (REMOTE-BLACK) EE EEE EEE EE неее RADIO CONTROL | IF OPERATING TWO CABLEMASTERS OT RECEIVER Ao Her 12VDC y (CHANNELS 3 84) San | | ya O ON POWER SWITCH | NOTE: 4 CABLEMASTER rauvsssses N | WITH THE NEW RELAY ASSEMBLY A - | 12VDC REMOTE CONTROL IS REQUIRED > Same many | POWER | TO BE USED FOR ALL VOLTAGES (SEE NOTE) | - = DCINPUT | SWITCH | den | (12,24 OR 32VDC) - |P0s.+ | RED 1 | BATTERY _ N I] WHITE | (REMOTE-PURPLE) NEGATIVE(-) | al > NEG >. WHITE 2 m us | | C BLACK BLACK 3 \ (REMOTE-TAN) | ) — < | МОТЕ: \ 7 4 or LIMIT — | = | 1) Connect Battery positive lead via fuse or circuit breaker. - > a SWITCH 5 < | See Installation Manual for routing. ORANGE ORANGE| OUT 6 N IN-LIMIT | M \ BLACK - > LIMIT la! || SWITCH | Circuit Breaker Specs: AV - || BLACK | SWITCH 7. il CM7-12 VOLT 20 AMP BREAKER 8-10 RUNNING AMPS OUT-LIMIT | CM7-24 VOLT 10 AMP BREAKER 5-6 RUNNING AMPS 12.24.0R 32V ef SWITCH | CM7-32 VOLT 10 AMP BREAKER 5-6 RUNNING AMPS MOTOR GLENDINNING MARINE PROD. | 2) For low profile Cable Master Installation, the motor leads CONWAY, SC 843-399-6146 must be reversed for correct limit switch operation. \_ J | See Manual for more information. 3) To connect 6 wire Power Switch to New Relay attach: _RED wire to #1 pos on relay barrier strip 550 Sundancer® 6.31 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SYSTEM MONITOR SCHEMATIC (FIG. 6.32.1) fr ce HEAT DETECTOR > 31516 YEL PORT CAT DIAGNOSTIC (-) 2 |>— 351 16 PNK PORT OIL PSI 3 > 331 16 BLK/WHT PORT WATER TEMP 4 |>— 332 16 GRY/WHT PORT TRANSMISSION TEMP 5 |> 333 I6 WHT TWO LINE EMERGENCY BILGE PUMP 6 >— 313 16 BRN LCD DISPLAY FWD EMERGENCY PUMP 7 > — 324 16 BRN 8|>— FWD BILGE PUMP 9 |>— 353 16 BRN SYSTEMS MONIT OR AFT BILGE PUMP 10 |>— 310 16 BRN PORT EXHAUST TEMP 1 >— 33916 GRN PORT FUEL FILTER COND 12 >—— 317 16 BRN/ORN STBD CAT DIAGNOSTIC (-) 3 | >+—352 16 PNK RG6/U COAX FROM BILGE TO DISPLAY STBD OIL PS 4 27 33416 BLK/WhT STBD WATER TEMP 5 |>— 335 I6 GRY/WHT PORT CAT DIAGNOSTIC (+) 16/>— 346 16 PNK/BLK STBD CAT DIAGNOSTIC (+) 17 >— 347 16 PNK/BLK PORT SERVICE ENG SOON 8 >— 355 16 ORN/RED PORT TRANSMISSION TEMP (+) 19 > — 336 16 WHT REF DWC AAA STBD TRANSMISSION TEMP (+) 20>— 340 16 GRN 9-60 STBD TRANSMISSION TEMP (-) 2 | >—336 16 GRN SHEET 4 STBD EXHAUST TEMP 22|>+— 340 |6 GRN +> 23 > +>24 >+— STBD FUEL FILTER COND 25/>— 319 16 BRN/ORN PORT IGN 26|>— 337 16 VIO \_ J 4527 >— STBD SERVICE ENG SOON 28|>+— 356 16 ORN/GRN + 24VDC 29|>1— 325 14 RED SYSTEMS MONITOR INDICATOR PANEL + 24VDC Sl ag 16 RED _ GEN OIL 31>— 330 16 BLK/WHT REF 14-808 SS > 34 >— +> 35 > STBD IGN 36|>— 33816 VIO GEN IGN 37>— 329 16 VIO —>|38>— GROUND 39|>— 341 14 BLK GROUND >|40)>}— 345 16 BLK — J BACK LT BLU \_ J REF DWG 09-601 SYSTEMS MONITOR PROCESSING MODULE AN TIN ШИ = REMOTE ALARM CONTROL STATION GROUND BUSS 6 RED | 344 16 RED 6 BLK 2 345 16 BLK 3 Drawing No. 09-606 \_ J 6.32 550 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM \. STOVE TOP SWITCH WIRING DIAGRAM (FIG. 6.35. 1) STOVE TOP REMOTE MICRO SWITCH NOTES: 1) RELAYS SHOWN IN DEENERGIZED POSITION,SWITCH SHOWN WITH rd STOVE COVER IN PLACE. © STOVE BREAKER REF DWG 09-630/09-632 GROUNDING BUSS STOVE BREAKER REF DWG 09-632 NEUTRAL BUSS GROUNDING BUSS Drawing No. 09-607 7 —' O—— 12 BLK C G 12 BLK | — C— 12 RED С O 12 RED STOVE 240VAC G > С A > J 12 GRN STANDARD 240VAC/60HZ STOVE TOP REMOTE MICRO SWITCH DA © у — —' O—— 12BLK C G 12 BLK 12 WHT S р 12 WHT STOVE 220VAC С Ш _ 5 NU, 12 GRN STANDARD 220VAC/50HZ 550 Sundancer® 6.33 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Bow THRUSTER SCHEMATIC (Fie. 6.34.1) 4/0 GAN FROM MOTOR NEG. TO CASE GROUND — 4/0 BLK + NOD | VENDOR SUPPLIED | BOW THRUSTER or A 9 | | BATTERIES > | son A Bl 4/0 RED- THRUSTER | | 14 BLU | > BOW + MOTOR | Z| >t 14 RED 2 THRUSTER 350 | - A BK 3 — CONTROL | | JOYSTICK | 41 >+ 14 WHT 41> | [4/0 RED 230| Y5 IS | à, WET 4/0 RED ay LE ) NOTE 3 NOTE | NOTE 2 506! 5060 10 BLK 10 RED PLANT TO INSTALL bl dE ooo a | JUMPERS N | BOW THRUSTER HARNESS В CONTROL STATION | УМ | REF DWG 09-854 a SWITCH PANEL - В REF DWG 09-601 | í | P65, | C65 30 — 0 THRUSTER | 283-14 WHT /BLU | ВАТТЕВУ 284-14 WHT /RED 2 | CHARGER | 285-14 RED = | во 286-14 RED/VIO 4 | 288-14 BLK = | | — — | | 61> | | | | | p--------- - NOTE: — 8164/35 | МОР | I) MAIN FEED NOT TO EXCEED 72" AND ENTIRE LENGTH MUST BE SHEATHED. | REF DWC 09-831 2) FUSE LEAD ATTACHES DIRECTLY TO 350 AMP ANL FUSEHOLDER. FUSE LEAD TT ; VUST NOT EXCEED 40" AND ENTIRE LENGTH MUST BE SHEATHED. 3) FUSE LEAD ATTACHES DIRECTLY TO SOLENOID AND MUST NOT EXCEED 7" Drawing No. 09-608 6.34 550 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - BATTERY SOLENOID SCHEMATIC REF DWG 09-504 ос MAIN DC BREAKER (Fra. 6.35.1) 129 8BLK 12VDC PANEL NOTE 1 131 8BLK MAIN — NOTE 1 1448 2 RED 40RED — LI o GI 40RED 143B2RED —] PORT STBD PORT PO o MAIN DC PORT UE 12V fv 1 DETER | MaNDG LOAD LINE 1316 RED NEGATIVE BUSS 8D BATTERY #1 1 __ TO GENERATOR LOAD o 28LK — NEGATIVE TERMINAL | NEGATIVE BUS — 4 12 = 133 = 12 A | 4/0 RED 4/0 RED 8 RED © Q © © RED = |? © STBD PORT GENERATOR 8D BATTERY #2 PORT BATTERY STBD 8D BATTERY #2 BATTERY BATTERY EQUALIZER PORT STBD EQUALIZER 12V 12V SOLENOID | SOLENOID > pd 5 REF 4/0 RED BILGE HARNESS Theo | 68 — RED 09-802 {ЗЕ sume wre on PA am am se mue LIE emmm — PORT 12V 47T 14REDMIO277B Лав се [ОГ {4 RED 2T6A | В 277A 14 REDIVIO 71714171 14 REDMO 277A —1S14 PORT 12V 1 4576 $<— 14 WHTIBLU 2788 1, 23 OST 14 WHTIRED 2798 — 14RED280B 4 </— 14 REDMO 281B STBD 12V 5] 44 14BLK282 — 278A 14 WHT/BLU —2| 927 14 WHT/BLU 278A ED R34 LT P67 = GENERATOR —— 2RED 279A 14 WHT/RED —2| 027 14 WHT/RED 279A T<| 6 74 118 MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUS STARTER SA RED o BI М | | GENERATOR 15| 9> <q STBD12V SOLENOID cn сы С 497.6 1/<7— 14 WHT/BLU 2838 1 [273 2/S1— 14 WHT/RED 2848 P31 C31 Re Jj <|— 14 RED 2658 14 WHT/BLU 283A 14 WHT/BLU 283A 1 ! GENERATOR 14 REDIVIO 2868 14 WHT/RED 284A 14 WHT/RED 284A 2< P60 14 RED 285A 14 RED 285A | Тож oP 14 REDIVIO 286A 14 REDIVIO 286A 4 R MAIN DC GANG PLANK RED GANG PLANK C66 lle SWITCHES hd REF SWITCH REF 09-604 GANG WINDLASS/ WINDLASS GENERATOR BK SWIM PLATFORM BREAKER HARNESS 09-817 4GA SOA, FUSE NOTE 2 0 80 518 2 RED WINDLASS 457.6 RED NOTEZ | RED REF DWG 09-614 1 16 WHT/BLU 288GB 4GA 1123 22 16 WHT/BLU 289GB RED 143 JUMPERS 0 195 2 RED SWIMPLATFORM 16 RED 290GB 2RED REF DWG 09-625 47 16REDVIO291GB — BATT EMER SWIMPLATFORM iT > 168LK © START BREAKER © P107 Q PORT SOLENOID STRD Q — o 9) 24V 24V О o DC DIST PNL = 75 LOAD SOLENOID SOLENOID D 75 AG Y Е UD DS Ps | 208 wr 12 1 —] 6 [A] = > BLK BILGE HARNESS 1123 25 — 14 WATIRED 2678 MAIN DC ce _ 09-802 NeT ZT 14 RED 2688 75 NEGATIVE BUS 266A 14 WHT/BLU —<[1|$T— 14WHTBLU266A 72/1 547 PORT 24V 177 14 REDMIO 2008 Dre 2674 14 WHTIRED —— — 152% 14WHTIRED267A 22 > Ta 268A 14 RED <| 3 14 RED 268A 3 | 269A 14 REDVIO 7 |47- 14REDVIO269A 1714 PORT 24V 45,6 >— 14 WHT/BLU 270B — E и | >— 14 REDNVIO 2738 — 270A 14 WHT/BLU —<|5<— 14WHTBLU270A — —>|3 634 17 Bd 75 — 271M 14 WHTIRED 1 | 8<— 14WHTIRED271A —72| 6 33418 STBD 24 C68 907 1594 140A 149 141A | — 272A14 RED с 1 14 RED 272A iy o ВВ) 6 РЕ) 6 BED AREN M 273A14REDVIO IS | EL MREDMOZA BIT ES 2 REDIIO P69 P63 NOTES: ! | ! | = 1) FEEDER TO FUSE SHALL BE SHEATHED OR IN AN ENCLOSURE, ED RED de RED NEGATE BLS AND SHALL NOT BE GREATER THAN 72" IN LENGTH. 400 100 AMP 40 2) FEEDER TO FUSE SHALL BE SHEATHED OR IN AN ENCLOSURE, RED REF DWG FUSES (TYP) RED MAIN BATTERY SOLENOID SCHEMATIC , PORT PORT STBD STBD AND SHALL NOT BE GREATER THAN 40" IN LENGTH. PORT STARTER 09-601 NOTE 2 STED SH 5 24 2 24V 24V | LINE LOAD LOAD LINE STARTER | . REF DWG 09-604 Drawing No. 09-609 MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL \. J 550 Sundancer® 6.35 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM BORG/WARNER INTERFACE SCHEMATIC CAP91 [NV Y Y TO CONTROL STATION SW PANEL REF DWG 09-601 SH 2 (Р1с. 6.36.1) + EE III ITI DAPM===> OOO LLE NNNNN NN AN OOOOOOOO СЕ С С С С COMPASS/SYSTEMS MONITOR — — + PLUG 87 TO 24 VDC LIGHTING Е 2 CONVERTOR D|> BACKLIGHTING 2022B 16 GRN ~~ — C|> B|> А|> _ CAP 80 ut BILGE HARNESS 2 REF DWG 09-601 > 1 >>} UNUSED SH 3 3 MMDC 2 5151 UNUSED = &5 RUDDER ANGLE 3 >|>255 18 WHT 200 18 WHT 1 a 4 >| > UNUSED UNUSED 2 © STBDFUEL 5{>|>1-202 18 WHT | 202 18 WHT 3 o PLUG 85 6 15151 UNUSED 255 18 WHT 4 =, UNUSE5 2027 16 RED À ANALOG INST 7V REGULATED PORTFUEL 183 200 JE WHT rr 256 18BLK 5 UNUSED С PORT SWITCHED IGNITION 9 >| >1 2024 18 WHT 1 — Ш UNUSED D STBD SWITCHED IGNITION —104>|>-2023 18WHT — FWD DC 7 EP D PORT UNSWITCHED 24VDC 11>] > 2025P 18 WHT — SH> UNUSED STBD UNSWITCHED 24VDC 12>|>+20255 18WHT — — GROUND < UNUSED F 1315 > UNUSED BUSS à 2H | UNUSED G 14{>|>} UNUSED 7 > unusED UNUSED H 15/5 5} UNUSED zZ а 2028 16 WHT J ANALOG INST DATA 1815151 UNUSED Q Ш 2026 16 BLK K ANALOG INST GND 171SI SÍ UNUSED = (D _ 181>| >t UNUSED 9 = 1915| 5} UNUSED PLUG 81 > 2 : CORTATAL) 31 1891288 162 BER mise E]: 5 J - 4 | < 3 USE? STBDATA(+) 22 +>|>-259 16/2 RED 2 TO PORT ENGINE zZ O A VU STBD ATA(-) — 2315|>-260 16/2 BLK HARNESS Q GROUND 24 t2|>}-2030 18 BLK REF DWG 09-810 о q PLUG 70 Ш 8 S CAP 82 E 3 SS SPLICE POINT 1 259 16/2 RED X 1 oT а! = 2 TOSTBD ENGINE = FWD DC HARNESS SQ GROUND REF DWG 09-810 ZE BUSS - o 62 082 = m9 IST oka о © Ш += = “TE: 225 DETAILA 299 o HC X x TOD ое“ O со 50 à à à PLUG 86 от === L UNUSED 533 K RED 7VDC REGULATED Ш Ш Ш J BLK INSTRUMENT GROUND о саб wn H WHT INSTRUMENT DATA Ш © с GRN LIGHTING CONVERTOR = Drawing No. 09-610 (1 of 2) < J 6.36 550 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM \. TV & STEREO CoaXIAL CABLE SCHEMATIC NOTE: W/DSS RECEIVER DELETE THE VCR, S-VIDEO GOES TO BOSE LS 35 IN THE VCR POSITION SALON TV (FIG. 6.37.1) COCKPIT STEREO o , LINE OUT (RH @ | WHITE aaa N | TO COCKPIT SALON REMOTES REMOTE DSS RECEIVER (OPT) (S) s- VIDEO "IN ® S- VIDEO "OUT (9) © BOSE LS- 35 con coms comm coms coms coms coms coms coms coms COD coms coms coms coms comm] coms coms coms coms ood Drawing No. 09-612 (1 of 6) 550 Sundancer® 6.37 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM TV & STEREO COAXIAL CABLE SCHEMATIC (Ето. 6.38.1) ВОАТ ANTENNA SHORE TO я INLET CO MON. /TV AMP BOAT VHF 12VDC FUSE BLOCK ANTENNA 502 505A ANTENNA SPOILER A OUT B CONTROL COAX VHF/FM CONNECTIONS ANTENNA 5058 COUPLER IN 504 VCR UT OUT - 4-WAY SPLITTER S-VIDEO 500 OUT 507 BOW SHORE BOSE LS 35 INLET OUT OUT OUT 527 503 538 S-VIDEO 5007 GUEST MASTER COCKPIT STRM STRM TV SALON TV TV TV CONTROL STATION STEREO Drawing No. 09-612 (2 of 6) 6.38 550 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM \. TV & STEREO CoaXIAL CABLE SCHEMATIC (FIG. 6.39.1) Drawing No. 09-612 (3 of 6) 507 BOAT VHF ANTEN NA VHF/FM ANTENNA COUPLER UT OUT BOAT ANTENNA SHORE TO e )'NLET CO MON. /TV AMP 12VDC FUSE BLOCK 502 505A ANTENNA SPOILER A OUT B | GAN CONTROL COAX CONNECTIONS 5058 504A DSS 504B RECH VER (OPT) S- VIDEO | VCR 4- WAY SPLITTER S-VIDEO x OUT 200 BOW SHORE BOSE LS 35 INLET OUT OUT OUT 527 503 538 S-VIDEO GUEST MASTER COCKPIT STRM STRM TV SALON TV TV 5007 CONTROL STATION STEREO 550 Sundancer® 6.39 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM \. TV & STEREO CoAaXIAL CABLE SCHEMATIC (F1G. 6.40.1) CUBE SPEAKERS SALON TV SURROUND SPEAKERS R L R SALON SUBWOOFER S-VIDEO VCR DSS Drawing No. 09-612 (4 of 6) ZONE 1 ZONE 2 TV. TAPE VCR AUX L C MSTR STRM SUB WOOFER MASTER STRM TV L R (OPT) LCD/DVD | UNE OUT FROM COCKHT STEREO J 6.40 550 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM TV STEREO COAXIAL CABLE SCHEMATIC (FiG. 6.41.1) KVH ANT 2nd RECEIVER VCR ANTENNA VA | OPTION CABLE — RF2 [1] LÑL Id NN / — ~ / (5) — 7 — J — © ‚ comer / O DSS еее < | 7 RECEIVER ,... , ARCH BREAKDOWN RF LOCATION ON/OFF SWITCH COAX IN FROM A/B SWITCH (REF DWG. 09-612) COAX OUT FROM TV SPLITTER SYSTEM (REF DWG. 09-612) DATA 5 AMP DSS HAS TWO (2) OUTPUTS; ONE (1) TO VCR INPUT & PORT ONE (1) TO TV INPUT. THESE ARE AUDIO LEFT AND AUDIO RIGHT AND VIDEO INPUTS. SALON TV (4) POWER FROM 12VDC ELECTRONIC FUSE BLOCK AT HELM FUSE AT 5 AMPS. (5) RF ANTENNA (3) 12vDC (6) WIRE SIZE FOR POWER CABLE : 0" TO 50' 14 AWG 50' TO 80' 12 AWG 80' PLUS 10 AWG (7) PHONE LINE ROUTE TO C-PHONE MODULE PARALLEL W/SHORE CONNECTION Drawing No. 09-612 (5 of 6) 550 Sundancer® 6.41 Na TV & STEREO COAXIAL CABLE SCHEMATIC (Fra. 6.42.1) Drawing No. 09-612 (6 of 6) SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM BASEPLATE CONNECTOR ASSIGNMENTS SINGLE IRD INSTALLATION | RF1 © Go) J13 (power) RF2 © SECOND IRD INSTALLATION J14 (DATA) TracVision 4 Antenna Baseplate (Bottom View) TO RECEIVER DC Power LU 1 DC in RHCP VHF/UHF LHCP +13V +18V Multiswitch - BLU/WHF—NetUsed WHT/BLU— Net Used — — — — > _ > ——— —> WHT/ORG—PE€E GND GRYWHT—PE-TXD WHT/GRY — PE-RXD GRN/WHT— Net Used WHT/GRN-—Net Used Diagnostics Output Power On Light +12 Vdc - Ship's Power Ground - Ship's Power 6.42 550 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WINDLASS WIRING SCHEMATIC (FG. 6.43.1) Drawing No. 09-614 WINDLASS BREAKER SOLENOID tes DOAN ELK LOAD SIDE OF Zar . | (+) 80 © о O BATTERY SWITCH 7 5 AMP 5 AMP г Fs RED 6| ВЕО 6 RED6 + RED6 MOTOR UOUNTINC — BOLT | ED a 3HEAKER a DOWN PANEL REF 14 RED 4 RED/ VIO DWG 09-604 4 WHT/BLL PLUG 25 CAP 25 RED 6 WINDLASS SOLENOID 4 WHT/BLU 527 +> || AE SACK —— 14 WHT/BLU 528 += | 2 ое BACK I —— 14 RED530 +> | 3 or RED 6 — - A 4R/V 529 1> Во (=) | > DOWN GREEN 4 4 BLU 572 14 GRN 573 MAIN DC GROUND BUSS PLUG 24 NEGATIVE TO STBD ENGINE WINDLASS HARNESS 2 3 4 5 © CONTROL STATION SWITCH PANEL REF 09-601 550 Sundancer® 6.43 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WESTERBEKE DIESEL GENERATOR SCHEMATIC PART OF P 40 (FIG. 6.44.1) REF 09-601 96-14 WH1/RED 5 CONTROL 4 STATION PART OF M 5 REF 09-601 31 SYSTEMS 37 MONITOR Г. и ен НН НН НН НН НН НН НН НН НН НН НН НН НН НН НН ve = 1 r —O — — — — — o —_— —_— — ———— — —— — — — — НО — — —— — = | | | | | | | | GENERIC WESTERBEKE DIESEL | | c ool pao E 15 POSITION CAP | | 8 7 | 550-14 RED/VIO = | 1] 14 RED/VIO | | JUMPER l> 557-14 WHT/RED —> | 21|>— 14 WHT/RED al | | - 5656-14 YEL/RED +> | 31 > 14 YEL/RED ese I2VDC | | > 5 > = a 5515-14 BLK —> | 41>++ 14 BLK — cía) | | | | | 229 START | | | 553-14 RED/WHT — | >—- 14 RED/WHT X o | | 73 NW = 5 Е 552-14 WHT +> °, > 14 WHT 988 | | START/STOP NU do 5028-16 YEL +> Ш > 16 YEL o10@ + | ; O _ | Q — | 14 RED/VIO 14 RED/VIO | 5020-16 СРМ => | 8) > 16 ORN AROUND | | — CIRCUIT 2 | 5030-16 RED/WHT +> | 9] > 16 RED/WHT | | Г FROM DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL | 5031-16 BLK > 10] ee 16 BLK _ TR | | МАНИ | 329-16 WHT/RED > | I] >—- 16 WHT/RED— SEN AT | UU - НН НН НН НН НН = НН НН НН НН НО о зо 330-16 BLK/WHT => 121 >— 16 BLK/WHT 32801 Parsaurr | > d>— 2 2271 WATER TEMP | | 0/70 UNUSED +> 4 > ene | — 15 — WESTERBEKE DIESEL GENERATOR SCHEMATIC > | > 2109 | | CAP 66 | | ея | GENERATOR OIL | 1 [PLUG 66 | PRESSURE SWITCH | GENERATOR | Tox | REMOTE | TT eee — INSTRUMENTS Drawing No. 09-617 < J 6.44 550 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WESTERBEKE GENERATOR HiGH VOLTAGE WIRING (FIG. 6.45.1) NOTE: This vessel is equipped with shore line isolation transformers. The neutral and grounding conductors are connected on a common neutral/grounding bus at the main distribution panel. To maintain electrical system integrity the neutral and grounding conductors shall be kept isolated at all other locations onboard the vessel. Drawing No. 09-618 [20/240V 60Hz GENERATOR GENERATOR BREAKER JUNCTION BOX | | | | | | | Ne PLANT TO | REMOVE 2 5 1 f JUMPER a 70 — EL . No | | Lo] | | +) | ВЕ | [| | | G 7 N [| | | ПО | | [| | | 3 Q — a | ПО | ® € | 2 I an { | — GROUNDING STUD | | WESTERBEKE 15.0 KW BTDA 220V 50H2 GENERATOR | | GENERATOR BREAKER | TERMINAL BLOCK JUNCTION BOX | | | | © © 2 5 1 | 60 — Lo | [ | | [| | © © Co PLANT TO a | REMOVE © / | | | JUMPER o | 3 9 Po | [1 | < — — — —\но- {р —) |||] o [À 7 | — GROUNDING STUD | | | | | 6/3-8/1 BOAT CABLE | г 6/3 BOAT CABLE 550 Sundancer® 6.45 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (Fi6. 6.46.1) ONAN DIESEL GENERATOR REMOTE WIRING DIAGRAM START/STOP ON \ / SPOT MOM W/ LAMPS FROM OC DISTRIBUTION PANEL REF DWG 09-601 Drawing No. 09-619 (1 of 4) \ DEST A ANNAN NB SPLICE POINT B NN = N al Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y- VA SPLICE POINT AM - 950A-14BLK - 955-14 YEL/RED— - 954-14 GRAY - 95)- 14WHT/RED - 958- 140RN - 9597-14 RED/WHT - 992-14 WHT/RED - UNUSED - UNUSED 961 960 Л ЛИ ЛИ И | < — N SPLICE POINTA \ | АЛ Л Л | M50 6 1 7 8 9568-16 BLK REMOTE INSTRUMENT PANEL | АЛЛА | ИРЛИ | BILGE HARNESS REF DWG 09-601 EXTINGUISHER MODULE REF DWG 09-601 | | | P40 | C40 e | F 26 !M 26 + | << 16 RED/WHT —@ | nu - | р 950-14 RED/WHT A> ! > 50-14 FED HT x 7 © Lo © | 959-14 GRAY —>|4|>Tt 959-14 GRAY | | 953-14 BLK/WHT —— | 3 | >+ 953-14 ВСК/ИНТ — — В 952-14WHT/RED —— 4 > 952-14 WHT/RED —— ; SYSTEMS MONITOR | — | REF DWG 09-611 | | M 5S IF5 | | >| EN OIL | | >|37 GEN IGN. | L | D - BATTERY NEGATIVE — SHUT DOWN —- CRANK/START - BATTERY FOSITIVE - STATUS INDICATOR - OIL PRESSURE - WATER TEMP т Ñ AMAN — EMERGENCY STOP — SHUT DOWN ALARM (-) - BATTERY POSITIVE (RUN) - BATTERY POSITIVE (RUN — SHUT DOWN ALARM FEED ONAN DIESEL GENERATOR REFERENCE GENERATOR OWNER'S MANAUL FOR COMPLETE GENERATOR WIRING DETAIL. MRP#1738278 6.46 550 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SWIM PLATFORM WIRING SCHEMATIC (Fra. 6.47.1) ZN REF DWG — 1952 RED — — © 09-601 100 — 1952 RED 5 AMP 7 USES WIM PLATFORM ATCHING SOLENOID O WHT/BLU O RED | 16 WEHT/RED | le RED/VIO 16 BLU A La CONTROL —le RED/ VIO - HAND HELD CONTROL (A O UP Noa) O ON/ OFF 16 BLK A MODULE 14 5 — 16 GRN = 16 RED/ VIO + BLK ne 16 BLK + NNN Y Y Y Y | WARNING DOWN EE SOLENOID MM 19 YI Ad Y — NHS OI Ue Y HORN | DETAIL A | | | OL RED E о © 2. GREEN (DOWN) | 2 3, BLUE (UP) o | | | BOTTOM VIEW HAND HELD REMOTE RECEPTACLE DETAIL A BLU UP SOLENOID BLU BLK YEL RADIO $— VIO 5 RECIEVER lue ЭСК Drawing No. 09-625 RED MOD > 550 Sundancer® 6.47 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (Fic. 6.48.1) PLUG 33 ] a 3 REF DWG 09-803 Drawing No. 09-631 (1 of 2) AC WIRING SCHEMATIC 240VAC/120VAC 226-16 BLU 4 227-16 YEL LINE | LINE 2 TO TRANSFROMER TO MAIN DC TO TRANSFROMER REF SH 2 NEGATIVE BUS REF SH 2 L 110 = L 11 6 6 6 8 GRN 8 6 © BLK RED WHT GRN GRNWHT BLK | COMMON AC NEUTRAL /GROUNDING BUS 6/3, 8/1 BOAT CABLE > | | Г 15 KW oe GRD | \ | | | | | 240 VAC N a | AC SOURCE NEUTRAL & COMMON GROUNDING BUS [5 BO HZ SL г o+L 1 — | LOAD NEUTRAL BUS o | | | POWER 16 RED 16 WHT 16 BLK—— (> 16 BLK X NOTE EN N A 16 BLK GENERATORN 70A SOA SHORE 240VAC TRANSFER БОЛ 50A SHORE 120VAC < 7 7] AN | МОТЕ 2 ро — — 12 1 | 240 \ | | | [120 BLOCK 17 5 VOLTS 5 GA VOLTS LIGHTING E (A | 100 | | 240VAC SOURCE AMPS 8 SELECT SWITCH 6 BLK RED GRN [50| AMPS 240VAC LOAD GROUNDING STUD" 2 — € 12/3 STOVE = 8 BLK 8 RED 120VAC LOAD 14/3 WATER HEATER A" {20% GALLEY 14/3 T— d 7 15>— MASTER STATEROOM 14/3 14/3 PORT BLOCK HEATER 15 d 15% MICROWAVE 14/3 — EN 14/3 STBD BLOCK HEATER LI ( [5 *— FWD STATEROOM 14/3 © 1 ZEN Ey 12/3 COCKPIT A/C UNIT 2 NOTES: o CC d ZE 30 à 1) IMPORTANT: NEUTRAL AND GROUND ARE TIED 5 SALON 14/3 TOGETHER AT THE AC NEUTRAL/GROUNDING BUS, E 14/3 BATTERY CHARGER NEUTRAL AND GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE KEPT = GALLEY REFRIGERATOR ——— 14/3 10 > 8 ISOLATED AT ALL OTHER LOCATIONS ON BOARD THE VESSEL, „= 15 >— ENTERTAINMENT CENTER —— 14/3 in | 2) DENOTES SLIDE SHUTTLE, ONLY ONE SOURCE N NMEN N 14/3 A/C WATER PUMP & RELAY CAN BE ENERGIZED AT A TIME. {20 WASHER/DRYER 12/3 10 3 4 3) AC SOURCE NEUTRALS, AND ALL EQUIPMENT W SAFETY GROUNDS RETURN TO AC SOURCE NEUTRAL ОБ ви СЕУСОСКРУ 1473 12/3 MASTER STATEROOM A/C UNIT AR AND COMMON GROUNDING BUS BAR ON THE AC NEUTRAL/ 10 4 GROUNDING BUS. = GENERATOR 14/3 T 4) ALL EQUIPMENT NEUTRALS RETURN TO THE LOAD 08 TERY CHARGER (12V) — NEUTRAL BUS BAR ON THE AC NEUTRAL /GROUNDING BUS, ~~ BOW THRUSTER 12/3 SALON A/C UNIT E. | = BATTERY CHARGER (24V) 14/3 15 > COCKPIT REFRIG/ICEMAKER — 14/3 12/3 GUEST STATEROOM A/C UNIT AN 10° XX >— ACCESSORY XX $ 4 14/3 DESALINATOR 1 KX ACCESSORY XX OO ACCESSORY XX XX ACCESSORY p T 6.48 550 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AC WIRING SCHEMATIC 240VAC/120VAC (FIG. 6.49.1) MAIN BREAKER 50 AMP ав У 1) BOAT CABLE и 6/3 NOTES: NEUTRAL WIRE FOR 120/240VAC INPUT NOT INSTALLED IN CABLEMASTER SHORE CORD ON BOATS W/SHORE POWER TRANSFORMERS. ISOLATION TRANSFORMER AND IS NOT GROUNDED ON THE BOAT. 2) INCOMING SHORE GROUND IS CONNECTED ONLY TO THE SHIELD OF THE SHORE POWER PLUG © (САМ) NE 1 CABLEMASTER | - <RED | Lo] CAOVAC/SOA LS ANNE NOTE | Drawing No. 09-631 (2 of 2) 550 Sundancer® GROUND НН N REF SHEET 1 | ! | © © _2 | | CRD SEC PRI — \ 7 GRN — BOAT GNDING) \ / TRANSFORMER ROAT CABLE —— 6/3. 3/1 240V PRIMARY 120V/240V SECONDARY CONNECTION TO CASE I2KVA GROUND MAIN BOAT CABLE BREAKER Ау 50 AMP | ee > BLK — | LINE 2 | CABLEMASTER nm —— | Te à WHT — N SHORE POWER PLUG | | G IGRN GRN — SH 120/50A [> N 7 _ N De | / \ 1 REF SHEET 1 |! | — WHT — N a Sep SEC PRI ENT BOAT GNDING) \ / TRANSFORMER BOAT CABLE — 7 6/3 120V PRIMARY 120V SECONDARY CONNECTION TO CASE SKVA 6.49 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AC WIRING DIAGRAM 220VAC/50HZ (Fra. 6.50.1) PLUG 33 1 2 3 226-16 BLU 4 227-16 YEL REF DWG 09-603 Drawing No. 09-634 (1 of 2) TO TRANSFORMER | | TO MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUS 8 GRN COMMON AC NEUTRAL /GROUNDING BUS | BLU LINE 2 TO TRANSFORMER REF SH 2 o 6 6 6 GRN LT. BRN 6/3 BOAT CABLE >, I , | | [ 12,0 KW o—— GRD a | | | | o N — AC SOURCE NEUTRAL & COMMON GROUNDING BUS 220 VAC BAR ° 50 HZ Ш of L | — | LOAD NEUTRAL BUS BAR ° ||| || | | POWER POWER POWER 16 LT BLU Le LT BLU 16 LT BLU | — o ; x; 16 BRN ———— 16 BRN (> 16 BRN X 220VAC SOURCE | сев SAN | SELECT SWITCH J NOTE EN SHORE 220VAC SHORE 220VAC 16 BRN GENERATORN — 60A 35A LINE | TRANSFER| БОЛ 35A LINE > oa Lx | - e NOTE 2 12 AT 220 | | 1220 24 DE EST Le LT BLU— BLOCK -16 LT BLU VOLTS 8 BAN VOLTS LIGHTING | 25 | | AMPS 8 8 BRN GRN D =] A AMPS GROUNDING STUD 8 BRN LINE 1 220VAC LOAD LINE 2 220VAC LOAD 14/3 — — GALLEY 5 720 STOVE 12/3 14/3 —— REFRIGERATOR (75) (3097 WASHER/DRYER 17/3 14/3 — MICROWAVE /10> 10 > GUEST STATEROOM A/C UNIT — 12/3 14/3 — PORT BLOCK HEATER ПБУ 710 > — BATTERY CHARGER 14/3 14/3 ——— STBD BLOCK HEATER 5 5 o EE DV 14/3 14/3 — GALLEY REFRIGERATOR 75 Jo BOW THRUSTER 14/3 A NOTES: — BATTERY CHARGER (24) 14/3 — DESALINATOR 15 XX > — ACCESSORY XXX и 1) IMPORTANT: NEUTRAL AND GROUND ARE TIED и 14/3 — — — SALON 10 TOGETHER AT THE COMMON AC NEUTRAL GROUNDING BUS. 10 — FORWARD STATEROOM 14/3 14/3 — MASTER STATEROOM 103 NEUTRAL AND GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE KEPT БУ BILGE /COCKPIT 14/3 — ISOLATED AT ALL OTHER LOCATIONS ON BOARD THE VESSEL. AN 14/3 —— A/C WATER PUMP & RELAY 10 >) DENOTES SLIDE SHUTTLE. ONLY ONE SOURCE 10 — WATER HEATER 14/3 12/3 — MASTER STATEROOM A/C UNIT 10 2 CAN BE ENERGIZED AT A TIME. 7.53 ER 14/3 3) AC SOURCE NEUTRALS, AND ALL EQUIPMENT AN 12/3 —— SALON A/C UNIT 20 SAFETY GROUNDS RETURN TO AC SOURCE NEUTRAL 10 = ENTERTAINMENT CENTER 14/3 12/3 — — COCKPIT A/C UNIT (3094 AND COMMON GROUNDING BUS BAR ON THE COMMON AC NEUTRAL/ d XX > ACCESSORY XXX AN GROUNDING BUS. — XXX ——— ACCESSORY XX 4) ALL EQUIPMENT NEUTRALS RETURN TO THE LOAD XX ACCESSORY XXX NEUTRAL BUS BAR ON THE COMMON AC NEUTRAL /GROUNDING BUS. 6.50 550 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AC WIRING DIAGRAM 220VAC/50HZ NOTES: (F16. 6.51.1) I) INCOMING SHORE GROUND 1S CONNECTED ONLY TO THE SHIELD OF THE ISOLATION TRANSFORMER AND 15 NOT GROUNDED ON THE BOAT. CMAN BOAT CABLE 6/3 Ge AP VA X | <—L1ERN T — LI CINE NLT BLU — N SHORE POWER PLUG NOTE 2 G (GRAN) | | 4 SH 220VAC/32A | o ~~ | O EL REF SHEET | N PR] en SEC — (BOAT GNDINGI TRANSFORMER ВОАТ CABLE —— N 3/73 220V PRIMARY 220V SECONDARY CONNECTION TO CASE 7,5KVA GROUND MAN BOAT CABLE 6/3 EN ye X | <—L1ERN T и ВАМ — LI КЕ © NLT BLU — LT BLU — N \ / SHORE POWER PLUG NOTE 2 G (GRAN) | | \ GRN — SH 220VAC/32A | ~ | —— ERN — || / \ | \ REF SHEET | | | —— UT BLU — N В mr SEC PRI — , RN A (BOAT GNDING) \ / TRANSFORMER ВОАТ CABLE —— AN 5/3 220V PRIMARY 220V SECONDARY CONNECTION TO CASE 7,5KVA ; GROUND Drawing No. 09-634 (2 of 2) 550 Sundancer® 6.51 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM a“ \ AC SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM (F1G. 6.52.1) 325—————1 GENERATOR 120 VAC SHORE " 120 VAC ISOLATION 337 MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL LINE BREAKER TRANSFORMER © 240 VOLTS AC A/C WATER 240 VAC SHORE 240 VAC ISOLATION 236 DM — LINE BREAKER TRANSFORMER 4 L 4 L 1 1 1 STOVE | A/C WATER | | A/C WATER A/C WATER JUNCTION BOX all STOVE PUMP & RELAY 8c/ PUMP RELAY 331 SUMP JUNCTION BOX | WATER ва | WATER MASTER STATEROOM| | oo MASTER STATEROOM + HEATER HEATER A/C UNIT A/C UNIT x PORT BLOCK HEATER| ooo | | PORT BLOCK SALON | 6 SALON T JUNCTION BOX HEATER A/C UNIT A/C UNIT MASTER STATEROOM VANITY RECEPTACLE STBD BLOCK HEATER| ooo STBD BLOCK GUEST STATEROOM | | oe GUEST STATEROOM J) | JUNCTION BOX HEATER A/C UNIT A/C UNIT pe _ MASTER STATEROOM NIT AME 807— NI NC DESALINATOR — —-—860—— DESALINATOR 85! TV RECEPTACLE SUBWOOFER MASTER STATEROOM BATTERY | BATTERY LARGER (pay) 1826 LARGER a) ACCESSORY ÉPICES LVAC LICHTS 350 344 120 VOLTS AC ас) MASTER HEAD 240 MASTER STATEROOM АЗ MASTER STRM LVAC RECEPTACLE — BUNK SWITCH LIGHT TRANSFORMER 347 COFFEE MAKER Si CALLEY CFI cia || ALLEY MASTER eon MASTER HEAD ВО MASTER STATEROOM а дБ MASTER STATEROOM вез MASTER STATEROOM RECEPTACLE RECEPTACLE STATEROOM GF] RECEPTACLE JUNCTION BOX ENTRANCE SWITCH INDIRECT LIGHTS | | 816 MICROWAVE FORWARD GUEST HEAD GUEST HEAD FORWARD STATEROOM 854 | RECEPTACLE Sl2——| MICROWAVE STATEROOM |] =00 GFI RECEPTACLE Sel RECEPTACLE 962 TV RECEPTACLE | an GALLEY MASTER STATEROOM RECEPTACLE REFRIGERATOR coo REFRICEBATOR SALON ens SALON GFI 304 SALON FWD вое SALON VACUUM BUNK INDIRECT LTS RECEPTACLE RECEPTACLE RECEPTACLE RECEPTACLE | 263 FWD STRM PORT GALLEY REFRIG 813 | | GALLEY ENTERTAINVENT |_ 857 ENTERTAINVENT 97) SWITCH/RECEPT GALLEY SWITCH RECEPTACLE NOTE 2) REFRIGERATOR CENTER N CENTER RECEPT VENDOR SUPPLIED SALON AFT ee SALON INDIRECT CN 318 WASHER/DRYER 813 || WASHER/ BILGE/ es BILGE GFI SWITCHES LT RECEPTACLE | | RECEPTACLE NOTE 2 DRYER COCKPIT 7 RECEPTACLE SALON TV FWD STRM INDIRECT LIGHT TRANSFORMER LIGHT TRANSFORMER MUNG TION BOX GENERATOR 3341] _ GENERATOR COCKPIT REFRIG/ | | ooo COCKPIT REFRIG/ | BATT CHARGER (12V) BATT CHARGER (12V) ICEMAKER ICEMAKER RECPT COCKPIT GAL ade Se 533 RECEPTACLE | BOW THRUSTER | | Bow THRUSTER GALLEY LVAC BATT CHARGER (24V)[ B28 "T BATT CHARGER (24V) ACCESSORY SALON LVAC LIGHTING ACCESSORY ACCESSORY NOTES |) ++ PLANT TO PROVIDE WIRES. 2) WIRE 813 IS USED FOR EITHER GALLEY REFRIGERATOR OR WASHER/DRYER DEPENDING ON CHOSEN OPTION. Drawing No. 09-640 \_ J 6.52 550 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Кузов MEDALLION INTERFACE HARNESS (Fic. 6.53.1) 24VDC SPLICE LOCATION -E) LIGHTING PLUG 85 TS Lo MMDC A 2027 16 RED Y NO 3| > UNUSED | C|>+ UNUSED = Y Y Y | PLUG 87 D| > UNUSED + COMPASS/SYS MON LTS Е | >77 UNUSED Tt 7 +) (=) F > UNUSED | | GC > UNUSED a ; di 2020 16 WHT \ 2020016 BLK ГД K > 2026 16 BLK Же — 2022B 16 GRN ER < 1 САР 9| — o 2022A 16 BLU>T<P <A 202318 WHTT<3 SWITCH 20255 18 WHT <4 PANEL 1 > UNUSED 202418 WHT4<PB6 2 |>— UNUSED 2075P 18 WHT +p 9 3 > 255 18 WHT — 4 |>+ UNUSED 5 | >t 202 18 WHT 5 | > UNUSED 7 | > 20018 WHT 8 | >T UNUSED 9 | >T 2024 18 WHT 10 |2 2023 18 WHT 11 [>] 2025P 18 WHT 12 > 20255 18 WHT 13 | > UNUSED 200 18 WHT+< 11 14 | >4 UNUSED UNUSED <p CAD RO 15 |>T UNUSED 202 18 WHT-1<B3 BIL CE 16 |>T UNUSED 255 18 WHT <4 HARNESS 17 | > UNUSED FWD DC 256 16 BLK +5 18 > UNUSED GROUND == UNUSED+<6 19 | > UNUSED BUSS > 20 >77 257 16/2 RED 257 16/2 RED 1 PLUG 8 21 | > 258 16/2 ак < < к к < к к к к хо хо < обв 16/2 BLK 2 HARNESS 22 >4259 16/2 RED 23|> 260 16/2 BLK 24|>+ 2030 18 BLK 1 ees oe CAP 82 FWD DC 260 16/2 BLK <P HARNESS GROUND BUSS . MRP #1458327 Drawing No. 09-848 (2 of 4) 550 Sundancer® 6.53 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SOFA CONTROL WIRING SCHEMATIC (Fra. 6.54.1) QS L1 5 OS К > (| DN O O DUAL SOFA CONTROLLER Made in the U.S.A. 00-00376-000 556 14 BLK ——. + DC DISTRIBUTION GROUND BUSS O O FWD/BACK > 7 1K O PO Y PO PP mane OHM \ THE USA J) 3 (OG 555A 10 GAUGE YELLOW 557 14 BLUE 555B 10 GAUGE YELLOW 16 BLK L1 IN/QUT 470 K OHM 5 554B 10 GAUGE WHITE | O O 554A 10 GAUGE WHITE ~~ 2K OHM +12 VOLTS 10 GAUGE RED/VIOLET VEIW FROM BACK OF SWITCHES UP/DOWN ZN 10 GAUGE BLACK CABIN DC GND BUSS 25 —— CABIN +12 VOLT ACCESSORY FUSE BLOCK J 6.54 550 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WINDSHIELD WIPER HARNESS (FIG. 6.55.1) 63” A 40” 4” 24" STBD WIPER 247 24 3,244,252 PORT WIPER 239,240,241,2581 60" 14 PLUG 16 (2 POS 7700272-1 PINS 11, 7/0003-2 ALL OTHERS. /770007-1 POS WIRE + P14 | | 23 WINDSHIELD VENT 271 249,246 2 239 3 240 4 241 PLUG 71 2 POSI 770017-1 5 242 FIN Il, 7/033 PLUG 14 ALL OTHERS 770007-1 6 243 POS WIRE # 7 >44 POS WIRE * | 213 в | 249 EA 2 253 9 245 - 9 - o MRP #16/6592 || UNUSED 12 UNUSED CONTROL STATION GROUND BUSS 20,2 329202 93 Drawing No. 09-906 550 Sundancer® 6.55 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WINDLASS HARNESS (Fra. 6.56.1) WINDLASS MOUNTING BOLT DECK SWITCHES WINDLASS MOTOR 4 GRN 5088 NN 5086 M2 5085 , a = O = STBD \ Y ENGINE Л a GROUNDING 5087 vi , M2 5089 LL 5090 MAIN DC GROUND BUSS < 5091 CONTROL BOX MRP # 1221159 Drawing No. 09-852 Ss J 6.56 550 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM \. EXTINGUISHER BLOWER WIRING DIAGRAM (CATERPILLAR) (F1G. 6.57.1) CATERPILLAR ES TERAEKE — — ONAN 16 BLK 228 7 16 YEL 227 т Г RED 226 7 ANA 16 BLK/RED 233 7 | BLOWER MODULE © XXI EC | 16 BLK 235 16 BLK/RED 232 N | STBD N I 78 _ о, BLOWER #1 N) LINE #1 ») LINE #2 a) SWITCH o) IND LIGHT ~) GROUND 16 BLK 234 14 VIO 240 14 VIO 239 Q / 999 U O a y O a / 14 YEL ——14 YEL [w) BLOWER #2 — 415M —— — 413M — WER cen 1d — 16 VIO — | 16 GRN/WHT 204 16 BLK 205 16 BLK 206 10 WHT/RED 557 10 WHT/RED 556 10 YEL 413S 10 YEL 415S 14 BLK 412M 16 YEL 411M 16 BLU 410M 14 YEL 409 Drawing No. 09-624 (1 of 3) 14 YEL 408 16 VIO 329 16 VIO 337 16 VIO 338 AXAR E WN a AN ANANAAAAAAAANANNAN © © NO NS WON a _— HH A = — — N hh DO N — © 550 Sundancer® 6.57 SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM EXTINGUISHER BLOWER WIRING DIAGRAM (CUMMINS) (Fic. 6.58.1) CUMMINS WESTERBEKE -------- ONAN 16BLK228 - 16 YEL 227 7 16 RED 226 — r a — BLOWER MODULE (1 VOS (19 AANA 14 VIO + 14VIO +11 < BLOWER #1 >) IND LIGHT ~) GROUND © | ‚| N) LINE H a) SWITCH 14 YEL [«) BLOWER #2 5) LINE #2 14 VIO +<|1 < 14VIO - Q N 14 VIO © WER CAP 40 16 VIO —] 0601 6 16 GRN/WHT 204 - 16 BLK 205 + 16 BLK 206 7 10 WHT/RED 557 7 10 WHT/RED 556 7 10 YEL 4135 —- 10 YEL 4155 7 14 BLK 412M 7 16 YEL411M - 16 BLU410M - 14 YEL 409 +7 14 YEL 408 - 16 VIO 329 7 16 VIO 337 7 Drawing No. 09-624 (2 of 3) —— 16 VIO 338 7 14 YEL — 415M —— — 413M — © oN OO or A ODN a — o — — — N — o — BS — O1 ANANANANANAADAN J 6.58 550 Sundancer® SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM EXTINGUISHER BLOWER WIRING DIAGRAM ( MAN) 16 BLK/RED 233 16 BLK 235 16 VIO JUMPER DIODES 16 BLK/RED 232 16 BLK 234 14 VIO 240 14 VIO 239 (Fic. 6.59.1) MAN — WESTERBEKE ONAN —— 16 BLK228 {<1 16 YEL227 -< 2 — RED 26 <3 a N — BLOWER MODULE С) OO (10 = С) RO — N | X « TO Ç HALON Re — G0 oaZ dz (ee MODULE (13 = + = H = >) PORT — 3580233 TEO Doman ZO CN. Of O e В = OWER HC — — TT = PORT( 17 3 я e WER een 18 — 1evio —— 16 GRN/WHT 204 16 BLK 205 16 BLK 206 10 WHT/RED 557 10 WHT/RED 556 10 YEL 4135 10 YEL 4155 14 BLK 412M 16 YEL411M 16 BLU 410M 14 YEL 409 Drawing No. 09-624 (3 of 3) \. 550 Sundancer® 14 YEL 408 16 VIO 329 16 VIO 337 — 16 VIO 338 AANA AA АЛАЛАЛЛАЛАЛЛАЛЛАЛ © © y O сл + ON 0 —_ N — — U} = сл в © № — © 6.59 SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS 1. BOAT LAYOUT AND ACCESSORIES Figures 7.23.1 through 7.25.1 identify the location and arrangement of the equipment and components on your yacht. We strongly suggest that you walk through your yacht, locate the features illustrated, and become familiar with their operation and maintenance. 2. AIR CONDITIONING & HEATING The 550 DA air conditioning/heating system consists of five (5) standard air conditioning/heating units, one (1) raw water pump with a seacock and strainer and a relay unit so the water pumps will be activated by demand when any AC unit comes on. The compressors for the units are located in the accessory room which is accessed through a floor hatch on the forward port of the cockpit next to the control station. The various air handlers are located ~ | AIR CONDITIONING/HEATING SYSTEM (Fic. 7.1.2) (8) PLENUM E) vent O AIR HANDLER © REMOVABLE FILTER AIR CONDITIONING/HEATING SYSTEM (Fic. 7.1.1) @ PORT COCKPIT UNIT (16,000 BTU V-BERTH COMPRESSOR (7,000 BTU) © COCKPIT COMPRESSOR (30,000 BTU) © V-BERTH UNIT (7,000 BTU) ® SALON UNIT (16,000 BTU) (©) AFT STATEROOM UNIT (7,000 BTU) O MAIN SUMP (E) STARBOARD COCKPIT UNIT (16,000 BTU) (1) SALON COMPRESSOR (16,000 BTU) (J) AFT STATEROOM COMPRESSOR (7,000 BTU) (® A/C STRAINER D ac rump M A/C SEACOCK 550 Sundancer® 7.1 SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS A/C FREON LINE ROUTING (Fıc. 7.2.1) | = N ( / \, J e и N a —_— se > (A) PORT COCKPIT FREON LINES (B) ACCESSORY ROOM (© STARBOARD COCKPIT FREON LINES (©) V-BERTH FREON LINES ® SALON FREON LINES ® COCKPIT A/C CONTROL (©) MASTER STATEROOM FREON LINES throughout the boat. Care should be taken so as not to stow items around the air handlers that may block the return air grill or damage the freon lines running to the compressor. The master stateroom unit is located under the bunk. The controls for the unit are located between the hanging closet and the bunk. The removable air filter is located on the face of the unit. The V-berth unit can be accessed through the hatch located under the bunk mattress. The controls for the unit are located on the forward wall of the hanging closet. The removable air filter is located on the face of the unit. The salon unit is located under the starboard aft corner of the galley and can be accessed by removing the back of the lower cabinet. The controls for the units are located in the upper cabinet above the MDP panel on the portside of the salon. A removable air filter is located on the face of the unit. The port cockpit unit is located in the forward cabinet of the cockpit wet bar. The starboard cockpit unit is located under the corner of the starboard cockpit sofa and can be accessed by lifting the cushion. The control for the cockpit units are located in the cabinet aft of the control station switch panel. A removable air filter IS located on the face of each unit. The system is cooled to maintain optimal operating temperature by the raw water pump located in the bilge. The pump draws water through a seacock and filters it through a sea water strainer. The water passes through each compressor cooling the condensing coils, then flows overboard through the common drain. (The sea water strainer should be inspected frequently and cleaned out when plugged. To clean strainer, refer to Section 4- Bilge & Underwater Gear, pg. 4.12, Seacocks & Strainers). A. TO START SYSTEM: 1. Make sure the seacock for the cooling water pump is open. 2. Turn ON the A/C WATER PUMP & RELAY circuit breaker on the main AC distribution panel. Turn ON each A/C UNIT circuit breaker located on the same panel. 3. Refer to air conditioner owner’s manual in the owner's packet for instructions on operation of the control panels. REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 7.2 550 Sundancer® SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS 3. WATER SYSTEM The fresh water system consists of a 150 gallon (567 liter) water tank, two (2) 24 volt water pumps with water filters, water heater, water system filter, accumulator tank and a distribution manifold. The fresh water system is activated by the water pump breakers on the salon 12VDC distribution panel. The breakers must be ON to operate the head, shower, ice maker, fresh water wash downs and faucets. A. WATER TANK The 150 gallon (567 liter) water tank is located in the salon floor and can be accessed through the center floor hatch. To check the water level in the tank, press the water level switch on the 12VDC distribution panel located in the salon. The lights will indicate the amount of water in the tank. FILLING THE WATER TANK The tank is filled through a fill plate located on the starboard deck walkway. Fill the water tanks only from a source known to provide safe, pure drinking water. To fill your water tank you should use a plastic hose. Do not use a rubber hose; it can give the water a disagreeable flavor. The hose should be kept for filling use only. After using the hose it should be emptied. Start at one end and raise the hose to shoulder level and walk 1 FRESH WATER SYSTEM (FIG. 7.3.1) GUEST HEAD SHOWER HOT WATER SUPPLY GUEST SHOWER FAUCET WATER MANIFOLD TRANSOM SHOWER MAIN FEED FROM FILTER INBD SIDE CF OUTED STRINGER STB FWD WATER TANK HEAD VANITY HOT & COLD Na ROPE LOCKER WASH DOWN ROUTE ALONG TOP OF GUNNEL N NOTES: 1) POTABLE WATERLINE ROUTING TO BE AS SHOWN 2) REF DWGS 04-310 AND 04-313 FOR CUTOUTS SMART FILTER WATER (OPT) GALLEY HOT & COLD WASHER/DRYER (OPT) MASTER STATEROOM SHOWER HOT & COLD MASTER STATEROOM HEAD SMART FILTER WATER IOPT} 550 Sundancer® SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS to the opposite end of the hose, allowing the remaining water to flow out. You should store your water tank filling hose in a clean dry place. ltis also a good practice to cover the ends of the hose to keep the inside clean. To BEGIN INITIAL OPERATION: Fill the water tank with potable water. 2. Switch the water pump breakers to the ON position. 3. One at atime, open all hot and cold faucets to bleed air from the water lines. 4. Once air has been eliminated from water lines, close faucets. 5. Shutting off the last faucet should cause the pump to shut off. SANITIZING THE WATER SYSTEM Although your dealer initially sanitizes the water system, if the system has not been used for a long period of time, or you suspect it may be contaminated, use a water treatment additive to sanitize the potable water system. Water treatment additives are available at marine/RV supply stores. If water treatment additives are not available, adhere to the following procedure for complete sanitation of your potable water system. 1. Prepare a chlorine solution using one (1) gallon of water and one (1) cup Clorox or Purex household bleach (5% Hypochloride solution). With tank empty, pour chlorine solution into tank, using one (1) gallon solution for each sixty (60) gallons of tank capacity. 2. Complete filling of tank with fresh water. Open each faucet until air has been released and the entire system is filled. 3. Allow to stand for three (3) hours. 4. Drain and flush with potable fresh water. 5. To remove excessive chlorine taste or odor which might remain, prepare a solution of four (4) quarts of vinegar to twenty (20) gallons of water and allow this solution to agitate in the tank for several days by vehicle motion. 6. Drain tank and again flush with potable water. 7. Replace water filter. B. WATER DISTRIBUTION MANIFOLD The distribution manifold located under an access hatch in the floor of the salon directs fresh water to the various equipment throughout the yacht. The manifolds direct fresh water to the various equipment throughout the yacht. The valves should be shut off when the equipment IS not in use. FRESH WATER DISTRIBUTION MANIFOLD (FIG. 7.4.1) cos cou e Orem" = co cot cow cow (>| [wore sone | | WASHER/DRYER | ec COLD COLD (> | roperocer |] AFT HEAD SHOWER 1H) HOT HOT (HL m HEATER FEED | AFTHEAD SINK | nse HOT HOT (> [rrowsomsronen | Deus | ¡e wor wor [oJ] [worms | WASHER/DRYER | ns HOT HOT (> VE | | Faoreno shower | 7.4 550 Sundancer® SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS С. WATER Pumps & FILTERS The pumps for the fresh water system are located on the forward engine room component board. f \ FRESH WATER PUMPS (Fıc. 7.5.1) FRESH WATER PUMPS Na A The pumps are activated by the FRESH WATER PUMP breaker on the salon 24VDC distribution panel. The pumps are activated by the FRESH WATER PUMP breaker on the salon 12VDC distribution panel. Water systems two (2) primary filters are situated on the input side of the pumps to filter any particles that may have accumulated in the water tank. The filters should be checked and cleaned periodically. The water systems secondary filter is located on the forward component board in the accessory room. The filter is situated on the supply side of the pumps to filter any particles that may have passed through the pumps. The filter should be checked and cleaned periodically. Before servicing the system, turn the FRESH WATER PUMP breakers OFF and release pressure on the system by opening a faucet. f RR To SERVICE THE FILTER; * Remove the filter by turning clockwise. * Remove the filter ( element and discard. Rinse inside the filter body and install new filter element. Always use original equipment replacements. FRESH WATER FILTER SYSTEM e Place new filter element rf 3 (FIG. 7.3.2) in filter body and screw filter body onto filter head, making sure the O-ring q is fully seated and Ss lubricated with clean food grade silicon 7 grease. PNEUMATIC ACCUMULATOR WATER _— TANK FILTER Tighten filter by turning fr A counter-clockwise 0 SMART WATER © FILTER 550 Sundancer® 7.5 SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS D. WATER SYSTEM PRESSURIZATION Water system pressure is regulated by a pneumatic accumulator bottle located inline on the cold water outlet from the pump (See Fig. 7.5.2). The accumulator tank smooths water flow and reduces on/off cycling of the pumps by lessening the variation in pressure and flow between the pump and the outlets in the system. The even flow of water gives better control of hot water adjustment at the faucet. The reduced on/off cycling reduces noise from the pump motor, and from shock pressures (pipe hammer). It also reduces battery drain, and gives longer pump life. REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. E. WATER HEATER The 20 gallon (75.7 liters) water heater can be accessed through the floor hatch in the mid salon. It operates on the 240 volt dockside system or generator and has a circuit breaker on the 240VAC Main Distribution Panel located in the salon. Make certain the hot water lines are air free, indicating the water heater is full. Damage will occur to water heater if it is not full when turned on. Hot WATER HEATER (FIG. 7.6.1) FRESH WATER MANIFOLD WATER HEATER The water heater has a check valve to prevent hot water from back-washing into the cold water source anda pressure relief valve to avoid damage to the heater from over pressure or excessive temperature. INITIAL START-UP OR AFTER WINTERIZATION: 1. Make sure the WATER HEATER breaker on the 240VAC distribution panel is OFF. 2. Either turn the 24 volt water pump breakers ON or hook up the dockside water to the inlet at the transom fill the heater with water. 3. Open all the hot water faucets until all air is eliminated from the system. 4. Make certain the heater is full of water. Continuous flow of water will be present when the hot side of the system is completely purged. COMPLETE FAILURE OF THE HEATING ELEMENTS WILL RESULT IF THEY ARE NOT COMPLETELY IMMERSED IN WATER AT ALL TIMES. 5. Close all faucets. Turn the WATER HEATER breaker ON. Allow heater to warm water for 5 to 10 minutes. To maintain water heater properly, drain whenever the possibility of freezing occurs and frequently inspect lines and connections for leaks. REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. TRANSOM/COCKPIT WASHDOWN SPIGOT (FIG. 7.6.2) STARBOARD TRANSOM HATCH 7.0 550 Sundancer® SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS CHAIN LOCKER WASHDOWN SPIGOT (Fic. 7.7.1) CHAIN LOCKER SPIGOT \. J F. FRESH WATER WASHDOWN Your yacht is equipped with three fresh water spigots; one in the bilge, one in the starboard aft transom locker and one in the anchor chain locker. The bilge spigot comes with a 12-foot hose and a strap for storage when not in use. The system uses water from the fresh water tank. The FRESH WATER PUMP breakers on the salon 12VDC distribution panel must be ON to operate the 24 volt system. G. DOCKSIDE WATER INLET The dockside water inlet, located on the starboard transom allows use of a dockside water source to provide water for the boat's fresh water system. To UsE THE SYSTEM: 1. Make sure the “FRESH WATER PUMP” breakers are OFF. | TRANSOM DOCKSIDE WATER INLET (FIG. 7.7.2) _ DOCKSIDE INLET 2. Remove the plug from the face of the dockside water inlet. 3. Connect a drinking water hose to the water outlet on the dock, then to the dockside water inlet on the boat and turn on the water at the dock. All fresh water faucets and showers are now usable. To disconnect the system, reverse the procedure, making sure the plug is reinstalled tightly. Remove the dockside water hose when leaving the boat. This is a safety precaution to prevent the unlikely event of a water system failure and the intake of extreme amounts of water to the vessel. H. CocKPIT SHOWER The cockpit shower has a hot and cold control and shower wand which are located in a receptacle on the starboard wall of the cockpit steps. Squeeze the button on the shower wand to dispense water and turn the knob to adjust water temperature. The dockside inlet water supply or the FRESH WATER PUMP breakers on the DC distribution panel must be ON to operate the shower. COCKPIT SHOWER (FIG. 7.7.3) HOT AND COLD WATER CONTROLS ON-OFF BUTTON \. J 550 Sundancer® 7.7 SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS I. WASHER/DRYER WATER VALVE connected to the back of the unit. The water valves for the unit should be turned OFF when not in use. The hot and cold water shutoff valves for the clothes See Washer / Dryer in this section for additional washer unit are on the hot and cold water manifolds information. located in the salon. Hot and cold water lines are 1 x WASHER & DRYER HoT/CoLp VAILVES (FIG. 7.8.1) ne WASHER/DRYER THT) COLD COLD © e _ na | | — FE —— AFT HEAD SHOWER + © HOT HOT © — FFE. FAR AFT HEAD SINK 1) HOT HOT > — FFE | ZZ GALLEY He) HOT HOT © _ ES) == WASHER/DRYER 1) HOT HOT @ | | Su О О \ J) 7.8 550 Sundancer® SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS J. GRAY WATER SUMP The 550 DA is equipped with a shower and condensate sump located in the forward engine room between the port and starboard inboard stringers. Gray water from the head systems, galley systems and air conditioner condensation drains into the sump to be pumped overboard. | GRAY WATER SUMP (Fra. 7.9.1) @ sump SUMP PUMP (©) FROM GALLEY & STATEROOM HEADS (©) MASTER STATEROOM A/C CONDENSATE ® FLOAT SWITCH (E) TO COMMON DRAIN (E) COCKPIT WET BAR DRAIN (H) CLEAR PLASTIC LID Na A The sump pump is fully automatic and protected by breakers on the main DC breaker panel on the forward bulkhead of the bilge. Periodically remove the clear cover, check and clean the pump and float switch. Check the pump and float switch for obstructions and proper working order. The sump pump comes on when there is enough water in the sump to raise the float switch and start the pump. If it does not come on after one or two gallons of water drain from the shower, turn the water off and check the pump and float switch for proper operation. After using the shower, it is recommended that you run a gallon of clean water through the shower drain to clean out soap residue. K. GRAY WATER DRAIN LINES The Gray water from the head systems and galley systems plus the air conditioner condensation and raw water is carried to the sump or common drains by the gray water drain lines located throughout the boat. L. SMART WATER SYSTEM (OPTIONAL) If equipped, the optional smart water faucet located at the galley sink is connected to a filtration system located alongside the water system filter on the aft component board in the accessory room. The system incorporates two additional filters which effectively eliminate the water of any sedimentation and unpleasant odors and taste which may be present. GRAY WATER LINE ROUTING (Fıc. 7.9.2) 550 Sundancer® ~ A COCKPIT WET BAR DRAIN (E) TO COMMON DRAIN O MASTER STATEROOM A/C CONDENSATE O MASTER STATEROOM HEAD SINK © V-BERTH HEAD SINK ® V-BERTH HEAD FLOOR DRAIN O V-BERTH A/C CONDENSATE © V-BERTH SHOWER DRAIN oO GALLEY SINK O) SALON A/C CONDENSATE ® MASTER STATEROOM SHOWER O MASTER STATEROOM HEAD FLOOR DRAIN 7.9 SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS f = SMART WATER SYSTEM INDICATOR LIGHT The smart water faucet has an indicator light mounted in its base to remind you to change the filters (approximately every six months). When changing the filters it is recommended that you also change the battery which powers the indicator light. The battery is located in a holder on the back wall under the galley sink. The system is rated for 1,250 gallons of water throughput. However, the filters should be checked and cleaned periodically. CLEANING THE SYSTEM: Never remove the filters when pressure is in the system. * Close the water supply valve and Remove the tank by turning clockwise. * Remove the filter and [ ) thoroughly wash the inside of the tank with hot, soapy water and rinse thoroughly. * Replace filters making sure that the correct filter is installed in the appropriate tank. Filter / cartridge (white with no end caps) should always be placed in the #1 tank and filter // (white with yellow end caps) in the #2 tank. I * Replace filters making sure that the correct filter is installed in the appropriate tank. Filter | cartridge (white with no end always be placed in the #1 tank and filter Il (white with yellow end caps) in the #2 tank. e Tighten the tank by turning counter-clockwise. The smart water system filter #1 reduces unpleasant taste and odor, dirt, rust and sedimentation which may be present. | SMART WATER FILTER SYSTEM (FG. 7.10.2) SMART WATER FILTER SYSTEM © К ~~ FILTER #2 \. J 7.10 550 Sundancer® SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS The smart water system filter #2: * Absolute 1 micron e Reduces 97.5% lead e Reduces 99.98% Filterable cysts (such as cryptostoridium and giardia) e Reduces 99.5% chlorine REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 4. HEAD SYSTEM The standard head system on your Sea Ray® Includes china bowls, vacuum generators, a holding tank with dockside pump-out and fluid level Indicators, with a macerator and overboard discharge seacock available as an option. Below is a description of the head system and options. You should be aware of whether your boat is equipped with the optional overboard discharge system and Do not flush facial tissue, paper towels or sanitary napkins in head. read the section pertaining to it. The owner’s packet in your boat contains information pertaining to your head system that should be read carefully. A. REQUIREMENTS FOR VESSEL OPERATORS The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) standards state that in freshwater lakes, freshwater reservoirs or other freshwater impoundments whose inlets or outlets are such as to prevent the ingress or egress by vessel traffic subject to this regulation, or in rivers not capable of navigation by interstate vessel traffic subject to this regulation, marine sanitation devices certified by the U.S. Coast Guard installed on all vessels shall be designed and operated to prevent the overboard discharge of sewage, treated or untreated, or of any waste derived from sewage. The EPA standards further state that this shall not be construed to prohibit the carriage of Coast Guard-certified flow through treatment devices which have been secured so as to prevent such discharges. They also state that waters where a Coast Guard certified marine sanitation device permitting discharge is allowed include coastal waters and estuaries, the Great Lakes and interconnecting waterways, freshwater lakes and impoundments accessible through locks, and other flowing waters that are navigable interstate by vessels subject to this regulation (40 CFR 140.3). 1 (Fi6. 7.11.1) Na Vacu-FLUusH® HEAD SYSTEM WITH HOLDING TANK 62 OVERBOARD DISCHARGE Pump CONTROL = @ V-BERTH HEAD ® MASTER STATEROOM HEAD © VACUUM GENERATOR © MACERATOR SEACOCK (OPTIONAL) © WASTE HOLDING TANK ® MACERATOR (OPTIONAL) O TO FILTER AND VENT 550 Sundancer® 7.11 SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS B. Vacu-FLusH” HEAD The Vacu-Flush® head utilizes the HEAD breakers on the DC distribution panel in the salon. Individual breakers on the DC distribution panel control the GUEST HEAD and MASTER HEAD. The foot pedal at the base of the toilet opens a mechanical seal and vacuum forces waste through the opening in the bowl to the vacuum generator, through the vacuum pump and then to the holding tank. To OPERATE VACU-FLUSH? HEAD: 1. Turn ON the FRESH WATER PUMP breaker. 2. Turn ON the HEAD SYSTEM breaker. 3. If there is no water in bowl, lift foot pedal until enough water fills the bowl. 4. To flush, depress foot pedal to floor until bowl IS clear. C. HOLDING TANK OPERATION Waste from the head is directed into the 68 gallon holding tank located in the aft bilge between the port and starboard center stringers. Holding tank fluid level indicators are located on the DC distribution panel in the salon and in each head. When the FULL-DO NOT FLUSH light is on, the holding tank must be emptied before the head can be reused. However it would be a good practice to empty the holding tank when the 1/2 light is on to avoid overflowing the holding tank and ruining the vent filter. f \ HoLDING TANK (FG. 7.12.1) HOLDING TANK To empty the holding tank, the services of a dockside pump out station will be needed. Follow instructions at the station and make sure pump out station hose is inserted into the deck plate marked WASTE, located on the port side of the transom. If equipped, the holding tank can also be emptied by the optional macerator. See MACERATOR DISCHARGE PUMP, page 7.12. f = WASTE LEVEL INDICATOR AND DISCHARGE CONTROL (FG. 7.12.2) WASTE SYSTEM CONTROL DISCHARGE FULL-DO NOT FLUSH NOTICE DISCHARGE OF SEWAGE DIRECTLY OVERBOARD IS FOR USE WHERE 1/2 APPROVED ONLY. SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS OF OVERBOARD DISCHARGE VALVES EMPTY POWER WITH SWITCH ON, INDICATOR ON - NORMAL INDICATOR OFF - CHECK SEACOCK Na A INDIVIDUAL HEAD, WASTE LEVEL INDICATOR (F16.7.12.3) a A US O O DO NOT FLUSH A \. J | WASTE DISCHARGE DECK PLATE (FG. 7.12.4) WASTE DISCHARGE CAP NOTICE This boat may be equipped with an optional overboard discharge valve. Discharging of sewage directly overboard is for use where approved only. \. J 7.12 550 Sundancer® SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS D. VENT FILTER The vent filter is designed to control odors associated with the head system operations. The vent filter is located on the engine room aft bulkhead. The filter must be changed at the beginning of each boating season to be effective. The vent filter is installed in-line on the holding tank ventilation hose. NOTE: Do not overfill the holding tank as this will flood the vent filter and render it useless. Filter replacement will then be required. See Parts Manual for correct replacement filter. 5. MACERATOR DISCHARGE Pump WITH SEACOCK INTERLOCK SYSTEM The macerator gives the boat operator the means of discharging the holding tank contents directly overboard through a seacock in the bottom of the hull. This is available in conjunction with the dockside pump out. f = MACERATOR (Fra. 7.13.1) (A) MACERATOR (B® VACUUM GENERATOR (© MACERATOR SEACOCK ©) HOLDING TANK NOTICE There is the possibility of being fined for having an operable overboard discharge in U.S. waters. Removing handle of seacock while in closed position, or other means must be utilized to avoid fine. Since direct overboard discharge is prohibited in many areas, the macerator seacock is normally closed. The macerator seacock is equipped with a system interlock switch which prevents the operation of the macerator when the macerator seacock is closed. The light on the MACERATOR switch on the DC Distribution Panel will be lighted when the macerator is operational. If the light is not lighted, it is visual confirmation the macerator seacock is closed and that the macerator cannot be operated. Check that the macerator seacock handle is in the open position and the light on the switch is lighted before operating the macerator. To OPERATE THE MACERATOR: 1. Turn ON the DISCHARGE PUMP breaker on the salon DC distribution panel and open the waste discharge seacock located on the bilge floor (See Fig. 7.12.1 for seacock location). 2. Operate DISCHARGE switch under the WASTE SYSTEM CONTROL area on the main distribution panel. 3. When tank is empty, release the switch and close waste discharge seacock. MAINTENANCE Prior to each use and at regularly scheduled Intervals, cycle the macerator seacock handle open and shut to ensure proper operation of the seacock. 6. COMMUNICATION SYSTEM Your 550 DA is equipped with an on-board communication system and a dockside telephone hookup. Phone set connections capabilities are located > A behind an access door on the starboard side aft of the operator chair at the control station and in salon and staterooms of the yacht. 550 Sundancer® 7.13 SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS A. DocKSIDE TELEPHONE HOOKUP The dockside telephone hookup can be accessed by opening the starboard side transom hatch. Afifty foot shore cord with waterproof connectors is supplied. TO CONNECT TELEPHONE SYSTEM: 1. Unscrew and lift cover plate. f | 2. Connect shore cord to dock telephone inlet and then to the boat inlet. 3. Telephone system is now operational. - DocKSIDE TELEPHONE CONNECTION (FiG.7.14.1) ss 7 > 8 N 4 4 4 7 DS i Ss y 4 x 1 S 4 LD x y 77 no aE Ho Ko N т Ii NN TELEPHONE CONNECTOR N J REFER TO OWNER’'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 7. ENTERTAINMENT CENTERS A. SALON ENTERTAINMENT CENTER The salon entertainment center consists of a 42" plasma screen television with remote located on top of the aft galley counter. A Bose® stereo system, VCR and DVD player are located behind an access door on the forward, port side of the salon. The 120 volt ENTERTAINMENT CENTER on the AC main distribution panel breaker must be ON to operate the system. Note: The television/VCR and stereo systems are plugged into a surge suppression power strip located behind the entertainment center. B. DIGITAL SATELLITE SYSTEM (OPTIONAL) If equipped, the digital satellite system antenna is located on the hardtop. The various digital equipment is located in the salon entertainment cabinet. Because the system configuration is an individual preference the installed equipment will vary. It is important to read and understand the operating manuals for the various components installed on your boat. A data port for computer aided diagnostics of the DSS system is located below the DC main distribution panel. The data port is for use by qualified technicians only. REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. C. MASTER AND GUEST STATEROOM ENTERTAINMENT CENTER The stateroom entertainment centers consist of a television/VCR/radio combination with remote control. To operate, turn ON the 120 volt MASTER and FORWARD STATEROOM breakers on the AC main distribution panel. D. CockPIT ENTERTAINMENT CENTER The cockpit entertainment center consists ofa 12V Clarion? AM/FM single CD stereo located on the port side of the helm. A 6-disc CD changer is located behind an access door above the DC main distribution panel in the port salon. Remote controls for the system are located on the starboard side of the control station and on the starboard wall of the cockpit. The system has an amplifier, subwoofer and four (4) speakers located in the cockpit. 7.14 550 Sundancer® SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS E. TV SIGNAL SELECTOR The antenna/cable selector panel is located underneath the DC distribution panel in the port salon. Turn the selector to MAX GAIN for onboard TV antenna reception. Turn the selector to SHORE for dockside cable reception. TV SIGNAL SELECTOR | (FG. 7.15.1) f = F. DOCKSIDE TELEVISION HOOKUP For television reception dockside, attach the dockside television cable to the inlet located in the starboard transom hatch. DocKSIDE TELEVISION CONNECTION (FIG. 7.15.2) SS и Se Pa NN x, ss \ ) Ч TRANSOM TELEVISION CONNECTOR TO CONNECT CABLE TELEVISION: 1. Unscrew and lift cover plate. 2. Screw the TV coax cable into the TV cable connector . 3. Run the cable to the dockside receptacle and screw coax cable into receptacle. REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 8. AUTOMATIC FIRE EXTINGUISHER SYSTEM The 550 DA is equipped with an automatic fire extinguisher system located on the forward component board in the engine room. In the event of a fire, the heat sensitive automatic head will release the extinguishant as a vapor, totally flooding the area in fire-killing concentrations. The system indicator light is wired to the ignition and is turned ON when the ignition is turned ON. The system Incorporates an engine shutdown switch with override system. The override switch allows the safe restarting of the engines if the event was not of a sufficient nature to preclude the further operation of your boat. AUTOMATIC FIRE EXTINGUISHER (16. 7.15.3) EXTINGUISHER ENGINE ROOM FORWARD COMPONENT BOARD The indicator light, located on the control station Instrument panel indicates to the helmsman when the unit has discharged. Under normal circumstances, when the engines are operating, the charge indicator light is lit. If the unit discharges, the charge light will go out and the discharge light will come on. 550 Sundancer® 7.15 SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS FIRE INDICATOR (FIG. 7.16.1) Na A WHEN ACTUATION OCCURS, IMMEDIATELY SHUT DOWN ALL ENGINES, POWERED VENTILATION, ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND EXTINGUISH ALL SMOKING MATERIALS. DO NOT IMMEDIATELY OPEN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT!! THIS FEEDS OXYGEN TO THE FIRE AND FLASHBACK COULD OCCUR. Allow the extinguishant to “soak” the compartment for at least fifteen (15) minutes and for hot metals or fuels to cool before cautiously inspecting for cause of damage. Have portable extinguishers at hand and ready. Do not breathe fumes or vapors caused by the fire. MANUAL FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM (Fic. 7.16.2) A. MANUAL FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM Located behind the operator's seat at the control station, the manual fire extinguisher system allows the operator to manually activate the automatic extinguisher in the engine room. Early detection and use of the manual override system will reduce fire damage by eliminating the time necessary for heat in the engine room to rise to a temperature necessary to activate the automatic fire extinguisher. To OPERATE: 1. Pull pin securing the handle. 2. Pull red FIRE handle quickly and briskly. SAFETY PIN The safety pin, located at the neck of the extinguisher bottle in the engine room is for shipping and transfer of the bottle only. The pin MUST be removed in order to manually operate the system. This pin should be removed upon installation of the system. Ensure that this has been done. The manual system will not function unless the safety pin has been removed from the fire extinguisher bottle. FIRE EXTINGUISHER SAFETY PIN (F16.7.16.3) SAFETY PIN NOTE: THE MANUAL SYSTEM WILL NOT OPERATE IF SAFETY PIN IS INSTALLED Na A REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 7.16 550 Sundancer® SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS 9. Bow THRUSTER The optional bow thruster is electrically driven and gives the operator more maneuverability of the bow. The bow thruster motor is located under a hatch in the floor of the forward salon. Bow THRUSTER (F16.7.17.1) — —]——— WATER LINE — BOW THRUSTER pa « J f в Bow THRUSTER LOCATION OIL RESERVE (F16.7.17.2) BOTTLE Na J The BOW THRUSTER MAIN switch and joy stick with station enabled indicator light are located on the starboard side of the control station. The bow thruster motor is equipped with an internal thermally activated breaker. The thermal breaker protects the motor from overheating. When the thermal breaker is activated the thruster motor will not operate and must be allowed to cool down for normal operation. REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. Bow THRUSTER OPERATION (Fi. 7.17.3) BOW DIRECTION + И <7 THRUST =/// FU pi BOW THRUSTER TOGGLE CONTROL > Na 10. CABLEMASTER WITH REMOTE (AUTOMATIC SHORE POWER CORD VANCE/RETRIEVE SYSTEM) Your Sea Ray® is equipped with the Cablemaster shore power cord system located in the starboard transom. The system will advance and retrieve the shore power cord(s) as needed to hook up the shore power system. The circuit breaker is located on the DC breaker panel on the forward port component board in the bilge. To OPERATE CABLEMASTER: Г Е ) 1. Remove shore power cord cover. 2. Press the control switch to the OUT position to advance cable to the shore power hookup, or the IN position to rewind cable for storage. This is a momentary switch which returns automatically to the center OFF position. 550 Sundancer® SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS | CABLEMASTER (FiG. 7.18.1) STANDARD 120 VOLT SHORE POWER CORD STANDARD 240 VOLT (U.S.) OR 220 VOLT (INT'L) SHORE POWER CORD TRANSOM 240 VOLT (U.S.) OR 220 VOLT (INT'L) SHORE POWER CORD ADVANCE RETRIEVE SWITCH | HYDRAULIC SWIM PLATFORM REMOTE (FIG. 7.18.2) MASTER IGNITION KEY CHAIN UP/DOWN PUSH BUTTONS 3. For remote operation, leave the regular Cablemaster switch in the center OFF position. a. By pressing the buttons on the remote unit, you will be able to advance and retrieve the cable. Two (2) points should be observed when using the Cable-Control system: * There is a slight delay (less than one (1) second) between pressing the transmitter button and operation of the Cablemaster system. This gives the radio transmitter and receiver time to establish communications and for the transmitter to provide the receiver with the appropriate instructions. When using the Cable-Control Radio Control system, the regular Cablemaster switch should be left in the center OFF position. The regular switch is still fully operational when the Cable-Control system is not used. 4. 120v/50amp cord requires manual connections: e Shut off 120 VAC main and branch breakers. Locate power cord. * Open standard 120 volt shore power adapter cover. (See Fig. 7.17.1) Align prongs push on and rotate clockwise to lock in place. Secure cable end to receptacle housing. Na J e Route cord in a safe manner to dockside breaker box. Turn off dockside breakers and connect cable in the same manner. * Turn on dockside breaker first, intermediate breaker and main 120 volt shore breaker last. Check power light on AC Main Distribution Panel. Shut off main breakers and determine problem if Green Power light does not come on. If Power light is on check incoming voltage on 120 volt AC meter. o Branch circuit breakers can now be turned on. REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 11. HYDRAULIC SWIM PLATFORM (OPTIONAL) The swim platform pump is located in the aft port bilge. The pump is protected by a fuse located in the main solenoid box on the forward starboard component board in the bilge. The swim platform is operated by a remote control unit located in the port compartment next to the electric sunpad in the cockpit or by the remote on the master ignition key chain. 7.18 550 Sundancer® SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS A. To OPERATE SWIM PLATFORM REMOTE: Plug the remote into the remote power plug, switch on the remote actuation switch and operate the swim platform by depressing the desired button on the remote or master ignition key chain. REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 12. ELECTRIC SUN PAD The electrically controlled sun pad located in the aft cockpit is supplied power through a breaker on the control station breaker panel and is activated by a switch located on the port side of the sunpad. The forward section of the sunpad also doubles as seating for the cockpit dinette. 4 NN ELECTRICALLY ACTUATED SUNPAD (FiG. 7.19.1) N J REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 13. REFRIGERATOR/FREEZER The 550 DA has three (3) refrigerators. Two units are located in the galley/salon area and one in the cockpit. The gallery refrigerator is located under the aft galley and is powered by the GALLEY REFRIGERATOR breaker on the AC main distribution panel. The second unit which is a refrigerator/freezer combination is located on the port aft of the salon and is powered by the REFRIGERATOR breaker on the AC main distribution panel. To operate dockside, connect the shore power system, turn the MAIN breaker(s) ON. Then turn the REFRIGERATOR and the GALLEY REFRIGERATOR breakers on the AC main distribution panel and the switch on the bottom of the units ON. A. COCKPIT REFRIGERATOR AND ICE MAKER The cockpit refrigerator and ice maker are located under the cockpit wet bar on the port side of the cockpit. | CockrIT REFRIGERATOR & ICE MAKER (F1G6.7.19.2) COCKPIT REFRIGERATOR AND ICE MAKER J REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION 14. POWER VENTILATION SYSTEM The power ventilation system removes stagnant & foul air from the master stateroom head, galley and guest head by means of 24 volt exhaust fans. They are powered by the POWER VENTS breaker on 550 Sundancer® 7.19 SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS the DC main distribution panel in the port aft salon | CENTRAL VACUUM CLEANER and individually turned on and off by the power vent (Fig. 7.20.2) switch in the heads and the galley. и SOFA 15. ELECTRIC SOFA re \ VACUUM The electrically operated sofa located in the port NN salon is powered by the 12 volt breaker on the Main / N Distribution Panel on the port salon. The ELECTRIC SOFA CONTROLLER breaker must be ON to operate the sofa. The switches to activate the sofa F are located on the galley side of the salon directly across from the sofa. - VACUUM ELECTRICALLY OPERATED SOFA HOSE INLET < (16. 7.20.1) щ A И q J A A = У | У The 24 foot hose connects to the central vacuum 7 through either of two (2) hose inlets. The inlets are / situated so that the vacuum hose will reach all areas \ MOVE IN OR of the vessel to be vacuumed. One inlet is located on the forward bottom of the salon sofa. The second — RECLINE OR inlet is located on the step riser leading into the RAISE master stateroom (See figure 2.4.1). The built in —— switch on the hose inlet fittings activate the vacuum TS when the hose is inserted. The disposable bag is located under the removable panel on the top of the vacuum unit. 17. COFFEE MAKER J The drip coffee maker operates on the 120 volt VA system. It is protected by the GALLEY breaker on the main distribution panel which must be ON to operate the coffee maker. To keep the coffee maker operating efficiently, the mineral deposits left by water must be flushed out using the cleaning method described in the instruction booklet. 16. CENTRAL VACUUM SYSTEM To remove coffee maker: The central vacuum unit is located under the forward 1, Make sure the GALLEY breaker is OFF. section of the salon sofa. The SALON breaker on | the AC distribution panel must be ON to operate 2. Remove the carafe and water reservoir. the system. 3. Remove the screws located inside the coffee maker cabinet. 7.20 550 Sundancer® SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS 4. Slide out coffee maker and unplug. REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION 18. STOVE & MICROWAVE A. ELECTRIC STOVE The 240VAC STOVE breaker on the main distribution panel supplies power to the stove and must be ON to operate the stove. The stove has three (3) burners with control knobs to provide a variation of heat. A stove power safety switch is installed on the cover recess. When the stove cover is installed it depresses the switch turning power OFF to the stove control knobs. REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. B. Mi1cROWAVE/CONVECTION OVEN The 120VAC MICROWAVE breaker on the AC main distribution panel supplies power to the microwave and must be ON to operate the unit. NOTE: Turn on the galley power ventilation system when operating the convection oven. REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 19. WASHER & DRYER (OPTIONAL) If installed the washer/dryer unit is located in place of the galley refrigerator under the aft galley. The unit operates on the 120V WASHER/DRYER breaker on the AC main distribution panel. The washer/dryer is connected to hot and cold water shutoff valves on the water manifold located under the mid salon floor hatch . The supply valves should only be on when the unit is being used. REFER TO OWNER’'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 20. CARBON MONOXIDE MONITORS The 550 DA is equipped with a carbon monoxide (CO) monitor in every room of the boat. The CO monitor is an electronic instrument that detects CO. When there is a build-up of CO in any room, the monitor in that room will alert the occupants by a flashing DANGER light and alarm. lt is important that you read and understand the CO monitor information and operating instructions. It is extremely important that you become familiar with the CO monitor and its functions. Itis recommended that you read Section 1* Safety, pages 1.2 thru 1.4 and understand the effects of exhaust emissions. A. TESTING THE CO MONITOR Test the monitors on your boat at manufacturers required intervals by pushing the TEST button on the side of the unit. If the unit is operating correctly N | CARBON MONOXIDE MONITOR (F16. 7.21.1) A POWER INDICATOR ® DANGER INDICATOR (C) HORN © TEST BUTTON n = 550 Sundancer® 7.21 SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS both audible and visual warning indicators will be activated. f = Actuation of the CO monitor indicates the presence of carbon monoxide which can be FATAL. EVACUATE THE PREMISES IMMEDIATELY. DO AHEAD COUNT TO CHECK THAT ALL PERSONS ARE ACCOUNTED FOR. CALL THE NEAREST FIRE DEPARTMENT AND ASK THEM TO DETERMINE THE SOURCE OF CARBON MONOXIDE. DO NOT REENTER PREMISES UNTIL IT HAS BEEN AIRED OUT AND THE PROBLEM IS CORRECTED. This detector will only indicate the presence of carbon monoxide gas at the sensor. Carbon monoxide may | be present in other areas. To reduce the risk of carbon monoxide poisoning, test the monitor operation when not in use for 10 days or more. \. J REFER TO THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTION MANUAL IN THE OWNERS MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 21. CANVAS A. CARE & MAINTENANCE Care and maintenance instructions have been provided by the canvas manufacturer for the canvas used on your Sea Ray®. The information can be found in the Owner's Manual Packet. By following the provided instructions, your canvas set will give you protection from the elements and comfort that you expect. Most of all, the instructions provide you with installation and removal procedures that will simplify the task. Components of your canvas set consist of zipper tracks and snaps. These components can be found in the parts manual located in the Owner’s Manual Packet. B. STORAGE: Do not fold or store any of the canvas set pieces while wet. All canvas should be rolled or folded when dry and stored in a clean, dry place. e For clear vinyl pieces, rolling or laying down flat are the recommended methods for storage. The clear vinyl should never be folded or creased as cracking will result. To protect the clear vinyl from rubbing against itself while rolled or stored flat, place a piece of very soft, nonabrasive cloth between the pieces, or rolled up in it. If the surface of your clear vinyl becomes scratched, the canvas manufacturer has provided a canvas care sheet in your Owner's Manual Packet. C. INSTALLATION TIPS: The zippers attached on the hardtop and cockpit overhead are mounted on a zipper track. Once Installed, do not remove these zippers or zipper tracks. When attaching any of the pieces of the canvas set, attach the top edges first and zip the zippers only partially. This helps to hold the piece in place and relieves tension, helping the other sides to Zip or snap easier. After all of the sides of the piece are secure, finish zipping the top of each piece. This will ensure a tight fit. REFER TO OWNERS MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 7.22 550 Sundancer® SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS 22. FLOOR PLAN LOWER LEVEL (FG. 7.23.1) O O ©O0O990O0O0O9OO90O9O0O90090090900090© © 69 V-BERTH V-BERTH HANGING LOCKER FORWARD VACUUM INLET V-BERTH SHOWER STOVE GALLEY SINK MICROWAVE/COFFEE MAKER GALLEY REFRIGERATOR MASTER STATEROOM SHOWER MASTER STATEROOM HEAD MASTER STATEROOM SINK MASTER STATEROOM HANGING LOCKER MASTER STATEROOM BED HYDRAULIC SWIM PLATFORM (OPTIONAL) COCKPIT ELECTRIC SUNPAD COCKPIT WET BAR COCKPIT REFRIGERATOR COCKPIT ICE MAKER MASTER STATEROOM ENTERTAINMENT CENTER AFT VACUUM INLET AC MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL REFRIGERATOR DC MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL 42” PLASMA SCREEN TELEVISION ELECTRIC SOFA BOTTLE RACK SALON ENTERTAINMENT CENTER V-BERTH HEAD < о m = + т © = = V-BERTH ENTERTAINMENT CENTER 550 Sundancer® 7.23 SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS FLOOR PLAN DECK LEVEL (Fra. 7.24.1) С (A) WINDLASS FOOT PEDALS (B®) SPOTLIGHT (© ANCHOR CHUTE ©) wWINDLASS ® CHAIN LOCKER (E) V-BERTH HATCH (E) WATER FILL (BH) SALON SKYLIGHT (1) ELECTRIC WINDSHIELD VENT (U) CONTROL STATION ® OPERATOR SEAT © FUEL FILL (М) BILGE ACCESS HATCH N SHORE POWER CABLES (О) WASTE DOCKSIDE DISCHARGE (E) ACCESSORY ROOM 7.24 550 Sundancer® SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS 23. HARDTOP ACCESSORIES HARDTOP (FiG. 7.25.1) (A) AIR HORN (E) HATCH (C) TELEVISION ANTENNA ©) NAV LIGHT (E) RADAR (E) VHF ANTENNA (E) GPS ANTENNA (E) OPTIONAL DIGITAL SATELLITE ANTENNA (1) AFT RUNNING LIGHT 550 Sundancer® 7.25 SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK 7.26 550 Sundancer® SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION 1. USEFUL SERVICE INFORMATION OWNER HOME PORT BOAT NAME REGISTRATION NUMBER STATE HULL SERIAL NUMBER WARRANTY REGISTRATION DATE ENGINE MAKE & MODEL SERIAL NUMBER PORT STARBOARD GEAR MAKE & REDUCTION RATIO SERIAL NUMBER PORT STARBOARD PROPELLER SIZE PORT STARBOARD PART NUMBER PORT STARBOARD SHAFT SIZE (DIAMETER X LENGTH) MATERIAL FUEL CAPACITY FORWARD TANK AFT WATER CAPACITY KEY NUMBER, IGNITION DOOR SELLING DEALER CITY & STATE LENGTH BEAM DRAFT VERTICAL CLEARANCE ESTIMATED WEIGHT GENERATOR SERIAL # MODEL # KILOWATTS 550 Sundancer® 8.1 SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION USEFUL SERVICE INFORMATION REFER TO THIS MANUAL AND/OR YOUR ENGINE OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR DETAILS. ‘ > BEFORE | AFTER | EVERY | EVERY EVERY | FIRST 50 100 | ANNUALLY USE | 20 HAS. | HOURS | HOURS CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL e CHANGE ENGINE OIL e e CHECK GENERATOR OIL LEVEL e REPLACE OIL FILTER e e REPLACE ENGINE MOUNTED FUEL FILTER e CHECK TRANSMISSION FLUID LEVEL e CHANGE TRANSMISSION FLUID* e CLEAN CRANKCASE VENTILATING SYSTEM e e CLEAN TRANSMISSION OIL STRAINER SCREEN* e CHECK COOLING SYSTEM HOSES & CONNEC- TIONS FOR LEAKS (WITH ENGINES RUNNING) ° TIGHTEN ENGINE MOUNT FASTENERS e e CHECK FOR LOOSE, DAMAGED OR MISSING PARTS © CHECK PICK-UP & WATER IMPELLERS* e CHECK ACCESSORY DRIVE BELTS e CHANGE ANTIFREEZE e CLEAN AIR CLEANERS e e CHECK ZINCS IN HEAT EXCHANGER EVERY 25 HOURS CHECK SEA WATER STRAINERS 8 SEACOCKS e e e LUBRICATE SEACOCKS e | CHECK ENGINE ALARMS © * Sea Ray® recommends that this maintenance be performed by an authorized service center. 8.2 550 Sundancer® SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION USEFUL SERVICE INFORMATION REFER TO THIS MANUAL AND/OR YOUR ENGINE OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR DETAILS. BEFORE| AFTER | EVERY | EVERY EVERY | FIRST 50 100 ANNUALLY USE | 20 HRS. | HOURS | HOURS CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM FOR LEAKS o o o CHECK FUEL SYSTEM LINES % CONNECTIONS o o o CHANGE WATER SEPARATING FUEL FILTER o e CHECK SHAFT LOG & STRONG SEAL” o o o CHECK RUDDER PACKING, TIGHTEN FOR e e e NO LEAKS*** INSPECT CLEVIS PIN ON RUDDER TIE BAR e e LUBRICATE RUDDER SHAFT o LUBRICATE THROTTLE & SHIFT LINKAGE PIVOT POINTS o o o CHECK BATTERY ELECTROLYTE LEVEL e o o CHECK ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS e e (Including Dockside Power Inlet) INSPECT PROPELLER FOR POSSIBLE DAMAGE o CHECK ENGINE TO SHAFT ALIGNMENT o o CHECK WATER SYSTEM PUMP FILTER o o o INSPECT FRESH WATER PUMP 8: WATER SYSTEM o o CHECK HOLDING TANK LEVEL e CHECK FLUID IN TRIM PLANE PUMPS o o TEST 120 VOLT GFI OUTLET o CHECK OIL IN STEERING SYSTEM EVERY 3 MONTHS * Sea Ray® recommends that this maintenance be performed by an authorized service center. 550 Sundancer® 8.3 SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION 2. DRAINING THE BOAT In climates where freezing occurs, it is important that the bilge be completely drained and dried out when the boat is laid up for the winter. Some compartments in the bilge may not drain completely because of the position of the boat. They should be pumped out and sponged until totally free of water or add sufficient amount of antifreeze to standing water to prevent freezing. The boat's entire fresh water system must be drained. Open all faucets, including the shower faucets, throughout the boat. Open a connection at the lowest point in the fresh water lines to completely drain them. Break the connections on each side of the water pump. Drain the heads. Drain the water heater. Break the lower connection If necessary. The engine cooling system and the exhaust system must be free of water if there is danger of freezing. Drain plugs are provided on the engine for this purpose. It is necessary to open a connection or two in the exhaust system to drain the lowest portions; these should be reassembled securely immediately after draining is accomplished. CONSULT YOUR ENGINE AND GENERATOR OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR DETAILED INFORMATION ON PREPARING FOR STORAGE. 3. WINTERIZATION CHECKLIST FOR BOATS STORED ON LAND A. BOAT STORAGE e Store boat in a bow high attitude. e Remove hull drain plug. e Pour one (1) pint (half-liter) of 50% water/ antifreeze mixture in each bilge pump sump. B. ICE MAKER e Shut OFF water supply. Disconnect the water line at the garden hose connection on the solenoid valve. * Allow the unit to run for one hour. Remove any ice cubes ejected during this period. e Shut OFF the electricity and prop the door open to allow the unit to thaw. e After it has thawed, wipe it dry. C. ENGINES Flush engines with fresh water. * Remove engine drain plugs. REFER TO YOUR ENGINE OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR DETAILED INFORMATION ON PREPARING THE ENGINES FOR STORAGE AND WINTERIZATION. D. GENERATOR Flush generator with fresh water. * Remove generator drain plugs. о Remove drain plugs from muffler and strainer. REFER TO YOUR GENERATOR OPERATOR’S MANUAL FOR DETAILED INFORMATION ON PREPARING THE GENERATOR FOR STORAGE AND WINTERIZATION. E. AIR CONDITIONER e Close thru-hull seacock, remove hoses from sea water pump. Flush with fresh water through hose from sea water pump. Blow out water lines with air pressure. * Loosen the screws on the pump head, allowing water to drain from the pump. Keep under a trickle charge. * When replacing battery in service, remove excess grease from terminals, recharge as necessary and reinstall in boat. 8.4 550 Sundancer® SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION F. HEAD SYSTEM e Flush entire system thoroughly with fresh water. Pump out holding tank. * Remove water line from inlet fitting located on back bottom half of water valve on head. Flush one gallon (four liters) antifreeze mixed with one gallon (four liters) of water through toilet and let vacuum pump run for one or two Use an automotive or commercial ethylene glycol base antifreeze. Do not use alcohol base products. minutes. e Shut WATER SYSTEM breaker OFF. e Pump out holding tank. G. WATER SYSTEM * Turn ÓN fresh water pump. * Open all faucets, let system drain completely, leave faucets open. * Turn OFF fresh water pump. * Remove hoses from water pump. * Remove hoses from water heater and open drain plug. * Blow out all lines to clean. e Pour one (1) pint (half-liter) of 50% water/ environmentally safe, non-toxic antifreeze mixture in shower drain to fill shower sump. Use an automotive or commercial ethylene glycol base antifreeze. Do not use alcohol base products. H. FUEL SYSTEMS e Diesel fuel must be treated with a biocide, “Biobor,” which prevents bacteria and fungi from contaminating diesel fuel that contains some water. Do not overfill. Filling a tank until the fuel flows from vents is dangerous. Allow room for | expansion. Diesel fuel should also get a petroleum distillate additive, such as “Stabil” or “Racor RX1000.” This will help assimilate water in the fuel and prevent freezing problems. o Fill fuel tanks with the treated fuel. * Run engines for ten minutes to ensure that all diesel fuel in injectors and fuel lines are treated. I. SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS Be conscious of the security of your boat. Always remove the keys from the ignition, lock hatches, lock the cabin door, remove and stow any removable electronic gear (fishfinders, GPS, etc.) and personal gear (fishing poles, etc.) normally left aboard your boat. * Remove hoses from condensing unit. * Remove strainer plug. J. BATTERIES * Remove from boat. Remove negative (-) cable first, then positive (+) cable. * Remove grease and dirt from top surface. (Grease terminal bolts. e Store on wooden pallet or thick plastic in a cool dry place. Do not store on concrete. REFER TO INDIVIDUAL OWNER’S MANUALS FOR SPECIFIC PROCEDURES. 550 Sundancer® 8.5 SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION 4. FITTING OUT AFTER STORAGE A. FUEL SYSTEM Check the entire fuel system for loose connections, worn hoses, leaks, etc. and repair. This is a primary safety precaution. Check fuel lines for damage and make sure that they do not come in contact with any moving parts. B. EXHAUST SYSTEM Examine the complete exhaust system, from engine to transom. lt is imperative that the entire exhaust system be vapor proof and water tight. If a plug or cover was used at the exhaust port, don't forget to remove it. Also check the drain plugs on the bottom of the mufflers. Do not over tighten. Recheck the system with the engines running. C. BATTERIES Before installing the batteries, clean the terminal posts with a wire brush or steel wool and then attach the cables. After the cable clamps are tightened, smear the post and clamps with vaseline or grease to exclude air and acid. Do not apply grease before attaching and tightening the terminal clamps. Examine all wiring. D. MISCELLANEOUS 1. Check all thru-hull fittings for unobstructed water passage. Be alert for any deteriorated hoses and/or fittings below the water line which might fail in service and admit water. 2. Inspect the rudder stuffing boxes. They should be just tight enough to prevent excessive leaking. Over-tightening will destroy the packing and score the shaft. Check the hose clamps for tightness. 3. Make sure the rudder clevis pins on each side of the tie bars are in and safety-wired. 4. Check all strut fastenings and thru-hull fastenings. 5. Test the navigation lights. 6. Check all wiring for loose connections. 7. Check all switches and equipment for proper operation. 8. Check bilge blowers for proper operation. Turn ON blowers and place hand over hull blower vent to make sure air is coming from vent. 9. Anchor lines and gear should be inspected and replaced if necessary. 10. Clean bilge thoroughly if it was not done at lay-up. 11. Check all engine and generator fluid levels. 5. SEACOCK LUBRICATION e With the boat out of the water, remove the hose from the top of the seacock. e Put seacock handle in closed position. Add a few drops of lubricating oil inside. * Work handle back and forth a few times. Add oil as needed. * Replace hose and tighten clamps. e Add a few drops of oil to the handle pivot point. | SEACOCK (Fic. 8.6.1) HOSE HOSE CLAMPS BODY HANDLE PIVOT POINT 8.6 550 Sundancer® SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION 6. Quick REFERENCE CHECKLIST As the owner/operator of a Sea Ray® Yacht, you are responsible for the safe operation your boat and the safety of your passengers. Always be sure that required documents, navigational equipment and Coast Guard required safety equipment is aboard and in proper working order. A. BOARDING THE BOAT* GENERAL Weather Conditions .............ccccoiviiiiiiii eee, Is it going to be safe to go out 2. PFDs and all other Coast Guard required safety equipment......................=...ee.... Available for all children and adults 3. lgnition keys ..…....….....…....….....cssrresesrrc serres sense Available 4. Tool BOX.....................…..uccrccccrerenserarereneeea rene rares Stocked with a variety of appropriate tools BOAT SYSTEMS 1. Bilge Pumps ooo RK K RK K RK EEEG Working. Discharge any appreciable amounts of water overboard 2. BIOWErS.........…...............occcrrcesrerensecs ere nsera rene nsern ne Working. “Sniff” the bilge/engine compartment for fuel odor 3. Navigation Lights ……....….....…....……..…ererreeserensercunee Working. Have spare bulbs and fuses aboard 4. Radio/Electronics .……..…...…........……...receseseercencers Working 5. HOM cen Working 6. THM TADS .…................……...ccrrrcccsrrcesrren rene asrre senc Full range of motion. No excessive play or binding 7. Fresh Water Tank ……..…........…....…rcrsersserensecsnereuse Filled and sanitized 8. Head System Holding Tank …….…..…..…..…..…..……eccese Empty 9. SeEaCOCKS …...….....…....…....ccrcecrere carre ec nara crane ane a nes Open (handle parallel to hose) ENGINE 1. Batteries ..…..........…........….…..eereceeneecenrensencccceeee Fully charged (Check water cell levels) 2. Fuel Tank... nenes Filled with recommended fuel 3. Fuel System ............ocoi r Er EEE E EEE EEE Check for leaks 4. Fuel Filter Seesen ses r ere rer en neee Check that filters are clean and tight 5. Diesel Racor Fuel Filters es Check that filters are clean, tight and free of water 6. Engine Coolant Drain Plugs Secured 7. Steering Fluid ….....…......….....….crrececsreceesec carre rennes Full 8. Throttle & Gearshift Controls TeSt Full range of motion 550 Sundancer® 8.7 SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION Quick REFERENCE CHECKLIST (CONT’D) B. PREPARING TO DEPART AND AFTER LAUNCHING GENERAL 1. Bilge/Engine Compartment....................=.—...eeee.. 2. Shore Power Cable... eee 3. Lines, Fenders and Anchor ....................eee e... 4, Passengers/Crew ......................e.eeeeeíeerieceeen DA ENGINE 1. Battery Switches ........cooiiiiiii ares 2. FuelValves .........cooooiiiiii i, 3. Engine Alarm ..........oooiiiiiiii rer re serre 4. Gear Shift & Throttle Controls STARTING THE ENGINE* 1. Gearshift & Throttle Controls ....................—..—..._———... 2. lgnition …..….................ccrresesere rare carre rares res r eee rr en “Sniff” the bilge/engine compartment for fuel odor. Run the bilge blowers for at least four (4) minutes. Disconnected from dockside power inlet. Ready for use. Instructed in duties for getting underway and fitted for a correct size PFD. In the ON position. Open. Test. Should sound after a few seconds. In NEUTRAL and IDLE positions. Shift in NEUTRAL (Refer to your Engine Owner's Manual for startup procedures for your specific engine). Turn master ignition keys on DC distribution panel to the ON position. Depress ignition switch on the helm switch panel to START position until engine starts, then release to RUN position (light on). IMPORTANT: Do not continue to operate starter for more than 10 seconds without pausing to allow starter motor to cool off for 2 minutes. This also will allow the battery to recover between starting attempts.” Do not run the engine or generator in an enclosed area, such as a closed boat house, as there is the possibility of buildup and inhaling of carbon monoxide. *If engine fails to start, refer to the Engine Owner's Manual for further troubleshooting procedures 8.8 550 Sundancer® SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION Quick REFERENCE CHECKLIST (CONT’D) C. WHILE UNDERWAY GENERAL 1. Passengers/CreWw .....................eeeeeeíerreeeneer DDD Safely seated with PFD’s on or immediately accessible. 2. Lines, Fenders and Anchor .....................2eeee e... Stowed. BOAT SYSTEMS 1. Trim TADS ….…........…….......ccccrerercensesrerrc ess re cree rreee Bring boat to “On Plane”. 2. Navigation Lights... On at night or in reduced visibility. ENGINE 1. Tachometers........oooiiiii ee Engines operating in safe RPM range. 2. Engine Gauges........................iieeere A Continually monitor. 3. Engine Operation .......................eeeemeere A Check idle and shift. Listen for abnormal noises and visually check the engine compartment while underway. D. RETURNING TO PORT GENERAL 1. Passengers/Crew ....................eeeeeeieereenerree DA Instructed in duties for line handling. 2. Lines and Fenders.................... eee... ice, Ready for use. BOAT SYSTEMS 1. Navigation Lights... A Turned OFF when secured. 2. Anchor Light .........oooii A ON if necessary. 3. Bilge/Engine Compartment..........................=. e... “Sniff” the bilge/engine compartment for fuel odor. Run the bilge blowers if necessary. Check for water in bilge. Run bilge pumps if necessary. ENGINE 1. Gearshift & Throttle Controls Bring to NEUTRAL and IDLE positions. 2. Tachometers.….…....…...........…...…..crrrcrererereserseenseennre Idle the engines for five (5) minutes to cool down. 550 Sundancer* 8.9 SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION Quick REFERENCE CHECKLIST (CONT’D) 3. Ignition ….….......…….......crsrrrreeecceres ere eee ecran recenser Depress EMERGENCY STOP/STOP switches on the helm switch panel when engines are cooled down. 4. Engine Operation .........................eeeieieei eee Check idle and shift. Listen for abnormal noises. E. SECURING THE BOAT GENERAL 1. Shore Power Cable esse re Connected to dockside power inlet. 2. Linesand Fenders eK EEK Fenders in place, lines tied securely to dock. BOAT SYSTEMS US CE Closed (handle perpendicular to hose). 2. Helm Switch Panel es rene All switches in the OFF position. 3. Gearshift & Throttle Controls a In the NEUTRAL and IDLE positions. ENGINE 1. Ignition oon Switchesd in the OFF position (lights off) and master ignition keys removed from DC distribution panel. 2. Battery Switches ............cooiii es In the OFF position. 3. FuelValves .........oooii a, In the OFF position. F. IF THE ENGINE DOES NOT START INO STARTER MOTOR RESPONSE 1. Check gearshift/throttle control levers in the NEUTRAL positions. Check battery condition for sufficient charge. Check battery cable connections tight and free from corrosion. Check battery switches in the ON position. Check starter motor and solenoid connections. о A BVL Check ignition switch connections. STARTER MOTOR RESPONDS, BUT No IGNITION 1. Checkelectrical connections on engine wiring harness and ignition wiring. 2. Check that fuel tanks are not empty. 3. Check fuel filters and filter/water separators clean. 4 Check fuel valves for OPEN position. 8.10 550 Sundancer® SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION Quick REFERENCE CHECKLIST (CONT’D) G. OPERATING THE GENERATOR STARTING THE GENERATOR 1. Generator Seacock ................ee.e2íeeeeeeierenerrr DD Open. 2. Bilge Blowers .......cooooiiiii AA Run for at least 4 minutes and any time the generator is running. 3. Depress START Switch .................eeeenmereeeeeerceeeeeeeeeee. Depress until generator starts. Preheat time should not exceed 15 seconds. 4. When the Generator Starts esse Release the START switch. 5. Load The Generator ................... eee Turn ON the generator main breaker on the Main Distribution Panel. Turn AC breakers ON. STOPPING THE GENERATOR 1. BreakerS eK R RER KRK RER KK KR nan Turn AC breakers OFF. Turn OFF the generator main breaker on the Main Distribution Panel. 2. GENEIAION ccc. ieee reee. Let it run a few minutes to cool down. 3. STOP SWitCh ereeeee RR R RER RER RERKK RER K EEE Depress to stop the generator set. 4 Do not run the generator or engines in an enclosed area, such as a closed boat house, as there is the possibility of buildup and inhaling of carbon monoxide. 550 Sundancer® 8.11 SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION 7. AFTER MARKET EQUIPMENT CHECKLIST Any safety or operational equipment added to your boat after delivery should be checked for seaworthyness and proper working condition. Use the area below to list any equipment and the proper operating condition of that equipment before getting underway. Equipment Proper Operating Condition 8.12 550 Sundancer® SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION 8. MAINTENANCE LoG Follow the recommended maintenance listed on pages 2 á 3 of this section and keep a record of this and ALL maintenance performed on your boat. Date Maintenance Description Engine Hours 550 Sundancer® 8.13 SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION MAINTENANCE LoG (Conr'D) Follow the recommended maintenance listed on pages 2 á 3 of this section and keep a record of this and ALL maintenance performed on your boat. Date Maintenance Description Engine Hours 8.14 550 Sundancer® SECTION 9 * CARE & REFINISHING 1. MAINTENANCE AND RECONDITIONING Your new boat has been designed to provide you with years of enjoyment and satisfaction. In order to maintain the factory new appearance of your boat, we recommend the use of SM™ Marine's one step Maintenance and Reconditioning Products designed specifically for pleasure boats. Following proper fiberglass maintenance guidelines will help maintain your boat's performance, value, and enjoyment. 2. FIBERGLASS & GELCOAT The fiberglass hull, deck and some interior parts consist of the molded shell and exterior gelcoat. The gelcoat is the outer surface, often colored, that presents the shiny smooth appearance which is associated with fiberglass products. In some areas, this gelcoat surface is painted or taped for styling purpose. f A Gelcoat surfaces are slippery when wet. Use extreme care when walking on wet gelcoat. Always wear non-slip foot gear while washing and waxing boat. Care should be utilized in waxing commonly walked upon areas of the boat to ensure that they are not dangerously slippery. \. J Wash the fiberglass regularly with clean, fresh water. Wax gelcoated surfaces to maintain the luster. In northern climates, a semiannual waxing may suffice for the season. In southern climates, a quarterly application of wax will be required for adequate protection. REFER TO 3M ONE STEP MAINTENANCE AND RECONDITIONING PRODUCTS PAMPHLET IN YOUR OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION 3. STAINS & SCRATCHES Gelcoat and painted surfaces are very resistant to deep stains. Common surface stains can be removed with diluted household detergents, provided these detergents do not contain ammonia or chlorine. Porcelain-cleaning powders are too abrasive and often contain chlorine and ammonia, either of which would permanently discolor the gelcoat and paint. Alcohol or kerosene can be used for difficult stains but should be washed away promptly with a mild detergent and water. Never use acetone or any ketone solvents. Minor scratches and deeper stains which do not penetrate the gelcoat may be removed by light sanding and buffing. 4. SPECIAL CARE FOR BOATS THAT ARE MOORED If permanently moored in salt water or fresh water, your boat will collect marine growth on its bottom. This will detract from the boat’s beauty and greatly affect its performance. There are two methods of preventing this: e Periodically haul the boat out of the water and scrub the bottom with a bristle brush and a solution of soap and water. * Paint the hull below the waterline with a good grade of antifouling paint. DO NOT paint the engine drive surfaces. NOTE: There are EPA regulations regarding bottom paint application. Consult your Sea Ray® dealer for proper application methods. 5. CARE FOR BOTTOM PAINT From time to time a slight algae or slime forms on all vessels. The bottom painted portion of the hull can be wiped off with a coarse turkish towel or a piece of old rug while the boat is in the water. Do not use a stiff or abrasive material to clean the bottom paint. 550 Sundancer® 9.1 SECTION 9 * CARE & REFINISHING The bottom paint should be inspected annually. If it needs repainting consult your Sea Ray® dealer. 6. BILGE/ENGINE COMPARTMENT 1. Pump the bilges dry and remove all loose dirt. Be sure that all limber holes are open. If there is oil in the bilge and the source is not known, look for leaks in engine oil lines or engine gaskets. Qil stains can be removed by using a bilge cleaner available from your dealer or a marina. DO NOT use flammable solvents. 2. Check all wiring to be sure it is properly supported, that its insulation is intact, and that there are no loose or corroded terminals. If there are corroded terminals, they should be replaced or thoroughly cleaned. Tighten all terminals securely and spray them with light marine preservative oil. 3. Inspect the entire fuel system (including fill lines and vents) for any evidence of leakage. Any stains around joints could indicate a leak. Try a wrench on all fittings to be sure they are not loose, but do not over tighten them. Clean fuel filters and vent screens. 4. Inspect the entire bottom for evidence of seepage, damage or deterioration, paying particular attention to hull fittings, hoses and clamps. Straighten kinked hoses and replace any that do not feel pliable. Tighten loose hose clamps and replace those that are corroded. Tighten any loose nuts, bolts or screws. 5. Refer to your engine operator’s manual for engine maintenance details. Wipe off engine to remove accumulated dust and grease. If a solvent is used, make sure it is nonflammable. Go over the entire engine and tighten nuts, bolts, and screws. Inspect the wiring on the engine and clean and tighten the terminals. Inspect the belts and tighten them if needed. Clean and lubricate the battery terminals; fill the battery cells with distilled water as needed. A. KEEP BILGE AREA DRY Water may accumulate in the engine room where it is not able to drain to the bilge pump. Check all areas of the engine room for accumulated water and dry thoroughly. Water left standing may penetrate through the gelcoated surfaces and wick into the fiberglass affecting the life of the product. 7. TOPSIDE AREAS 1. Check grab rails for loose screws, breaks, sharp edges, etc., that might be hazardous in rough weather. Inventory and inspect life jackets for tears and deterioration. Check your first aid kit to make sure it is complete. Check the signaling equipment. Inspect anchor, mooring and towing lines and repair or replace as required. DO NOT stow wet lines or they may mildew and rot. 2. Stainless steel and alloy fittings should be cleaned with soap and water or household glass cleaner. Remove rust spots as soon as possible with a brass, silver or chrome cleaner. Irreversible pitting will develop under rust that remains for any period of time. Never use an abrasive like sandpaper or steel wool on stainless. These may actually cause rust. To help protect the stainless, we recommend the use of a good car wax. 3. When instruments are exposed to a saltwater environment, salt crystals may form on the bezel and the plastic covers. These salt crystals should be removed with a soft, damp cloth; never use abrasives or rough, dirty cloths to wipe plastic parts. Mild household detergents or plastic cleaners can be used to keep the Instruments bright and clean. REFER TO THE OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 8. ACRYLIC PLASTIC SHEETING (PLASTIC GLASS) Never use a dry cloth or duster or glass cleaning solutions on acrylic. To clean acrylic, first flood it with water to wash off as much dirt as possible. Next, use your bare hand, 9.2 550 Sundancer® SECTION 9 * CARE & REFINISHING with plenty of water, to feel and dislodge any caked dirt or mud. A soft, grit-free cloth may then be used with a nonabrasive soap or detergent. A soft sponge, kept clean for this purpose, is excellent. Blot dry with a clean damp chamois. Grease and oil may be removed from acrylic with kerosene, hexane, white (not aviation or ethyl) gasoline or aliphatic naphtha (no aromatic content). Do not use solvents such as acetone, silicone spray, benzine, carbon tetrachloride, fire extinguisher fluid, dry cleaning fluid or lacquer thinner on acrylic, since they attack the surface. Remove fine scratches with fine automotive acrylic rubbing and polishing compounds. 9. UPHOLSTERIES Exterior fabrics should be cleaned with a sponge or very soft scrub brush and a mild soap and warm water solution. After scrubbing, rinse with plenty of cold, clean water and allow the fabric to air dry in a well ventilated place, preferrably away from direct sunlight. Mildew can occur if your boat does not have adequate ventilation. Heat alone will not prevent mildew; you must also provide for fresh air circulation. REFER TO THE OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 10. LIGNAPAL CABINETS To maintain the beauty of the galley cabinet surfaces and to prevent using the wrong cleaning agents, please follow the cleaning recommendations listed below. | NOTICE | Always clean immediately. Test an unseen area of fabric before cleaning. | NOTICE ] Per manufacturer’s recommendations a mild liquid soft soap solution or a 50/50 solution of denatured alcohol and water are the only cleaning solutions to be used on this product. Failure to follow the following instructions will result in damage. DO NOT use any wax or oil based products on Lignapal. Once used it will be impossible to perform a repair. Clean often with a soft 100% cotton cloth or towel or sponge and mild soap (1% liquid soft soap) and water. For heavier cleaning a solution of 50% denatured alcohol and 50% water may be used. Never use paper towels, nylon or polyester blend cloths, towels or abrasive pads or abrasive cleaners! Hairline scratches and minor abrasions can be removed or minimized by using a plastic polish such as 3M Finess Il. These care instructions refer specifically to the Lignapal Cabinets surfaces. Ask your dealer about cleaning any hardware or trim which has been incorporated in your cabinetry. 11. CLEANING RECOMMENDATIONS FOR MARINE HEADLINER & FABRIC REFER TO THE OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION. 550 Sundancer® 9.3 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK 9.4 550 Sundancer® INDEX A AC & DC Electrical Schematics & Wiring Harnesses... EEE 6.17 AC Low Voltage Lighting... 6.8 AC System ….….…..…......…...rrrrccsserecnrren casa rene nee 6.8 Accessory ROOM ….….........….....…....…crreccrererserense 4.15 Acrylic Plastic Sheeting (Plastic Glass) ........... 9.2 Additional Recommended Equipment for Safe Operation ee 1.5 After Filling «coer, 3.3 After Fueling Checklist...................————....._____.—.— 5.6 After Market Equipment Checklist .................. 8.12 Air Conditioner ................—....——...=.eeeeereeeeeenereee e 8.4 Air Conditioning & Heating ...............——————————.—.—... 7.1 Alarm Select, Audible Reset ......................—.... 2.19 Anchoring Arrangement ........................= 3.10 Anchoring ....................e.eeeeeieeeerreree reee R KEG 3.10 Audible Alarms .......cooeiviii 2.19 Audible Reset/Alarm Select ....................—.——.—.. 2.19 Automatic Fire Extinguisher System .............. 7.15 Autopilot... TT 3.14 B Basic Boat Dimensions and Clearances ......... 2.7 Batteries coco nes 6.1,8.5, 8.6 Battery Equalizers, Main........................... 6.2 Battery Charger... 6.14 Battery Charger, Bow Thruster ...................... 6.14 Battery Charger, Generator.............c.............. 6.15 Battery Maintenance ee 6.2 Before and During Fueling Checklist ................ 5.5 Bent Propeller and/or Shaft .............................. 4.5 Bilge Blowers ereee ER ERRERKRKKKK REKEN 4.2 Bilge Heat Detector 4.3 Bilge Layout.……...….....…....….........eccsceeceececcsenees 4.13 Bilge PUMPS coon, 4.1 Bilge oe near cesse 4.1 Bilge/Engine Compartment..................—....—...... 9.2 Boarding The Boat ......................... e... 3.3, 8.7 Boat Layout and Accessories.................. e... 7.1 Bow Thruster...................——.——_..__.._eeeeeee.. 3.14,7.16 Bow Thruster Battery Charger ........ccc............ 6.14 Bow Thruster Solenoid and Charger ................ 6.5 Bow Thruster, To Operate The........................ 3.14 C Cablemaster with Remote ............................. 7.16 (07-11) (O 7.21 Carbon Monoxide ......................2..eeeeeeeereeceeceees 1.2 Carbon Monoxide Monitor ........................ 1.3,7.20 Care for Bottom Paint 9.1 Carrier Seal Kitas 4.10 Central Vacuum System... een 7.20 Changing À Blown Bulb 6.8 Chart Your Coarse ..................ee2eeeeeereerrceceeceees 1.8 Cleaning Recommendations for Marine Headliner á Fabric ..................——e...eexeeeseeenece. 9.3 Clearing a Fouled Anchor ..................eeee=eee... 3.11 Cockpit Entertainment Center ........................ 7.14 Cockpit Refrigerator and Ice Maker ............... 7.19 Cockpit Shower ..................e..ereesveeerveieereeceeeee. 7.7 Coffee Maker........................eeeniciinee eee 7.20 Collisions and Leaking eee... 1.11 Communication System ….….…….….…...…….……………………… 7.13 Connecting and Turning On Shore Power ........ 3.8 Console DIMMET een 2.21 Control Station Breaker Panel .......................... 6.6 Coolant Recommendations essen 4.5 Coupling Out of True ..................e.....eeeereireiccee 4.5 Crossover Fuel System ess 5.3 Cummins Engine Data Display ...................... 2.16 D DC Distribution Panel 24/12V ......................... 6.11 DC System ......cooiii 6.1 Dealer Responsibilities..........................e..eeee... ii Description of Major Controls ........................... 2.8 Digital Satellite System (DSS) ....................... 7.14 Display Control Module (DCM) Function Table ...........ccooiii i, 2.20 DIVING EEE 1.10 Docking/Lifting/Storage 2.1 Dockside Telephone Hookup ................ 7.14,7.15 Dockside Water Inlet... 7.7 Draining The BOA EEE 8.4 550 Sundancer® INDEX E Electric Sofa ............. eee EEE 7.20 Electric Sun Pad..............eeeeeeeeneeeeeicieenee 7.19 Electrical System Fuse Blocks & Breakers .....6.6 Electrolysis & Zinc Anodes 6.16 Electronics Circuit ……….……….....……...ecrerecsnenceces 6.8 Emergency Situations 1.10 Emergency Start System ……..….…...…..….……....….….….….……. 6.7 Emergency Stop Switch eee 3.7 Engine and Shaft Out of Alignment................... 4.5 Engine Exhaust System ......................eeeeeemeeees 4.4 Engine Gauge Package... 2.8, 4.3 Engine Monitoring System (EMS) ................... 2.14 Engine Mounts.................... eee 4.4 Engine Part Hitting Boat Structure .................... 4.5 Engine Synchronizers .......................=eeeeeeeeeeee 2.9 ENGINES oo, 4.3,8.4 Entertainment Centers .....................eeeeeeeeo 7.14 Exhaust System ...................2eeeeerveecerrccecereeeecee. 8.6 F Fiberglass 8: Gelcoat.....................——.ee_.ee_e.. 9.1 Filling The Fuel Tank...................... es 3.3 Filing The Water Tank eee 7.3 Fire Extinguishing System .................-.-——...==.... 1.2 EC ECON CUCENENEETOA 1.11 Fitting Out After Storage 8.6 Flooding, Swamping and Capsizing ............... 1.11 Floor Plan ........cccoooiiii ie, 7.23 Foreign Object Interfering With Propeller Action ..................e. ee... R HER 4.5 Fresh Water Cooling System ........................... 4.5 Fresh Water Washdown 2... 7.7 Fuel and Oil Spillage eee 4.1 Fuel Filter Maintenance ...................— ee... 5.4 Fuel Filters (Diesel) ernennen 5.3 Fuel Gauge ….…….….....…......…....rrrccrsrrrcsrecnceneee 2.15 Fuel Rcommendations …….………….…...…..….…..……….…….………. 5.3 Fuel System ….…..…...….....….……ccsecccsneness 5.1, 8.5, 8.6 Fuel TankS ee ER ER KR K RK sense 5.1 Fueling Precautions 5.5 Fueling The Boat …….…..…....…....…...…....….…creccrerccrere 3.2 Function and Location of Through-Hull Fittings and CUtOULS .....cooeviiiii eee 2.5 G Gear Shifts and Throttle Controls ..................... 2.8 Generator ooo A 6.16, 8.4 Generator Battery Charger ................—. e... 6.15 Glendenning Cablemaster..............c............... 6.10 Gray Water SUMmbp.................ee2eceecieicccccereeeee eee 7.9 Ground Fault Interrupter Receptacle (GFI) ..... 6.1 Grounding................——....=eeeeeieeeeereee DA 1.12 H Hardtop Accessories .....................eeeexviereiernas 7.25 Head System ...................e2xeeerm0ecerececenes 7.11,8.5 Helm Gauge and Switch Layout..................... 2.13 Holding Tank Operation 7.41 Hourmeter .….……......…...….......ccrrrcrecrsecnere sec nanene 2.15 Hull Identification Number (HIN) IV Hydraulic Power Steering Control................... 4.12 Hydraulic Swim Platform (Optional) ............... 7.18 Hydraulic Trim Tabs ..........cccooeeiiiiii ee, 2.11 I NE CE 8.4 If The Engine Does Not Start ae 8.10 Impaired Operation .........................e..eeeeeereeccenos 1.5 Important Gauges ......................eeíiieeeeeeee 2.16 International Receptacie ......................_.ee...... 6.15 International Requirements ............................ 1.12 IsoBoost Transformer (Optional) ...................... 6.9 Isolation Transformer ........................e.eeeeeveceee. 6.9 L Labels, Safety... eee 1.1 Legally Manadated Minimum Required Equipment ers eee 1.2 Lifesaving Equipment essen 1.3 Lighting Layout ................... eee 2.23 Lignapal CabinetS ee EEE 9.3 Limited Warranty ers eee, у -оаа Сарасйу .........ннннннннннненнннннннннннеые 1.5 Lowering Anchor................—....——....eeeeeeeereeeeeeee_. 3.11 550 Sundancer® INDEX M Macerator Discharge Pump With Seacock Interlock System ........c.coooiiiiii n ee 7.12 Magnetic Compass .....................eeeeeeeieeeeeeeees 2.17 Main Battery Equalizers......................—....e..e.... 6.2 Main Battery Switches and Solenoids .............. 6.2 Main DC Breaker Panel.......................eemmeccceo 6.2 Main Shore Power Breaker Box ..................... 6.11 Maintain Control. EEE 1.7 Maintenance & Reconditioning ......................... 9.1 Maintenance Log eee 8.13 Manual Fire Extinguishing System ................. 7.15 Manufacturer’s Certification ............................... IV Marine Gears .....................eceeccceieeceee0 eee nennee 4.4 Master and Guest Stateroom Entertainment Center ....................eeceiiiiiicce een ne eee RAR 7.13 Medical Emergency... 1.10 N Nautical Terms ........ccooiii eK EEK EHE E EEG 1.13 Navigation and Anchor Lights ........................ 2.21 О Oil Change System .........cccceiviiiiiii EHE 4.6 Oil Pressure GaUQE ee 2.17 Operating The GeneratOr ae 8.11 Operation of Emergency Stop Switch .............. 3.7 P Passenger Instruction and Location ................. 3.4 Passenger Locations 2.2 Personal Flotation Devices (PFDs).................. 3.4 PFD Classifications .....................e.eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 1.4 Power Capacity .....................eex.eeiiiiieinceceeeeeeeD es 1.6 Power Ventilation System ............................... 7.19 Preparing to Depart ee... 3.1 Preparing to Depart and After Launching......... 8.8 Primary Fuel Filter Selection Valve................... 5.4 Propellers... ee 2.8,4.7 Propulsion System ...................e.eseeeerrreicereeeecee. 2.7 Propulsion, Control or Steering Failure ........... 1.12 Q QSMTT ee, 2.16 Quad Gauge...................eeeeeeeeeeeie EEE EEE 1.15 Quick Reference Checklist ............................ 8.7 R Reduction Gears ...................eeeeeeerceierreceerecen. 4.4 Refrigerator/Freezer ...................—.—.—....__.—— 7.19 Requirements For Vessel Operators .............. 7.11 Responsibilities, Dealer................................ ii Responsibilities, Your …….…..…...…..……….…rssrcrrrcune ii Returningto Port... en 3.2 Reverse Gears .................e.eecrccccerccececee eee. 4.4 Rudder & Rudder Stuffing Box ....................... 4.11 Rudder Position Indicator ................... 2.18 S Safety Hotlines ........cccoooiiiii 1.12 Safety Labels.…...................…...rcccrreeccsrececcnnee 1.1 Salon Entertainment Center ........................... 7.14 Sanitizing The Water System ....................————.... 7.4 Seacock Lubrication secs 8.6 Seacocks & Strainers eee 4.11 Securing The Boat .............................. 3.2,8.10 Security Considerations 8.5 Service, Parts and Repair for Your Boat ............ IV Servicing The Main Distribution Panel ............ 6.11 Setting ANChor ......ooovi essreneeee 3.11 Shafts coun 4.9 Shifting From Shore Power to Generator Ро\мег..........нееенннеенненнеененнееееееенненнее.. 3.9 Shifting To Drive The Boat ....................... 3.6 Shore Power, Connecting and Turning On ....... 3.8 Shore Power Hookup ee 6.11 Shore Power.….....…......…......……rerrcssrrenecssee accus 6.9 SL Le © RAA 1.9 550 Sundancer® INDEX Smart Water System (Optional) ....................... 7.9 Source of Information es ii Special Care for Boats that are Moored ........... 9.1 Stability ...........................eeiricereee eee ceras 1.6 Stains á Scratches ...................e.eeeernveeerveecereces 9.1 Standard QSM11 ................e.2eeee2eeeeeveecereeecen.s 2.16 Starting The Engines .....................1..eeeeme eee. 3.4 Starting The Generator ............................ 3.7,6.16 Steering System ........ccooooiiiiiiiii 3.13 Stopping The Engines ...................=..eeeeresreeccco 3.7 Stopping the Generator... 3,9 Stove and Microwave eee 7.21 StrUt eee 4.11 Supporting the Boat... 2.1 SWIMMING coor ee 1.9 Switch and Receptacle Layout ...................... 2.22 Systems Monitor ......................2eeeeeeveceeiieeceees 2.18 T Tachometer ooo, 2.16 Testing The CO Monitor... 7.21 This Manual ….…..…..……..rcsecrrrere sr area care ne nana i To Operate The Bow Thruster........................ 3.14 Topside Areas .....................eeecerccerecrrceneeence ec ene. 9.2 Trim Tabs, Hydraulic... 2.11 TV Signal SeleCtOr ee 7.15 Twelve (12) Volt Accessory Receptacle ........... 6.7 Twelve (12) Volt System cure 6.7 U Underwater Gear ......................e.eeercccrcceecee0eee 4.7 Upholsteries .......................eeeeervecercicierecenec ee 9.3 Useful Service Information ................... e... 8.1 V Vacu-Flush® Head... 7.12 Vacuum System, Central 7.20 Vent Filter o.oo, 7.13 Vibration and Cause ee 4.5 Voltmeter o.oo neones 2.17 W Warning Label LocatioNS a 1.14 Warranties………..….......….…..…reresecnsresen es ee nen nn e nanas || Warranty, Limited ..................———...—.e.eeeeeeeereeee у Washer & Dryer (Optional) ......................—... 7.21 Washer/Dryer Water Valve .........................—..... 7.8 Water Distribution Manifold............................... 7.4 WaterHeater .........ccooiiii EEE E EEE 7.6 Water Pumps & Filters een 7.5 Water Rescue ....................ereeescerciorceeceeneeeeos 1.10 Water Sports ....................eeeeeeeevecircceie rece 1.9 Water System Pressurization .......................... 7.6 Water System ….…..……...……...…….ccrccrecccsercuee 7.3,8.5 Water Tank ….….......….....ecrcsrcrrcse cena s encens en 7.3 Water Temperature Gauge ...................—.....——.. 2.17 Weather .......cooi R RR EEK R KR K EEK 1.7 Weighing AÄncChOr ee 3.11 While Underway …….…..…..…….….…reecrrcreccnces 3.1, 8.9 Windlass Solenoids .......................eeee2xeeerccecenos 6.5 Windlass ooo, 3.12 Winterization Checklist for Boats Stored on Land .…...…......….......ccccsecssecre enr crea senc nen nee 8.4 X Xelogen Lighting eee 6.7 Y Your ResponsibilitieS een een HEHE ii 550 Sundancer® ">

Public link updated
The public link to your chat has been updated.
Advertisement
Key features
- Spacious deck
- Twin-engine propulsion
- Comprehensive navigation systems
- Advanced electrical systems
- Comfortable accommodations
- Extensive safety features
Frequently asked questions
Refer to Section 1: Safety for detailed information on operating your boat safely, including recommended boating courses and safety equipment requirements.
Regularly check and maintain the bilge, engine, fuel, and electrical systems as outlined in Sections 4, 5, 6, and 8 of the manual.
Refer to Section 9: Express Limited Transferable Warranty to understand the specific terms and coverage of the warranty for your boat.